HAWAIIAN AIRLINES INC/HI
424B3, 1996-08-06
AIR TRANSPORTATION, SCHEDULED
Previous: GOLD RESERVE CORP, 10-Q, 1996-08-06
Next: HAWAIIAN AIRLINES INC/HI, S-8, 1996-08-06



<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
                               12,100,000 SHARES
 
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
                                  COMMON STOCK
                               ------------------
 
    Hawaiian  Airlines, Inc., a  Hawaii corporation (the  "Company" or "Hawaiian
Airlines"), is distributing  subscription rights  entitling the  holder of  each
subscription  right to  purchase one  share of  the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), for $3.25 (the "Subscription Price")
during a specified period. Of  the subscription rights, approximately  8,250,000
(the "Shareholder Rights") will be distributed to holders of record of shares of
the  Common Stock  as of the  close of business  on August 7,  1996 (the "Record
Date"), other than Airline Investors  Partnership, L.P. ("AIP"). In addition  to
the  Shareholder Rights,  1,000,000 subscription rights  (the "Employee Rights")
will be distributed among the employees of the Company as of the Record Date who
were also  employees at  any time  during  1995, other  than members  of  senior
management   (the  "Eligible  Employees"),  PRO  RATA  based  on  each  Eligible
Employee's W-2 earnings from the Company  in 1995 relative to the aggregate  W-2
earnings  paid by  the Company to  all Eligible Employees  in 1995. Shareholders
will be entitled to one Shareholder Right for each share of Common Stock held on
the Record Date. The Employee Rights  will also entitle the holders thereof  who
exercise  their Employee Rights  in full to  subscribe for the  shares of Common
Stock underlying Employee Rights that expire  without being exercised and up  to
1,000,000  of  the shares  of Common  Stock  underlying Shareholder  Rights that
expire without being exercised, subject to proration as described in "The Rights
Offering -- Employee  Rights" (the  "Oversubscription Privilege").  Concurrently
with  the distribution  of the Shareholder  Rights and the  Employee Rights, the
Company is  granting  600,000  options  (the "Options")  under  its  1996  Stock
Incentive  Plan to the holders of options  under the Company's 1994 Stock Option
Plan and to the Company's Chief Operating Officer, entitling the holder of  each
Option  to purchase  one share  of Common Stock  at the  Subscription Price. The
Shareholder Rights, the Employee Rights and the Options are hereinafter referred
to as the "Rights." The Shareholder  Rights and the Employee Rights will  expire
at  5:00 p.m.,  New York  time, on  September    ,  1996 unless  extended by the
Company (such date, as it may be extended on one or more occasions, is  referred
to  herein as the "Expiration Date") and the Options will expire on the 20th day
after the Expiration Date. The Shareholder  Rights will be transferable but  the
Options  and the Employee Rights cannot  be transferred. The distribution of the
Shareholder Rights and the Employee Rights, the granting of the Options and  the
sale of shares of Common Stock in connection therewith are collectively referred
to  herein as the "Rights  Offering." The shares of  Common Stock underlying the
Rights are referred to herein as the  "Rights Shares" and holders of Rights  are
referred to herein as "Holders." See "The Rights Offering."
 
    The  Company has entered into stock purchase agreements (the "Stock Purchase
Agreements") with certain  institutional investors, high  net worth  individuals
and  non-employee  directors  and  senior management  of  the  Company  (each an
"Investor," and collectively, the "Investors")  pursuant to which the  Investors
have  severally agreed to purchase from the Company at the Subscription Price an
aggregate of  2,250,000  shares of  Common  Stock  (the "Base  Shares")  and  an
additional  number of  shares of  Common Stock,  if any  (the "Standby Shares"),
equal to (i)  7,692,308 (I.E., $25  million divided by  the Subscription  Price)
minus  (ii) the total number of Rights Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of
Shareholder Rights  and  Employee  Rights  minus  (iii)  the  Base  Shares.  The
Investors'  obligation to  purchase the  Base Shares  and the  Standby Shares is
subject to  certain conditions.  The  Investors will  also  have the  option  to
purchase  any  or  all of  a  number of  shares  of  Common Stock,  if  any (the
"Additional Shares"),  determined pursuant  to  the formula  set forth  in  "The
Investor  Offering." The  sale of  the Base Shares,  the Standby  Shares and the
Additional Shares  to the  Investors  is referred  to  herein as  the  "Investor
Offering."  The Investor Offering will close on the sixth business day following
the Expiration Date. Jefferies  & Company, Inc.  ("Jefferies" or the  "Financial
Advisor")  assisted the Company in  the identification of prospective Investors.
See "The Investor Offering."
 
    The 12,100,000  shares  of Common  Stock  issuable pursuant  to  the  Rights
Offering  and  the  Investor Offering  have  been  approved for  listing  on the
American Stock Exchange (the "AMEX") and the Pacific Stock Exchange (the "PSE").
The closing price of a share  of Common Stock on the  AMEX on July 31, 1996  was
$4.  There has been no prior market  for the Rights. The Shareholder Rights have
been approved for listing on the AMEX and the PSE; however, no assurances can be
given that a  market for the  Shareholder Rights  will develop or,  if a  market
develops, that such market will remain available throughout the Rights Offering.
 
    Funds  provided  in  payment  of  the Subscription  Price  will  be  held by
ChaseMellon Shareholder Services,  L.L.C. as the  Subscription Agent, until  the
issuance  of the related Rights Shares, which  in the case of Shareholder Rights
will occur promptly  after exercise,  and in the  case of  Employee Rights  will
occur  promptly following the  Expiration Date and  in the case  of Options will
occur promptly following the 20th day after the Expiration Date. The exercise of
Rights is  irrevocable  once made,  and  no interest  will  be paid  to  Holders
exercising their Rights.
                         ------------------------------
       SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 18 HEREIN FOR A DISCUSSION OF
       CERTAIN MATTERS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY POTENTIAL INVESTORS.
                             ---------------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION,  NOR  HAS  THE
      SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES
         COMMISSION PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS
         PROSPECTUS.         ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
                              A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     UNDERWRITER'S FEES
                                                                  SUBSCRIPTION OR           AND             PROCEEDS TO
                                                                   PURCHASE PRICE     COMMISSIONS (1)       COMPANY (2)
<S>                                                              <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Per Share......................................................        $3.25                N/A                $3.25
Total (3)......................................................     $39,325,000             N/A             $39,325,000
</TABLE>
 
(1) Jefferies will receive a capital raising fee equal to 5.5% of the  aggregate
    gross  proceeds  to the  Company from  the Investor  Offering and  any other
    offering of  Common Stock  in which  Jefferies provides  financial  advisory
    services  to the Company (a "Subsequent Offering") and which is necessary in
    order that  gross proceeds  to the  Company from  the Rights  Offering,  the
    Investor  Offering and any Subsequent  Offering equal or exceed $25,000,000.
    In the event that the  total gross proceeds to  the Company from the  Rights
    Offering,  the Investor Offering and any Subsequent Offering equal or exceed
    $25,000,000, Jefferies will also receive (x) a financial advisory fee  equal
    to  1.5% of  the aggregate  gross proceeds  to the  Company from  the Rights
    Offering,  the  Investor  Offering  and  any  Subsequent  Offering  and  (y)
    reimbursement  by the  Company for Jefferies'  out-of-pocket expenses, other
    than its reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements which the Company  has
    agreed  to reimburse regardless of the  outcome of its various offerings. In
    addition, the  Company has  agreed to  indemnify Jefferies  against  certain
    liabilities. See "The Financial Advisor."
 
(2) Before deduction of fees and expenses payable by the Company (including fees
    payable to the Financial Advisor) estimated at $2.6 million.
 
(3)  Represents  the maximum  total subscription  and  purchase price  and total
    proceeds to the Company. The actual amounts could be less.
                         ------------------------------
 
                           JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.
 
AUGUST   , 1996
<PAGE>
                    [GRAPHIC DEPICTING THE HAWAIIAN AIRLINES
                                 ROUTE SYSTEM]
 
    IN CONNECTION  WITH  THIS  OFFERING,  JEFFERIES  MAY  OVER-ALLOT  OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE RIGHTS AND THE
COMMON STOCK AT  LEVELS ABOVE THOSE  WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE  OPEN
MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE AMERICAN STOCK EXCHANGE AND THE
PACIFIC  STOCK  EXCHANGE, IN  THE  OVER THE  COUNTER  MARKET OR  OTHERWISE. SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANYTIME.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PAGE
                                                   ---------
<S>                                                <C>
Available Information............................          3
Documents Incorporated by Reference..............          4
Prospectus Summary...............................          5
Risk Factors.....................................         18
Purpose of the Rights Offering and Use of
 Proceeds........................................         27
The Rights Offering..............................         28
The Investor Offering............................         35
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences..........         35
Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend
 Policy..........................................         38
Capitalization...................................         39
Selected Historical Financial Information........         40
 
<CAPTION>
                                                     PAGE
                                                   ---------
<S>                                                <C>
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
 Condition and Results of Operations.............         43
Business.........................................         59
Management.......................................         78
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions...         81
Principal Shareholders...........................         82
Description of Capital Stock.....................         84
The Financial Advisor............................         88
Legal Matters....................................         89
Experts..........................................         89
Index to Financial Statements....................        F-1
</TABLE>
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The  Company  has filed  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-2 (together with any amendments
thereto, the  "Registration Statement")  under the  Securities Act  of 1933,  as
amended  (the "Securities Act"),  with respect to  the Rights and  the shares of
Common Stock subject  to the  Rights Offering  and the  Investor Offering.  This
Prospectus,  which constitutes  a part of  the Registration  Statement, does not
contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement,  certain
items  of  which are  contained in  schedules and  exhibits to  the Registration
Statement as permitted  by the  rules and  regulations of  the Commission.  Such
additional information may be obtained from the Commission's principal office in
Washington, D.C.
 
    The  Company is subject to the  informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act  of  1934, as  amended  (the  "Exchange Act"),  and  in  accordance
therewith  files periodic reports and other information with the Commission. The
Registration Statement and  the exhibits thereto,  as well as  such reports  and
other  information, filed  by the  Company can  be inspected  and copied  at the
public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549,  and  at  the Regional  Offices  of  the
Commission  located at 75 Park  Place, 14th Floor, New  York, New York 10007 and
Northwest Atrium  Center,  500 Madison  Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois
60661. Copies of such material can be obtained upon written request addressed to
the  Public  Reference Section  of  the Commission  at  450 Fifth  Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C.  20549,  at  prescribed  rates.  In  addition,  reports,  proxy
statements  and other information concerning the Company may be inspected at the
offices of the American Stock Exchange, 86 Trinity Place, 14th Floor, New  York,
New  York 10006, or the Pacific Stock  Exchange, 301 Pine Street, San Francisco,
California 94104.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
    The following  documents  filed  by  the Company  with  the  Commission  are
incorporated herein by reference:
 
    (i) The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1995,  filed April 1,  1996, as amended  by the Company's  Annual Report on Form
10-K/A (Amendment  No. 1)  filed April  17, 1996,  as amended  by the  Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K/A (Amendment No. 2) filed May 1, 1996.
 
    (ii)  The Company's Quarterly Report  on Form 10-Q, filed  May 15, 1996, for
the quarter ended March 31, 1996;
 
   (iii) The Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 10, 1996  (date
of event January 10, 1996);
 
   (iv)  The Company's Current Report on Form  8-K, filed January 17, 1996 (date
of event January 15, 1996);
 
    (v) The Company's Current Report on  Form 8-K, filed January 23, 1996  (date
of event January 18, 1996);
 
   (vi)  The Company's Current Report on Form  8-K, filed February 1, 1996 (date
of event January 30, 1996);
 
   (vii) The Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 2, 1996  (date
of event January 31, 1996);
 
  (viii)  The Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 7, 1996 (date
of event February 2, 1996).
 
    All documents filed by the Company  pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14  or
15(d)  of the Exchange Act, subsequent to  the date of this Prospectus and prior
to the termination of the Investor Offering, shall be deemed to be  incorporated
by  reference in  this Prospectus and  to be  a part hereof  from the respective
dates of the filing thereof. Any statement contained in a document  incorporated
or  deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified
or superseded for  purposes of this  Prospectus to the  extent that a  statement
contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document that is also deemed
to  be incorporated by  reference herein modifies  or supersedes such statement.
Any such statement so modified or superseded  shall not be deemed, except as  so
modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.
 
    The  Company will provide  without charge to  each person to  whom a copy of
this Prospectus is delivered, on the written  or oral request of such person,  a
copy of any or all documents incorporated by reference into this Prospectus that
are  not delivered herewith, except the  exhibits to such documents (unless such
exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in such documents). Requests
for such copies should  be directed to:  Investor Relations, Hawaiian  Airlines,
Inc., 3375 Koapaka Street, Suite G-350, Honolulu, Hawaii 96819; telephone number
(808) 835-3700.
                            ------------------------
 
    CERTAIN  STATEMENTS CONTAINED  IN THIS  PROSPECTUS THAT  ARE NOT  RELATED TO
HISTORICAL RESULTS,  INCLUDING,  WITHOUT LIMITATION,  STATEMENTS  REGARDING  THE
COMPANY'S  BUSINESS  STRATEGY  AND  OBJECTIVES,  FUTURE  FINANCIAL  POSITION AND
ESTIMATED COST SAVINGS,  ARE FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS WITHIN  THE MEANING  OF
SECTION  27A  OF THE  SECURITIES ACT  AND SECTION  21E OF  THE EXCHANGE  ACT AND
INVOLVE  RISKS  AND  UNCERTAINTIES.  ALTHOUGH  THE  COMPANY  BELIEVES  THAT  THE
ASSUMPTIONS  ON WHICH THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE BASED ARE REASONABLE,
THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE  THAT SUCH ASSUMPTIONS WILL  PROVE TO BE ACCURATE  AND
ACTUAL   RESULTS   COULD  DIFFER   MATERIALLY  FROM   THOSE  DISCUSSED   IN  THE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.  FACTORS  THAT COULD  CAUSE  OR CONTRIBUTE  TO  SUCH
DIFFERENCES  INCLUDE,  BUT  ARE  NOT LIMITED  TO,  THOSE  DISCUSSED  UNDER "RISK
FACTORS," "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND
RESULTS  OF OPERATIONS" AND "BUSINESS," AS  WELL AS THOSE DISCUSSED ELSEWHERE IN
THIS PROSPECTUS. ALL FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS ARE
QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY THIS CAUTIONARY STATEMENT.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  MATERIAL IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE
INFORMATION AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  AND NOTES THERETO APPEARING  ELSEWHERE
IN OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
    REFERENCES HEREIN TO THE "PREDECESSOR COMPANY" REFER TO HAWAIIAN AIRLINES AS
IT EXISTED PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 12, 1994, THE DATE IT EMERGED FROM BANKRUPTCY, AND
REFERENCES  HEREIN TO THE "REORGANIZED COMPANY" REFER TO HAWAIIAN AIRLINES AS IT
EXISTED ON AND AFTER SEPTEMBER 12, 1994.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Hawaiian Airlines is the largest  airline headquartered in Hawaii, based  on
operating  revenues of $346.9 million for 1995. The Company is engaged primarily
in the  scheduled transportation  of passengers,  cargo and  mail over  a  route
system   that  services   the  six  major   islands  of  the   State  of  Hawaii
("Interisland") and Las Vegas and four  key U.S. West Coast gateway cities,  Los
Angeles, San Francisco, Seattle and Portland ("Transpac"). In addition, Hawaiian
Airlines  provides the  only direct service  from Hawaii to  Pago Pago, American
Samoa and  Papeete,  Tahiti  ("Southpac"). The  Company  also  provides  charter
service  from Honolulu to Las Vegas ("Charter"). Hawaiian Airlines (i) is one of
two dominant Interisland air carriers in  Hawaii, (ii) is the third largest  air
carrier  between the  U.S. mainland and  Hawaii based on  2.51 billion scheduled
Transpac revenue passenger miles ("RPMs") in 1995, (iii) has one of the  highest
load factors in the United States with an overall scheduled load factor of 74.8%
in  1995 and (iv) has, management believes, one of the lowest cost structures in
the industry. Furthermore, Hawaiian Airlines has been rated one of the ten  best
airlines  in the U.S. for  five consecutive years in  a national travel magazine
reader's poll on  the basis of  scheduling, punctuality, cabin  comfort/service,
food  and baggage handling. The Company operates  a fleet of 13 DC-9-50 aircraft
and eight  DC-10-10 aircraft  (a ninth  DC-10-10  aircraft is  being used  on  a
temporary  basis to  permit the  scheduled overhaul of  six of  the other DC-10s
during 1996).
 
    The Company was incorporated in January 1929 under the laws of the Territory
of Hawaii. The  Common Stock trades  on the AMEX  and the PSE  under the  symbol
"HA." The closing price of the Common Stock on the AMEX on July 31, 1996 was $4.
The Company's principal offices are located at 3375 Koapaka Street, Suite G-350,
Honolulu, Hawaii, 96819 and its telephone number is (808) 835-3700.
 
                            STRATEGIC REPOSITIONING
 
    In  late 1989, the Company was the  subject of a leveraged acquisition by an
investor group.  Due  to  a  number  of  factors,  including  the  Gulf  War,  a
significant  economic recession and a  major natural disaster (Hurricane Iniki),
the Company experienced severe financial  difficulties during the early  1990's.
Over  the past  three years,  a new  management team  has conducted  a strategic
repositioning of Hawaiian Airlines designed to improve its overall operating and
financial performance. The primary objectives of this repositioning have been to
(i) control and reduce operating  costs, (ii) restructure the Company's  balance
sheet  and  obtain additional  liquidity through  a recapitalization,  and (iii)
enhance the Company's operating revenues through strategic alliances and certain
other opportunities. Management  believes that the  strategic repositioning  has
significantly  improved the  Company's operations,  balance sheet  and financial
performance by  reducing  aircraft  and labor  costs  and  providing  additional
liquidity. Moreover, this repositioning has allowed the Company to eliminate its
historical dependence on ticket discounting to generate capital, and has allowed
management to focus on the pursuit and implementation of its long-term operating
strategy and the identification and pursuit of potential growth opportunities.
 
COST REDUCTION PROGRAMS
 
    As part of its strategic repositioning, the Company has effected a number of
significant   changes  that  have  contributed   to  Hawaiian  Airlines  having,
management believes, one of the lowest operating
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
costs per total available seat mile  ("CTASM") in the industry. Total  available
seat  miles ("TASM") represents the number  of seats available for scheduled and
charter service multiplied by the number of miles those seats are flown.
 
    REDUCED AIRCRAFT  EXPENSE.   In September  1994, the  Company completed  the
reconfiguration  of its aircraft fleet by phasing out its DC-8, DHC-7 and L-1011
aircraft and leasing from  American Airlines, Inc.  ("American") lower cost  and
more  efficient  used  DC-10 aircraft  for  its Transpac,  Southpac  and Charter
operations. Furthermore, in conjunction with the January 1996 $20 million equity
infusion  from  AIP  discussed  below  (the  "AIP  Investment"),  the  Company's
long-term lease agreement with American pursuant to which the Company leases six
of  its DC-10 aircraft  (the "Aircraft Lease Agreement")  was amended to further
reduce costs.  Under  the  Aircraft  Lease  Agreement,  American  maintains  the
Company's  entire DC-10 fleet  (consisting of the six  aircraft leased under the
Aircraft Lease Agreement and three additional aircraft leased from American, two
of which are  leased on  a short-term  basis) on a  fixed rate  per flight  hour
basis.  Although the Company incurred significant non-recurring expenses in 1994
due to the reconfiguration of its aircraft fleet, the Company anticipates  that,
as  a  result of  the  transition to  DC-10 aircraft  and  the amendment  to the
Aircraft Lease Agreement, cash outlays for aircraft rent, fuel, maintenance  and
capitalized  overhaul and  spare parts from  1996 to 2000,  in management's best
estimate, will average approximately $15.5 million per year less than would have
been the case if the Company had retained its old fleet, based on miles flown in
1995.
 
    LABOR CONCESSIONS.    Over the  past  several  years the  Company  has  also
obtained  important concessions under the  collective bargaining agreements with
its employees.  In  September  1993,  the Company  reached  agreement  with  all
employee  groups  for  revised  labor  agreements  which,  in  management's best
estimate, resulted  in  cash  savings  measured  per  block  hour  against  cost
increases that otherwise would have taken effect of approximately $10 million in
1994  and  $10  million  in  1995  and  which,  along  with  other  productivity
improvement initiatives, are estimated to result in further cash savings through
1999. Additional  modifications  to  the  labor  agreements  were  completed  in
conjunction  with the  AIP Investment in  January 1996,  which modifications are
anticipated to result in cash  operating expenses, before profit sharing  costs,
for   1996,  1997,  1998   and  1999  being,   in  management's  best  estimate,
approximately $3.6 million, $7.6  million, $8.0 million  and $5.5 million  less,
respectively,  than would otherwise  be the case, based  on the Company's flight
schedule as  of June  1996.  In addition,  the amendable  dates  of all  of  the
Company's collective bargaining agreements have been extended from February 1997
to February 2000.
 
    As  a result  of these  and other  cost reduction  efforts, the  Company has
lowered its CTASM from $0.085 for the year ended December 31, 1993 to $0.075 for
the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
RECAPITALIZATION
 
    In response to the financial difficulties experienced by the Company in  the
early  1990s, Hawaiian  Airlines voluntarily  commenced a  Chapter 11 bankruptcy
reorganization  in  September   1993.  Pursuant  to   a  consolidated  Plan   of
Reorganization  dated September 21, 1993 and  subsequently amended (the "Plan of
Reorganization"), the Company  emerged from  bankruptcy on  September 12,  1994.
While  the Plan of  Reorganization allowed the  Company to convert approximately
$205 million in unsecured obligations into equity and institute a number of cost
savings measures, including the significant restructuring and simplification  of
its  fleet of aircraft,  Hawaiian Airlines emerged  from bankruptcy with limited
liquidity. To  address its  on-going liquidity  needs, during  1995 the  Company
developed a plan to (i) secure an equity infusion from a private capital source,
(ii)  restructure and improve its relationship  with American and (iii) effect a
rights offering to its  existing shareholders to  provide further liquidity  and
strength to its balance sheet.
 
    RESTRUCTURING  THE  BALANCE SHEET  AND OBTAINING  ADDITIONAL LIQUIDITY.   On
January 31, 1996 the Company achieved the first two of its liquidity enhancement
objectives through  the completion  of the  AIP Investment,  which consisted  of
AIP's  purchase of 18,181,818  shares of Common Stock  (which represented 69% of
the outstanding Common Stock on May 17,  1996) for $20 million in cash, and  the
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
amendment  of the Aircraft Lease Agreement. This amendment accomplished a number
of  objectives  including  the  settling   of  certain  lease  and   maintenance
obligations  under  the  Aircraft  Lease  Agreement  that  became  delinquent in
December 1994 and during  the first quarter  of 1995 and  were then deferred  by
American.  These obligations were  satisfied through the delivery  of a six year
$10.25 million promissory note to  American (the "American Note"). In  addition,
American  released  a  $2  million  security  deposit  that  was  posted  at the
commencement  of  the  Aircraft  Lease  Agreement.  In  connection  with   these
arrangements with American, the Company issued to American's parent company, AMR
Corporation ("AMR"), warrants to purchase up to 1,897,946 shares of Common Stock
at  $1.10  per  share  (the  "AMR  Warrants").  Half  of  the  AMR  Warrants are
immediately exercisable, but the  balance will only  be exercisable if  American
and the Company enter into a code sharing agreement by January 1, 1997 regarding
the placement of the two letter flight designator code for American's flights on
the Company's Interisland flights. The issuance of up to 1,000,000 Rights Shares
upon  the exercise of Employee  Rights and the issuance  of the Base Shares will
give rise to an  increase in the number  of AMR Warrants and  a decrease in  the
exercise  price  thereof  pursuant to  the  anti-dilution provision  of  the AMR
Warrants, although  the magnitude  of these  adjustments can  not be  determined
until after the Rights Offering and the Investor Offering are completed.
 
    THE  RIGHTS OFFERING.  In recognition  of the substantial dilutive effect of
the AIP Investment on  the existing shareholders of  the Company, AIP agreed  to
use  its  best  efforts  to  cause the  Company,  after  completion  of  the AIP
Investment, to make a rights offering  to the Company's shareholders other  than
AIP.  In addition to reducing  the dilutive effect of  the AIP Investment on the
other shareholders, the  Rights Offering  is intended to  achieve the  Company's
third  liquidity enhancement objective by improving its working capital position
with the net proceeds of the Rights Offering.
 
ENHANCE OPERATING REVENUES
 
    STRATEGIC ALLIANCES.   The  Company's relationship  with American  is a  key
element  in its operating  strategy. In addition to  the leasing and maintenance
services of  its DC-10  aircraft,  the Company  is  a participating  carrier  in
American's AAdvantage-Registered Trademark- frequent flyer program, which allows
travelers on Hawaiian Airlines to accrue mileage in the
AAdvantage-Registered  Trademark- program.  Moreover, the  more than  32 million
AAdvantage-Registered Trademark-  members may  redeem  their program  miles  for
travel   on  Hawaiian  Airlines'  flights.  The  Company  also  participates  in
SABRE-Registered Trademark-, American's computerized reservations system,  which
is  used by more  than 20 major  travel providers in  70 countries. The Company,
working with FlyAAway-Registered Trademark- Vacations, the tour operations  unit
of  American, develops, markets and  manages a line of  package tours to all six
major Hawaiian islands. FlyAAway-Registered Trademark- Vacations is the  world's
largest airline-owned tour operator.
 
    On  May 22, 1996, the Company entered into a cooperative marketing agreement
with Northwest  Airlines,  Inc.  ("Northwest"),  which  provides  for  extensive
marketing cooperation, including a code sharing arrangement, coordinated airport
customer  service and frequent flyer program cooperation. Under the code sharing
arrangement, a Northwest flight  code will appear in  travel agent computers  on
many  of Hawaiian  Airlines' flights between  Honolulu and several  of the other
destinations in  the  Hawaiian islands.  Northwest  will coordinate  its  flight
schedules  to  Honolulu  to  provide  convenient  connections  to  the Company's
Interisland flights.
 
    The Company entered  into a  code sharing  agreement with  Mahalo Air,  Inc.
("Mahalo")  in June 1996, pursuant to which the Company began placing its flight
code on Mahalo's five  daily flights between Honolulu  and Molokai and its  five
daily  flights between Honolulu and West Maui's Kapalua Airport starting July 1,
1996. This enables the Company to  offer an expanded flight schedule to  Molokai
and  West Maui without incurring expansion costs. Pursuant to the agreement, the
Company also provides certain airport services to Mahalo.
 
    REORGANIZED ROUTE STRUCTURE.   Over the  past three years,  the Company  has
adjusted  its schedules  between Honolulu  and Los  Angeles, San  Francisco, Las
Vegas and American Samoa to maximize  capacity and passenger load. In  addition,
the Company has added non-stop service between Portland,
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
Oregon  and  Honolulu. In  the Interisland  market,  the Company  introduced its
"Island Shuttle"  service  (the  "Island  Shuttle")  on  August  1,  1993,  with
departures  between Honolulu and  Maui every half hour  and between Honolulu and
Kauai every hour.
 
    IMPROVED CUSTOMER SERVICE.   The  Company also continues  to concentrate  on
customer service, which it believes will have a positive effect on market share.
In  recent years,  the Company  has achieved  a number  of significant operating
improvements, particularly with  regard to on-time  performance and  reliability
and customer satisfaction.
 
LONG-TERM STRATEGY AND POTENTIAL GROWTH
 
    Hawaiian  Airlines is committed to becoming  the first air carrier of choice
for travel to, from and among  the Hawaiian Islands. The Company's strategy  for
achieving this objective is based upon the following:
 
(i)  INTERISLAND.   Return  the  Company to  its  historic role  as  the leading
    Interisland air carrier through (a)  maintaining and improving its low  cost
    structure,  (b) expanding its capacity  and scheduling, particularly through
    the Island Shuttle concept, and  (c) forming strategic marketing  agreements
    with  other air carriers, including the use of code sharing arrangements and
    frequent flyer programs.
 
(ii) TRANSPAC.  Expand its  role as one of the  major air carriers from its  key
    West Coast gateway cities through (a) maintaining and improving its position
    as  a low-cost scheduled carrier, (b) forming strategic marketing agreements
    with other air carriers, including the use of code sharing arrangements  and
    frequent  flyer  programs,  and  (c) capitalizing  on  the  unique "Hawaiian
    Experience" provided by Hawaiian Airlines.
 
(iii) NICHE MARKETS.   Dominate the  local Hawaii  market to Las  Vegas in  both
    scheduled flights and charter service through maintaining and increasing its
    scheduled and charter service.
 
(iv) SOUTHPAC.  Maintain its dominant position in the Southpac market.
 
    The  Company  also believes  that it  may  have opportunities  for continued
growth through (i)  initiating direct service  from its key  West Coast  gateway
cities  to neighboring Hawaiian islands not currently served by the Company from
the West Coast, (ii) carrying passengers originating from other U.S. western and
southwestern cities  through code  sharing arrangements  with regional  mainland
carriers,  (iii) carrying more passengers originating from Pacific Rim countries
such as Japan, South Korea and China by developing new or expanded relationships
with carriers based in  Asia, (iv) securing joint  marketing and strategic  code
sharing relationships with other major and regional air carriers, (v) increasing
the  utilization of the  Company's existing assets  by providing ground handling
and/or other services for other air carriers in Hawaii, (vi) capitalizing on the
increased business  travel to  Hawaii expected  to result  from the  new  Hawaii
Convention  Center anticipated to open in  Spring 1998, and (vii) increasing the
scope of its  advertising strategy through  cooperative marketing programs  with
other  Hawaii travel industry  participants. However, no  assurance can be given
that the  Company will  be able  to  effectively exploit  any of  the  foregoing
strategies or opportunities.
 
                     RECENT OPERATING AND FINANCIAL RESULTS
 
    As  a result  of its  strategic repositioning,  the Company's  operating and
financial results improved substantially during the first quarter of 1996, which
has historically been the Company's weakest operating season. Hawaiian  Airlines
recorded  an operating profit of $396,000 during  the first quarter of 1996, the
first such  profit  recorded in  its  first  quarter since  1987.  The  positive
operating  results represent the fourth  consecutive quarter of operating profit
recorded by the Company.
 
    Operating revenues increased 24.6% during the first quarter of 1996 to $94.1
million, as compared to $75.5 million during the same quarter in 1995. Operating
income (loss) improved from a loss of $7.4 million for the first quarter of 1995
to   income   of   $396,000   during   the   first   quarter   of   1996.    Net
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
loss  also improved from a loss of $8.3 million to a loss of $582,000 during the
respective periods. Available seat  miles ("ASMs") and  RPMs increased from  940
million  and 680 million, respectively, during the first quarter of 1995 to 1.11
billion and 810 million, respectively, during the first quarter of 1996. Overall
load factors during  the same periods  were 72.4% and  72.8%, respectively.  The
Company's CTASM for the first quarter of 1996 improved to $0.075 from a CTASM of
$0.082 during the first quarter of 1995.
 
    The  operating  and  net  results  for the  first  quarter  of  1996 include
nonrecurring, noncash  charges  to earnings  of  $964,000, which  were  incurred
primarily  in connection with the consummation  of the AIP Investment. Excluding
the effect  of these  non-recurring charges,  operating income  for the  quarter
would  have been  $1.4 million and  net income  for the quarter  would have been
$382,000.
 
    The Company currently expects to report operating income of approximately $3
million and net income of approximately  $1.5 million for the second quarter  of
1996  on operating  revenues of  more than  $96 million,  representing the fifth
consecutive quarter of  operating profit recorded  by the Company  and the  best
second quarter operating results in the Company's history. In the second quarter
of  1995, the Company  reported operating income  of $431,000 and  a net loss of
$451,000 on operating revenues of $85.5  million. The Company expects to  report
operating  income of approximately $3.5 million  and net income of approximately
$950,000 for the six months  ended June 30, 1996  on operating revenues of  more
than  $190 million. For the six months ended June 30, 1995, the Company reported
an operating loss of $7.0  million and a net loss  of $8.7 million on  operating
revenues  of $161.0 million. Net  income for the second  quarter of 1996 and the
six months ended June  30, 1996 includes a  $340,000 extraordinary gain, net  of
estimated  income  taxes,  due to  the  early retirement  of  approximately $4.5
million of debt.
 
               PURPOSE OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING AND USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The price paid by AIP for its  shares of Common Stock in the AIP  Investment
represented  a substantial discount from the market price of the Common Stock at
the time that AIP made its offer to  the Company. On December 8, 1995, the  date
that  AIP  and the  Company entered  into  the agreement  to consummate  the AIP
Investment at a price of $1.10 per share, the closing price of a share of Common
Stock on  the AMEX  was $2  11/16. In  recognition of  the substantial  dilutive
effect  of the AIP Investment  on the existing shareholders  of the Company, the
investment agreement with AIP contained a  provision in which AIP agreed to  use
its  best  efforts  to  cause  the Company,  after  the  completion  of  the AIP
Investment, to make a rights offering to the Company's shareholders (other  than
AIP)  that would permit the shareholders to  acquire shares of Common Stock at a
discount to the  market price.  In this way,  the shareholders  of the  Company,
other  than AIP, would have the opportunity to reduce the dilutive effect of the
AIP Investment on their equity investment in the Company.
 
    In addition, the Rights Offering and  the Investor Offering are intended  to
raise  a  minimum of  $25 million  of gross  proceeds as  part of  the Company's
on-going efforts  to improve  its liquidity.  In establishing  the size  of  the
Investor  Offering, the Board of Directors  consulted with the Financial Advisor
and management, and considered the Company's need for additional capital.
 
    If the  Rights  Offering and  the  Investor Offering  are  consummated,  the
maximum  gross proceeds to the Company from the Rights Offering and the Investor
Offering would be approximately $39.3 million before payment of related fees and
expenses estimated to be $2.6 million.  However, no assurance can be given  that
any  or all of the Rights will be exercised. Therefore, the actual proceeds from
the Rights Offering and the Investor  Offering could be substantially lower.  If
Standby  Shares or Additional Shares are issued, the estimated fees and expenses
would increase due  to the fee  payable to the  Financial Advisor in  connection
with  the issuance of such shares (see  "The Financial Advisor"). In such event,
the total  fees  and expenses  of  the Company  in  connection with  the  Rights
Offering and the Investor Offering could be as high as $3.4 million.
 
    The Company currently expects that the net proceeds from the Rights Offering
and  the Investor  Offering will  be used  for general  working capital purposes
and/or prepayment of a portion of the
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
Company's long-term debt, although a final  determination as to the use or  uses
will  not be  made until  after the  completion of  the Rights  Offering and the
Investor Offering. Factors that will be  considered at that time in  determining
how  the net  proceeds will  be used  will include:  the amount  of net proceeds
actually  generated,  the  Company's   actual  and  projected  working   capital
requirements  at that time, interest rates in effect at that time, the amount of
any applicable debt prepayment discounts, and such other factors as the Board of
Directors considers to be relevant at  that time. Pending use, the net  proceeds
will  be invested in short-term,  interest-bearing securities. For a description
of the Company's long-term  debt, including interest  rates, maturity dates  and
use  of proceeds  from such debt,  see "Management's Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources
- -- Current Status."
 
    The Subscription Price  has been established  by the Board  of Directors  as
69.9%  of the average closing price  of the Common Stock on  the AMEX for the 30
trading days ended July 25, 1996.
 
                              THE RIGHTS OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
Shareholder Rights...........  Shareholders other than AIP will receive one Right for  each
                               share  of Common Stock held on the Record Date. An aggregate
                               of  approximately  8,250,000  Shareholder  Rights  will   be
                               distributed.   Holders  are  entitled  to  purchase  at  the
                               Subscription Price  one  share  of  Common  Stock  for  each
                               Shareholder  Right  exercised. The  Shareholder  Rights will
                               expire on the Expiration  Date. The Shareholder Rights  will
                               be transferable.
 
Employee Rights..............  The  Eligible Employees (I.E., all employees of the Company,
                               other than members of  senior management, who were  employed
                               at any time during 1995 and on the Record Date) will receive
                               an  aggregate of 1,000,000 Rights.  The Employee Rights will
                               be distributed among the  Eligible Employees pro rata  based
                               on each Eligible Employee's W-2 earnings from the Company in
                               1995  relative  to the  aggregate W-2  earnings paid  by the
                               Company to  all  Eligible  Employees in  1995.  Holders  are
                               entitled  to purchase at the Subscription Price one share of
                               Common Stock for each Employee Right exercised. The Employee
                               Rights will  expire on  the  Expiration Date.  The  Employee
                               Rights will not be transferable.
 
                               The Employee Rights will also entitle the Holders thereof to
                               the  Oversubscription  Privilege,  pursuant  to  which  such
                               Holders who exercise their Employee Rights in full will also
                               be able  to  subscribe  for  the  Rights  Shares  underlying
                               Employee  Rights that expire without  being exercised and up
                               to 1,000,000  of the  Rights Shares  underlying  Shareholder
                               Rights   that   expire  without   being  exercised.   If  an
                               insufficient number of Rights Shares is available to satisfy
                               all exercises of  the Oversubscription  Privilege, then  the
                               available  Rights Shares will be  prorated among Holders who
                               exercise  the  Oversubscription  Privilege  based  upon  the
                               respective  number of  Employee Rights of  such Holders. Any
                               funds received by the  Subscription Agent from Holders  with
                               respect  to  the  Oversubscription  Privilege  that  are not
                               applied to the  purchase of Rights  Shares due to  proration
                               will  be returned  by mail  as soon  as practicable, without
                               interest.
 
Options......................  An aggregate of  600,000 Options will  be granted under  the
                               Company's  1996 Stock Incentive Plan,  as amended (the "1996
                               Stock Incentive Plan") to persons who hold options under the
</TABLE>
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               Company's 1994  Stock Option  Plan (the  "1994 Stock  Option
                               Plan") and to the Company's Chief Operating Officer. Holders
                               are entitled to purchase at the Subscription Price one share
                               of  Common Stock for each Option exercised. The Options will
                               expire on  the  20th  day after  the  Expiration  Date.  The
                               Options will not be transferable.
 
Subscription Price...........  $3.25 per Rights Share.
 
Record Date..................  August 7, 1996.
 
Transferability of Rights....  The Shareholder Rights will be transferable and are expected
                               to  be listed for trading on the  AMEX and the PSE until the
                               close of  business on  the  last trading  day prior  to  the
                               Expiration  Date. The  Options and the  Employee Rights will
                               not be transferable.
 
                               The Subscription  Agent will  endeavor to  sell  Shareholder
                               Rights  for Holders who have so requested and have delivered
                               one or  more  subscription  certificate(s)  evidencing  such
                               Rights,  with  the  instruction  for  sale  included thereon
                               properly executed, to the Subscription Agent by 11:00  a.m.,
                               New  York  time,  by the  fifth  business day  prior  to the
                               Expiration Date. If less than  all sales orders received  by
                               the Subscription Agent can be filled, sales proceeds will be
                               prorated   among  the  Holders  based  upon  the  number  of
                               Shareholder Rights  each  has  instructed  the  Subscription
                               Agent  to  sell  during such  period,  irrespective  of when
                               during such  period the  instructions  are received  by  the
                               Subscription Agent.
 
                               There  can be no assurance  that the Subscription Agent will
                               be able to sell any Shareholder Rights for Holders, that any
                               market for Shareholder Rights will develop or that if such a
                               market develops how long it will continue.
 
Expiration Date..............  5:00 p.m., New  York time,  on September     , 1996,  unless
                               extended by the Company from time to time, provided that the
                               Expiration  Date shall not  be later than October    , 1996,
                               unless the  Board of  Directors determines  that a  material
                               event  has occurred  that necessitates  one or  more further
                               extensions  of  the  Expiration  Date  in  order  to  permit
                               adequate  disclosure  to Holders  of  information concerning
                               such event. The Options  will expire on  the 20th day  after
                               the Expiration Date.
 
Conditions to Exercise of
 Options and Employee
 Rights......................  The  Holder of Options or Employee  Rights will only be able
                               to exercise such Rights if such Holder (i) is an employee of
                               the Company  as  of  the  Expiration Date  in  the  case  of
                               Employee Rights or the 20th day after the Expiration Date in
                               the  case of Options, (ii) agrees not to sell the underlying
                               Rights Share during the 90-day period immediately  following
                               the  Expiration  Date  (the "Lock-Up"),  (iii)  pays  to the
                               Company, on or  before the  Expiration Date in  the case  of
                               Employee Rights or the 20th day after the Expiration Date in
                               the  case of Options, the  Withholding Amount (as defined in
                               "Payment of  Withholding  Amount  Relating  to  Options  and
                               Employee Rights" below) and (iv) executes and returns to the
</TABLE>
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               Company,  on or  before the Expiration  Date in  the case of
                               Employee Rights or the 20th day after the Expiration Date in
                               the case of Options, a Withholding Agreement and  Worksheet.
                               Any  such Holder  who exercises a  Right shall  be deemed to
                               have agreed to the  Lock-Up described above. Conditions  (i)
                               and  (ii) will  not apply to  Options granted  to the former
                               Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
 
Procedure for Exercising
 Rights......................  Shareholder Rights  and  Employee Rights  may  be  exercised
                               (subject  to the requirements  described below applicable to
                               Employee Rights)  by  properly  completing  the  certificate
                               evidencing  such Rights  (a "Subscription  Certificate") and
                               forwarding such Subscription Certificate to the Subscription
                               Agent (or  following  the  Guaranteed  Delivery  Procedures,
                               referred  to  below) on  or  prior to  the  Expiration Date,
                               together with payment in full of the Subscription Price with
                               respect to  such Rights.  If  the mail  is used  to  forward
                               Subscription  Certificates, it is  recommended that insured,
                               registered mail be used. The exercise of a Right may not  be
                               revoked  or amended. If  time does not permit  a Holder of a
                               Shareholder Right  or  an  Employee  Right  to  deliver  its
                               Subscription  Certificate  to the  Subscription Agent  on or
                               before the Expiration Date, such  Holder should make use  of
                               the  Guaranteed  Delivery  Procedures  described  under "The
                               Rights Offering -- Exercise of Rights."
 
                               Options may  be  exercised  by providing  the  Company  with
                               written  notice and payment of  the Subscription Price on or
                               prior to the 20th day after the Expiration Date.
 
                               THE EXERCISE OF RIGHTS IS IRREVOCABLE ONCE MADE, AND  RIGHTS
                               SHARES  RELATING TO OPTIONS AND  EMPLOYEE RIGHTS WILL NOT BE
                               ISSUED UNTIL AFTER THE EXPIRATION DATE. NO INTEREST WILL  BE
                               PAID  ON THE MONEY DELIVERED  IN PAYMENT OF THE SUBSCRIPTION
                               PRICE.
 
                               If paying by  uncertified personal check,  please note  that
                               the  funds paid thereby may take at least five business days
                               to  clear.  Accordingly,  Holders   who  wish  to  pay   the
                               Subscription  Price by  means of  uncertified personal check
                               are urged to  make payment  sufficiently in  advance of  the
                               Expiration  Date to ensure that such payment is received and
                               clears by such  date and  are urged to  consider payment  by
                               means  of certified or cashier's  check, money order or wire
                               transfer of funds.
 
                               A Right may not be  exercised in part and fractional  Rights
                               Shares will not be issued.
Payment of Withholding Amount
 Relating to Options and
 Employee Rights.............  Holders   of  Employee  Rights  who  exercise  those  Rights
                               generally will recognize ordinary  income on the  Expiration
                               Date  equal to the excess, if  any, of the fair market value
                               of the  underlying  Rights  Shares on  that  date  over  the
                               Subscription  Price. Holders  of Options will  be subject to
                               special tax rules as  a result of  the exercise of  Options.
                               Ordinary  income recognized in connection  with an Option or
                               Employee Right will  be subject  to applicable  withholding.
                               See
</TABLE>
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax Consequences  --  Options and
                               Employee Rights"  and "The  Rights  Offering --  Payment  of
                               Withholding Amount Relating to Options and Employee Rights."
 
                               As  a  condition  to  the exercise  of  Options  or Employee
                               Rights, on or prior  to the Expiration Date  in the case  of
                               Employee  Rights, or the 20th  day after the Expiration Date
                               in the case  of Options, the  Holder thereof must  complete,
                               sign and return to the Company the Withholding Agreement and
                               Worksheet included with this Prospectus, and must pay to the
                               Company  the "Withholding Amount,"  which will be determined
                               using the  Withholding  Agreement  and  Worksheet  and  will
                               include  tax withholding amounts with  respect to all Rights
                               Shares being  subscribed  for  (including  pursuant  to  the
                               Oversubscription  Privilege). To the  extent that a Holder's
                               Oversubscription  Privilege   is   not  fulfilled   due   to
                               proration,  the related Withholding  Amount will be returned
                               by mail as soon as practicable, without interest.
 
                               THE WITHHOLDING  AMOUNT AND  THE WITHHOLDING  AGREEMENT  AND
                               WORKSHEET  MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE  COMPANY ON OR BEFORE THE
                               EXPIRATION DATE IN THE CASE  OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS OR THE  20TH
                               DAY  AFTER  THE  EXPIRATION  DATE IN  THE  CASE  OF OPTIONS.
                               FAILURE OF A HOLDER  TO PAY THE  FULL WITHHOLDING AMOUNT  OR
                               RETURN  THE WITHHOLDING AGREEMENT AND  WORKSHEET IN A TIMELY
                               MANNER WILL VOID THE EXERCISE OF THE RIGHTS BEING  EXERCISED
                               AND  THE SUBSCRIPTION PRICE WILL  BE RETURNED TO THE HOLDER,
                               WITHOUT INTEREST.
Rights Held by Company
 Plans.......................  The Shareholder  Rights  distributed  with  respect  to  the
                               Common  Stock owned  by the  Hawaiian Airlines,  Inc. 401(k)
                               Plan for  Flight  Attendants, the  Hawaiian  Airlines,  Inc.
                               401(k)  Savings Plan or the  Hawaiian Airlines, Inc. Pilots'
                               401(k)  Plan,  will   be  allocated  to   the  accounts   of
                               participants  in the plans. Each  plan participant will then
                               have the right  to instruct the  plan trustee regarding  the
                               sale   or  exercise   of  the   Rights  allocated   to  such
                               participant's account. Such instruction must be received  by
                               the  plan trustee no later than 1:00 p.m., New York time, on
                               September   , 1996 (or such later day as shall be the  fifth
                               business  day  preceding the  Expiration Date),  after which
                               time the plan trustee will use its best efforts to sell  any
                               Rights  as  to  which  timely  instructions  have  not  been
                               received.
Persons Holding Shares, or
 Wishing to Exercise Rights,
 Through Others..............  Persons  holding  shares  of  Common  Stock,  and  receiving
                               Shareholder   Rights  distributable  with  respect  thereto,
                               through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company  or
                               other  nominee, as well as  persons holding certificates for
                               Common Stock  personally  who  would  prefer  to  have  such
                               institutions effect transactions relating to the Shareholder
                               Rights  on  their  behalf,  should  contact  the appropriate
                               institution  or  nominee  and  request  it  to  effect   the
                               transactions for them.
 
Issuance of Common Stock.....  Certificates   representing  Rights   Shares  issuable  upon
                               exercise of  Shareholder Rights  will  be delivered  to  the
                               Holder  of  such Rights  as soon  as practicable  after such
                               Rights are validly exercised.
</TABLE>
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               Rights Shares  issuable  upon exercise  of  Employee  Rights
                               (including   Rights   Shares   issuable   pursuant   to  the
                               Oversubscription  Privilege)  will  be  issued  as  of   the
                               Expiration  Date but  certificates representing  such Rights
                               Shares will  be held  by the  Subscription Agent  until  the
                               expiration  of  the  Lock-Up.  Rights  Shares  issuable upon
                               exercise of Options will be issued on the 20th day after the
                               Expiration Date  but certificates  representing such  Rights
                               Shares will be held by the Subscription Agent or the Company
                               until  the expiration of the Lock-Up. Funds delivered to the
                               Subscription  Agent   will  be   held  in   escrow  by   the
                               Subscription  Agent until the issuance of the related Rights
                               Shares. No interest will be paid to Holders on funds held by
                               the Subscription Agent regardless of whether such funds  are
                               applied  to  the  Subscription  Price  or  returned  to  the
                               Holders.
Subscription Agent...........  ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.
Information Agent............  Any questions regarding the  Rights Offering, including  the
                               procedure for exercising Rights, and requests for additional
                               copies  of this Prospectus,  the Subscription Certificate or
                               the notice  of guaranteed  delivery  should be  directed  to
                               ChaseMellon  Shareholder Services,  L.L.C. (the "Information
                               Agent") at (800) 814-0304.
Financial Advisor............  Jefferies & Company, Inc.
AMEX and PSE Common Stock
 Symbol......................  HA.
AMEX and PSE Shareholder
 Rights Symbol...............  HA.Rt.
Maximum Shares of Common
 Stock Outstanding after the
 Rights Offering and the
 Investor Offering...........  38,509,421 shares based on 26,409,421 shares outstanding  on
                               July  3, 1996. Does  not give effect to  the issuance of the
                               following shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance:  (i)
                               500,000  shares upon  the exercise of  options granted under
                               the 1994 Stock Option Plan;  (ii) 1,897,946 shares upon  the
                               exercise  of the  AMR Warrants; (iii)  1,576,367 shares upon
                               the exercise of  warrants held by  certain individuals  (the
                               "Reorganization  Warrants"); (iv)  445,176 shares  under the
                               Plan  of  Reorganization  (see   "Business  --  Claims   and
                               Litigation");  and  (v) 1,400,000  shares (exclusive  of the
                               600,000 shares reserved  for issuance upon  exercise of  the
                               Options)  upon the exercise  of options that  may be granted
                               from time to time under  the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan.  The
                               issuance  of up to 1,000,000 Rights Shares upon the exercise
                               of Employee Rights and the issuance of the Base Shares  will
                               give  rise to an increase in  the number of AMR Warrants and
                               Reorganization  Warrants  pursuant   to  the   anti-dilution
                               provisions  of  the  AMR  Warrants  and  the  Reorganization
                               Warrants, although the  magnitude of  these adjustments  can
                               not  be determined until  after the Rights  Offering and the
                               Investor Offering are completed.
</TABLE>
 
    For more information regarding the Rights Offering, including the  procedure
for exercising Rights, see "The Rights Offering."
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                             THE INVESTOR OFFERING
 
    The  Company has entered  into Stock Purchase  Agreements with the Investors
(who are  certain  institutional  investors,  high  net  worth  individuals  and
non-employee directors and members of senior management of the Company) pursuant
to  which the Investors have severally agreed, subject to certain conditions, to
purchase from the Company  at the Subscription Price  the 2,250,000 Base  Shares
and  the Standby Shares.  The number of  Standby Shares, if  any, will equal (i)
7,692,308 (I.E., $25 million divided by  the Subscription Price) minus (ii)  the
total  number of  Rights Shares issued  pursuant to the  exercise of Shareholder
Rights and Employee Rights  minus (iii) the Base  Shares. The number of  Standby
Shares  will be 5,442,308 shares if no Rights Shares are issued and will decline
by an amount equal to the number of Rights Shares issued.
 
    Each Investor  will also  have the  option to  purchase any  or all  of  the
Additional Shares, if any. The number of Additional Shares will equal the lesser
of (i)(A) 11,500,000 minus (B) the total number of Rights Shares issued pursuant
to  the exercise of  Shareholder Rights and  Employee Rights minus  (C) the Base
Shares minus (D) the total number of Standby Shares issued, or (ii)(A) 7,692,308
(I.E., $25 million divided by the Subscription Price) minus (B) the Base  Shares
minus (C) the total number of Standby Shares issued. If the number of Additional
Shares  is insufficient to  satisfy all exercises of  the Investors' option, the
Additional Shares  would  be  prorated  among  Investors  electing  to  purchase
Additional  Shares based upon the respective  number of Base Shares purchased by
each such Investor.
 
    The Investor Offering  will close on  the sixth business  day following  the
Expiration Date and the option to purchase Additional Shares will expire at that
time unless exercised.
 
    Jefferies   assisted  the  Company  in  the  identification  of  prospective
Investors.
 
    See "The Investor Offering."
 
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    See "Certain Federal Income  Tax Consequences" for  a discussion of  certain
tax  consequences  that  should  be considered  in  connection  with  the Rights
Offering.
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    The purchase  of Rights  and the  purchase  of Common  Stock in  the  Rights
Offering  and the  Investor Offering  involve investment  risks relating  to the
Company, to  the  airline  industry  in general  and  to  the  Rights  Offering.
Investors  are urged  to read and  consider carefully the  information set forth
under the heading "Risk Factors."
 
    NEITHER THE BOARD  OF DIRECTORS  OF THE  COMPANY NOR  THE FINANCIAL  ADVISOR
MAKES  ANY RECOMMENDATION  TO HOLDERS  WITH RESPECT  TO WHETHER  A HOLDER SHOULD
EXERCISE RIGHTS TO PURCHASE  SHARES OF THE COMMON  STOCK PURSUANT TO THE  RIGHTS
OFFERING,  TO  INVESTORS WITH  RESPECT TO  WHETHER  AN INVESTOR  SHOULD PURCHASE
SHARES OF THE  COMMON STOCK,  OR TO  PERSONS WITH  RESPECT TO  WHETHER A  PERSON
SHOULD PURCHASE RIGHTS.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                         SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PREDECESSOR COMPANY
                                ---------------------------------------
                                                        PERIOD FROM
                                    YEAR ENDED       JANUARY 1, 1994 TO
                                DECEMBER 31, 1993    SEPTEMBER 11, 1994
                                ------------------   ------------------
                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE
                                               AMOUNTS)
<S>                             <C>                  <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Operating revenues:
    Passenger.................    $  273,386           $  199,502
    Charter...................         7,169(1)               135
    Cargo.....................        15,000               11,039
    Other.....................         8,554                6,147
                                  ----------           ----------
      Total...................       304,109              216,823
  Operating expenses..........       328,947              223,244
                                  ----------           ----------
  Operating income (loss).....       (24,838)              (6,421)
  Nonoperating income
   (expense)..................       (56,690)             (14,253)
                                  ----------           ----------
  Loss before income taxes,
   extraordinary items and
   cumulative effect of change
   in accounting principles...       (81,528)             (20,674)
  Net income (loss)...........       (69,424)             169,389(2)
  Net loss per share..........           N/M*                N/M*
  Weighted average shares
   outstanding................         6,170                7,137
OTHER DATA:
  Revenue passengers (4)......         4,337                3,363
  Revenue passenger miles
   (RPM) (5)..................     2,870,713            2,204,855
  Available seat miles (ASM)
   (6)........................     3,850,133            2,944,822
  Passenger load factor (7)...          74.6%                74.9%
  Yield per RPM (8)...........           9.5 CENTS            9.0 CENTS
  Total available seat miles
   (TASM) (9).................     3,871,071            2,945,679
  Operating revenue per TASM..           7.9 CENTS            7.4 CENTS
  Costs per TASM (CTASM)
   (10).......................           8.5 CENTS            7.6 CENTS
  EBITDA, as adjusted (11)....        (4,869)              (2,336)
  Depreciation and
   amortization expense.......        (5,969)              (4,085)
  Capital expenditures........         7,037                3,682
  Net cash provided by (used
   in) operating
   activities)................        13,909                6,096
  Net cash provided by (used
   in) investing activities...        (9,845)              (5,872)
  Net cash provided by (used
   in) financing activities...        (1,719)              (2,034)
 
<CAPTION>
                                                              REORGANIZED COMPANY
                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   PERIOD FROM
                                SEPTEMBER 12, 1994                                QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31,
                                 TO DECEMBER 31,         YEAR ENDED         -----------------------------------
                                       1994          DECEMBER 31, 1995           1995                 1996
                                ------------------   ------------------     --------------       --------------
 
<S>                             <C>                  <C>                    <C>                  <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Operating revenues:
    Passenger.................    $   80,675           $  297,527           $     65,601         $     79,811
    Charter...................           536               22,200                  3,557                6,971
    Cargo.....................         5,300               18,169                  3,961                4,813
    Other.....................         2,646                9,008                  2,389                2,467
                                  ----------           ----------           --------------       --------------
      Total...................        89,157              346,904                 75,508               94,062
  Operating expenses..........        95,425              348,805                 82,935               93,666
                                  ----------           ----------           --------------       --------------
  Operating income (loss).....        (6,268)              (1,901)                (7,427  )               396
  Nonoperating income
   (expense)..................           117               (3,605)                  (867  )              (978  )
                                  ----------           ----------           --------------       --------------
  Loss before income taxes,
   extraordinary items and
   cumulative effect of change
   in accounting principles...        (6,151)              (5,506)                (8,294  )              (582  )
  Net income (loss)...........        (6,151)              (5,506)                (8,294  )              (582  )
  Net loss per share..........    $    (0.65)          $    (0.59)          $      (0.88  )      $      (0.03  )
  Weighted average shares
   outstanding................         9,400(3)             9,400(3)               9,400  (3)          21,521  (3)
OTHER DATA:
  Revenue passengers (4)......         1,221                4,781                  1,152                1,269
  Revenue passenger miles
   (RPM) (5)..................       675,484            3,171,366                680,342              809,797
  Available seat miles (ASM)
   (6)........................     1,050,827            4,238,319                939,543            1,112,525
  Passenger load factor (7)...          64.3%                74.8%                  72.4  %              72.8  %
  Yield per RPM (8)...........          11.9 CENTS            9.4 CENTS              9.6   CENTS          9.9   CENTS
  Total available seat miles
   (TASM) (9).................     1,054,110            4,677,461              1,010,073            1,244,292
  Operating revenue per TASM..           8.5 CENTS            7.4 CENTS              7.5   CENTS          7.6   CENTS
  Costs per TASM (CTASM)
   (10).......................           9.1 CENTS            7.5 CENTS              8.2   CENTS          7.5   CENTS
  EBITDA, as adjusted (11)....        (3,995)               5,536                 (5,601  )             2,256
  Depreciation and
   amortization expense.......        (2,273)              (7,437)                (1,826  )            (1,860  )
  Capital expenditures........         3,603                9,165                  2,483                1,680
  Net cash provided by (used
   in) operating
   activities)................        (5,265)              18,788                  7,574               (7,945  )
  Net cash provided by (used
   in) investing activities...         4,049               (4,940)                (2,090  )            (1,161  )
  Net cash provided by (used
   in) financing activities...         2,254              (11,960)                (3,598  )            17,169
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               AT DECEMBER 31,        AT MARCH 31, 1996
                                                              ------------------  --------------------------
                                                                1994      1995     ACTUAL   AS ADJUSTED (12)
                                                              --------  --------  --------  ----------------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $  3,501  $  5,389  $ 13,452      $ 13,452
  Working capital (deficit).................................   (45,827)  (51,699)  (21,723)      (20,511)
  Property and equipment, net...............................    37,756    41,391    41,756        41,756
  Total assets..............................................   163,301   161,640   171,576       171,248
  Long-term debt and capital leases, including current
   maturities...............................................    36,217    24,314    29,948        30,158
  Shareholders' equity......................................    33,849    29,178    49,125        48,555
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
   * not meaningful
 (1) Includes  revenue  derived from  military  charter flights  flown  prior to
     January 1, 1993.
 (2) Reflects an extraordinary  gain of approximately  $190.1 million  primarily
     due to the extinguishment of prepetition obligations.
 (3) Includes shares reserved for issuance under the Plan of Reorganization.
 (4) Represents the number of passengers flying on scheduled flights.
 (5) Represents the number of flight miles flown by revenue passengers.
 (6) Represents  the number of seats available for revenue passengers multiplied
     by the number of miles those seats are flown.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
 (7) Represents RPMs divided by ASMs.
 (8) Represents passenger revenue divided by RPMs.
 (9) Represents the number of seats available for revenue passengers and charter
     passengers multiplied by the number of miles those seats are flown.
 (10) Represents operating expenses divided by TASMs.
 (11) Consists of  net  income  (loss)  before  nonoperating  income  (expense),
      depreciation  and  amortization,  income  taxes,  extraordinary  items and
      cumulative effect of  change in  accounting principles  and certain  other
      charges, including restructuring charges of approximately $14.0 million in
      1993.  EBITDA, as adjusted is not intended to represent cash flows for the
      period, nor has it been  presented as an alternative  to net income as  an
      indicator  of  financial  performance  and  should  not  be  considered in
      isolation or  as a  substitute  for measures  of performance  prepared  in
      accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  EBITDA, as
      adjusted is  presented  solely  as  supplemental  disclosure  because  the
      Company understands that such data is used by certain investors to analyze
      companies.
 (12) Adjusted  to give effect to the Company's (i) repurchase of 827,221 shares
      of Common Stock from  GPA Group plc and  its affiliate AeroUSA, Inc.  (the
      "GPA   Companies"),  (ii)  repayment  of  approximately  $4.5  million  of
      long-term debt  owed  to  the GPA  Companies  at  a 15%  discount  and  an
      extraordinary  gain of $340,000, net of  estimated income taxes, and (iii)
      borrowing  of  approximately  $4.7  million  under  the  Company's  credit
      facility  to fund such repurchase and  repayment, all of which occurred on
      April 29, 1996.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    IN  MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION REGARDING  THE RIGHTS OR THE COMMON STOCK,
INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE  FOLLOWING FACTORS IN ADDITION TO  THOSE
DESCRIBED  ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THE ORDER IN WHICH THESE CONSIDERATIONS
ARE PRESENTED SHOULD NOT  BE INTERPRETED AS BEING  INDICATIVE OF THEIR  RELATIVE
IMPORTANCE TO PARTICULAR INVESTORS.
 
ABILITY OF COMPANY TO CONTINUE AS A GOING CONCERN
 
    In  1995, the Company reported an operating  loss and net loss for the ninth
consecutive year. The independent auditors' report with respect to the Company's
1995 financial  statements  stated  that the  Company's  recurring  losses  from
operations,  working capital deficit and limited sources of additional liquidity
raise substantial  doubt about  the Company's  ability to  continue as  a  going
concern.  The financial  statements as  of and for  the year  ended December 31,
1995, were  prepared on  a  going concern  basis,  which assumes  continuity  of
operations  and  realization of  assets and  liquidation  of liabilities  in the
ordinary course  of  business.  The  financial statements  do  not  include  any
adjustments  relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset
amounts, or  the  amounts  and  classification  of  liabilities  that  might  be
necessary  as  a  result  of the  outcome  of  future  uncertainties. Management
recognizes that the continuation of the Company as a going concern is  dependent
upon  the achievement of  profitability, positive cash  flow from operations and
the generation of adequate funds to  meet its ongoing obligations. In the  first
quarter  of 1996,  the Company increased  its capital resources  through the AIP
Investment and  the related  agreements with  American and  the Company's  labor
unions. Nonetheless, at March 31, 1996 the Company had a working capital deficit
of  $21.7 million. The Company continues to seek additional liquidity to improve
its working capital position through the Rights Offering and Investor  Offering.
However,  no  assurance  can be  given  that  the Rights  Offering  and Investor
Offering will be successful  or that the  Company will be  able to generate  net
income  in the  future. See "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis of Financial
Condition and  Results of  Operations" and  the financial  statements and  notes
thereto presented elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
LIMITED LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES; HIGH DEGREE OF FINANCIAL AND OPERATING
LEVERAGE
 
    The  Company emerged from bankruptcy in  September 1994 with limited capital
resources. In January 1996, the Company was contemplating that it might have  to
re-enter bankruptcy and halt operations if it could not complete the $20 million
AIP  Investment,  which was  completed on  January  31, 1996.  Prior to  the AIP
Investment, the  Company's  liquidity  was limited  to  payment  deferrals  from
existing  creditors  such as  American  and promotional  ticket  sales. Although
promotional ticket  sales increase  current liquidity,  they also  increase  air
traffic liability, which can adversely affect yields (fare levels) and revenues,
as  well as liquidity in future periods. Although the AIP Investment and certain
related  transactions  have  substantially   increased  the  Company's   capital
resources,  the  Company  is  seeking additional  liquidity  through  the Rights
Offering, the  Investor Offering  and  other sources  in  order to  augment  its
current  and foreseeable capital resources. The Rights Offering and the Investor
Offering are part of  the Company's on-going efforts  to improve its  liquidity.
However,  there can be no  assurances that the Rights  Offering and the Investor
Offering will be successfully  completed. There can also  be no assurances  that
any  Subsequent Offering could  be completed. If the  Company is unsuccessful in
obtaining additional  sources of  liquidity,  an adverse  change in  events  and
circumstances  could result  in the Company  being unable to  meet its financial
obligations after it  exhausts its  current and  foreseeable capital  resources.
Although   the  Company   currently  has  no   significant  capital  expenditure
commitments, the Company plans to make approximately $11.4 million of  necessary
capital expenditures in the ordinary course of business in 1996 using internally
generated  funds and specific project financing provided by the State of Hawaii.
On April 29, 1996,  the Company's credit facility  provided by CIT  Group/Credit
Finance,  Inc. (the  "Credit Facility")  was amended  to increase  the borrowing
capacity thereunder from $8.2  million to $15.0 million.  As of April 30,  1996,
the  Company had $7.3  million of borrowing capacity  under the Credit Facility.
The Company's access to  other sources of debt  financing is limited because  it
does not have any unencumbered assets. Moreover, there can be no assurances that
the Company can achieve or sustain profitable
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
operations  or,  if  necessary,  that  sufficient  additional  financing  can be
obtained. See "Seasonality" below and  "Management's Discussion and Analysis  of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  --  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources."
 
    The  degree  to  which   the  Company  is   leveraged  could  have   adverse
consequences, including (i) the Company's ability to obtain additional financing
in  the future  for working capital,  capital expenditures or  other purposes is
limited, (ii)  the  Company's  degree  of  leverage  and  related  debt  service
obligations, as well as its obligations under operating leases for aircraft, may
make  it more vulnerable than  some of its competitors  in an economic downturn,
and (iii) the Company's  financial position may restrict  its ability to  pursue
new  business opportunities and limit its  flexibility in responding to changing
business conditions. See Note 7 to the financial statements presented  elsewhere
in this Prospectus.
 
    As  is characteristic of the  airline industry, the Company  is subject to a
high degree of financial  and operating leverage. Due  to high fixed costs,  the
expenses  of  each  flight  do  not  vary  proportionately  with  the  number of
passengers carried,  but the  revenues generated  from a  particular flight  are
directly  related  to the  number of  passengers  carried. Accordingly,  while a
decrease in  the  number  of  passengers carried  would  cause  a  corresponding
decrease  in  revenue  (if not  offset  by higher  fares),  it may  result  in a
disproportionately greater  decrease  in  profits  and  would  adversely  affect
liquidity.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  Company  faces  substantial  competition  from  other  well-established
airlines that  serve the  same routes  that the  Company serves.  The  Company's
competitors  on its Transpac routes, primarily United Airlines, Inc. ("United"),
Delta Airlines, Inc. ("Delta") and Northwest, and to a lesser extent Continental
Airlines, Inc. ("Continental") and American,  are larger and have  substantially
greater  name recognition and  resources than the  Company. The Company believes
that Transpac competition is primarily  based on fare levels, flight  frequency,
on-time  performance and reliability, name recognition, frequent flyer programs,
customer service and in-flight service. The Company also experiences competition
on its  Transpac  routes  from  various  charter  operators.  Charter  carriers'
competitive   position  is  enhanced  by  contractual  relationships  with  tour
operators. The Company's primary competitor  on its Interisland routes is  Aloha
Airlines,  Inc. ("Aloha"), which has the leading market share in the Interisland
market and  a  marketing relationship  with  United (including  a  code  sharing
arrangement and frequent flyer program participation). The Company believes that
Interisland  competition is  primarily based  on fare  levels, flight frequency,
on-time performance and reliability, name recognition, frequent flyer  programs,
customer service and aircraft type.
 
    The  Airline Deregulation  Act of  1978, recodified  into the Transportation
Act, has  substantially eliminated  government  authority to  regulate  domestic
routes  and fares,  and has  increased the ability  of airlines  to compete with
respect to destination, flight frequencies and fares. Airline profit levels  are
highly  sensitive to adverse changes in  fuel costs, average yield and passenger
demand. The emergence in  recent years of several  new carriers, typically  with
low  cost structures,  has further increased  the competitive  pressures on U.S.
airlines. The only significant  barriers to entry in  the U.S. airline  industry
are government licensing, the limited availability of flight slots, the need for
capital  and an increased number of  competitors. The commencement of service by
new carriers  on the  Company's  routes could  negatively impact  the  Company's
operating  results. Competing airlines have, and may in the future, undercut the
Company's fares and increased capacity on  routes beyond market demand in  order
to  increase their market  shares. Such activity by  other airlines could reduce
fares or  passenger  traffic to  levels  where the  Company  could not  be  both
competitive  and profitable. Due  to its smaller size  and limited resources and
liquidity, the  Company  may be  less  able to  withstand  aggressive  marketing
tactics  or  a prolonged  fare war  initiated by  its competitors.  Although the
domestic airline industry  has at  present abandoned  deeply discounted  general
pricing structures, and fare levels have continued to increase from 1992 levels,
significant industry-wide discounts could be reintroduced at
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
any  time. The introduction  of broadly available, deeply  discounted fares by a
major U.S. airline  would result  in lower yields  for the  entire industry  and
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operating results.
 
    Recent  announcements of capacity  increases to Hawaii  by domestic carriers
may affect pricing  levels on  the Company's Transpac  routes. Charter  carriers
have  increased capacity  from secondary markets  in the western  portion of the
United States and United has scheduled  an additional 9,000 seats per week  from
Japan and the U.S. mainland, with the bulk of that capacity dedicated to its San
Francisco  and Los Angeles routes. Subsequent  announcements by United of direct
service from Los Angeles to Kona and Maui are believed to be in addition to  the
9,000  seats mentioned  above. The increasing  presence of  charter carriers and
United's expanded capacity are examples of the competitive pricing and  capacity
issues  facing the Company in the future.  Management is not able to predict the
impact of these competitive pressures on the Company's operations.
 
    See "Business -- Competition."
 
AIRLINE INDUSTRY CONDITIONS
 
    The  airline  industry  is  a  highly  cyclical  business  with  substantial
volatility.  Airlines frequently experience  short-term cash requirements caused
by both seasonal fluctuations in traffic, which often put a drain on cash during
off-peak periods, and other factors that are not necessarily seasonal, including
the extent  and nature  of  price and  other  competition from  other  airlines,
changing  levels of operations,  national and international  events, fuel prices
and general  economic conditions,  including  inflation. Because  a  substantial
portion  of airline  travel is discretionary,  the industry  tends to experience
adverse financial results in  general economic downturns. Accordingly,  airlines
require  substantial  liquidity  to  sustain  continued  operations  under  most
conditions. See  "Limited  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources;  High  Degree  of
Financial and Operating Leverage" above.
 
    Since  the commencement of  deregulation in 1978,  the U.S. airline industry
has become  extremely competitive  and volatile.  Increased competition,  rising
operational  costs and pricing pressures have created financial difficulties for
most airlines leading to the U.S. airline industry having suffered unprecedented
losses in recent years. As a result, many airlines have been acquired or  forced
to  restructure (as was  the case with  the Company) or  have ceased operations.
Although the industry produced a profit for 1995, no assurance can be given that
this performance can be sustained in the future. The Company has had a net  loss
in each of 1995 and the preceding eight years.
 
DEPENDENCE ON HAWAIIAN TOURISM
 
    Since the Company's operations are limited almost exclusively to flights to,
from  and among, the Hawaiian Islands,  the Company's profitability is linked to
the number of travelers to, from and among the Islands and a material  reduction
in  the number  of such travelers  would have  a material adverse  effect on the
Company's operations. Tourists constitute a majority of the travelers to Hawaii.
Because tourism  levels  are  related  to discretionary  income,  the  level  of
Hawaiian  tourism is affected by the strength of the economies in the areas from
which tourists to Hawaii typically originate. Hawaiian tourism is also dependent
upon the popularity of Hawaii as a tourist destination and negative events  such
as  Hurricane  Iniki  and the  availability  of other  tourist  destinations and
opportunities could reduce tourist interest in Hawaii. In addition, from time to
time, various events such as the Persian Gulf War and industry-specific problems
such as strikes have had a negative impact on tourism in Hawaii. After  reaching
its  peak in  1990, the  Hawaii tourism  industry experienced  three consecutive
years of decline. Although tourist counts have shown year over year improvements
in 1994 and 1995,  local economists do  not expect Hawaii  tourism to return  to
pre-1991  levels until 1997. No assurance can be given that the level of tourism
traffic to Hawaii will in fact return to such levels or that it will not decline
in the future. A  decline in the  level of Hawaii tourism  traffic could have  a
material adverse effect on the Company's operations.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    Preliminary  results from  the Hawaii Visitors  Bureau indicate  that of the
total number of visitors  to Hawaii in 1995,  approximately 40% came from  Asia,
most  of whom came  from Japan, and  approximately 19% came  from California. In
recent years  Japan and  California have  experienced the  worst recession  each
region has experienced since the 1940s. As a result, the number of visitors from
Asia declined in 1992 and again 1993, and the number of visitors from California
declined  in each of 1991, 1992  and 1993 and is still  below the peak number in
1990. A  substantial decline  in the  number of  visitors from  either Japan  or
California could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations.
 
    See "Business -- The Hawaii Travel Market."
 
SEASONALITY
 
    The  Company's  results are  sensitive to  seasonal and  cyclical volatility
primarily due  to  seasonal  leisure  and holiday  travel.  Traffic  levels  are
typically  lowest in the  first quarter of  the year with  strong travel periods
during June, July, August and December.  Because certain of the Company's  costs
do  not  vary  significantly  regardless  of  traffic  levels,  such seasonality
substantially affects the  Company's profitability and  liquidity. See  "Limited
Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources;  High  Degree  of  Financial  and  Operating
Leverage" above.
 
AIRCRAFT OPERATIONS
 
    FUEL COSTS.   Fuel  costs,  which represent  a  significant portion  of  the
Company's  operating  costs  (approximately  16% for  1995),  are  volatile. For
example, the Company's  average fuel cost  per gallon (excluding  taxes) in  the
first  quarter of 1996 was  9.7% higher than its average  fuel cost in the first
quarter of 1995. Fuel  prices are influenced by,  among other factors,  economic
and political factors and events throughout the world and applicable fuel taxes,
and  the  Company can  neither  predict nor  control  near- or  longer-term fuel
prices. Significant changes in fuel costs would materially affect the  Company's
operating results. Furthermore, changes in fuel prices may have a greater impact
on  the Company than certain of its  Transpac competitors with more modern, fuel
efficient aircraft.  See "Reliance  on  Third Parties"  below and  "Business  --
Aircraft Fuel."
 
    MAINTENANCE  COSTS;  AIRCRAFT  AGE.   Aircraft  maintenance  costs represent
another significant operating cost for the Company (approximately 17% for  1995)
that will increase as the Company's aircraft increase in age. The average age of
the  Company's DC-10 aircraft is 23 years and its DC-9 aircraft is 18 years. The
Company intends to replace some or all of its existing aircraft with replacement
aircraft in the  next decade in  order to reduce  maintenance costs and  achieve
other  operating  efficiencies,  although no  assurance  can be  given  that the
Company will have the capital necessary to replace such aircraft. See  "Business
- --  Strategic Repositioning --  Enhance Operating Revenues  -- Relationship with
American -- Aircraft Lease Agreements" and  Note 13 to the financial  statements
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
    LEASED  AIRCRAFT.  The  Company owns two DC-9-50  aircraft and leases eleven
DC-9-50s and nine  DC-10-10s pursuant  to leases  that expire  at various  times
between  1996 and 2004. Two  of the DC-10s are  leased from American pursuant to
short-term leases, which  can be terminated  by American on  30 days notice.  In
order  to maintain its  current operations, the  Company will need  to renew its
leases as they  expire or  purchase or lease  replacement aircraft  and, if  the
Company decides to expand operations, the Company will need to purchase or lease
additional  aircraft. There can be no  assurance that lease renewals, additional
aircraft leases or aircraft  purchases will be available  on favorable terms  or
that  the Company  will have sufficient  capital resources to  lease or purchase
additional aircraft. See "Business -- Properties."
 
    LIMITED FLEET.  The Company's fleet  consists of 22 aircraft (including  one
DC-10 being used on a temporary basis to permit the scheduled overhaul of six of
the  other  DC-10s during  1996).  In the  event one  or  more of  the Company's
aircraft were to be out of  service, the Company may have difficulty  completing
its  scheduled or chartered  service. Any interruption of  service caused by the
unavailability
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
of aircraft due  to unscheduled  servicing or repair  or otherwise,  or lack  of
availability of substitute aircraft, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's  service, reputation and profitability. As is customary in the airline
industry, the Company does not have business interruption insurance.
 
RELIANCE ON THIRD PARTIES
 
    The  Company  has  entered  into  agreements  with  contractors,   including
American,  Northwest and certain  other airlines, to  provide certain facilities
and services  required for  its  operations, including  aircraft,  reservations,
computer  services,  frequent  flyer  program,  aircraft  maintenance, passenger
processing, fuel, ground  facilities, baggage and  cargo handling and  personnel
training.  This  reliance  on third  parties  to provide  services  subjects the
Company to  various  risks, including  the  risk  that such  services  could  be
discontinued without adequate replacement services being available.
 
    The  Company  leases  all  of its  DC-10  aircraft  from  American. American
maintains these  aircraft and  the Company  pays a  minimum monthly  charge  for
maintenance  services, monthly in arrears. During  1995, the Company incurred in
excess of $45 million of lease and maintenance expenses under the American DC-10
aircraft leases. American has the right  to terminate its obligation to  provide
aircraft  maintenance services on and after January 1, 1999, upon 180 days prior
notice. If American  terminated the maintenance  arrangement, the Company  would
have  to seek an alternate source of  maintenance service or maintain its DC-10s
itself, and no assurance can be given that the Company would be able to do so on
a basis that is as cost-effective as the American maintenance arrangement.
 
    The Company  participates  in  American's  AAdvantage-Registered  Trademark-
frequent flyer program and SABRE-Registered Trademark- reservation system, which
make   the  Company  more  competitive.   The  Company's  participation  in  the
AAdvantage-Registered Trademark- program  expires in 1997,  subject to  renewal,
and  its  participation  in  SABRE-Registered Trademark-  expires  in  2001. The
Company's inability to continue in  these programs or participate in  comparable
programs  offered by other airlines could have  a material adverse effect on the
Company's operations.  See  "Business  -- Strategic  Repositioning  --  Increase
Operating Revenue -- Relationship with American."
 
    The Company purchases almost all of its aviation fuel from Northwest without
mark-up pursuant to an agreement between the two companies, which provides that,
in  case of shortages,  Northwest will provide  fuel to its  own fleet first and
then a portion  of the remaining  fuel available will  be allocated between  the
Company   and  any   other  applicable   airlines.  The   agreement  is  renewed
automatically on  December 31  of each  year unless  canceled by  either of  the
parties  with 90 days prior  written notice. No assurance  can be given that the
Company would  be able  to secure  an  adequate supply  of fuel  from  alternate
sources  if  a fuel  shortage  were to  cause the  supply  from Northwest  to be
inadequate or  if Northwest  were  to cancel  the  agreement. The  Company  paid
Northwest  approximately $44.1 million, $43.9 million  and $53.0 million for the
fuel supplied under  this agreement in  1993, 1994 and  1995, respectively.  See
"Business -- Aircraft Fuel."
 
    Approximately 74% of the Company's ticket sales are currently made by travel
agents, including wholesalers. Travel agents generally have a choice between one
or  more airlines when  booking a customer's flight.  Accordingly, any effort by
travel agencies  to favor  another  airline or  to  disfavor the  Company  could
adversely  affect the Company. Although management  intends to continue to offer
an attractive  and  competitive  product  to travel  agencies  and  to  maintain
favorable  relations with travel agencies, there can be no assurance that travel
agencies will not disfavor  the Company or favor  other airlines in the  future,
either of which could have an adverse effect on the Company's operations.
 
INSURANCE COVERAGE
 
    The Company is exposed to potential losses that may be incurred in the event
of  an aircraft  accident. Any  such accident could  involve not  only repair or
replacement of a damaged aircraft and its consequent temporary or permanent loss
of service,  but also  significant potential  claims of  injured passengers  and
others.  The Company is  required by the U.S.  Department of Transportation (the
"DOT") to  carry  liability insurance  on  each  of its  aircraft.  The  Company
currently  maintains  public liability  insurance  which management  believes is
adequate and consistent with current industry
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
practice. However, there can  be no assurance that  the amount of such  coverage
will  not be changed or  that the Company will  not bear substantial losses from
accidents. Substantial claims resulting  from an accident  in excess of  related
insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
REGULATORY MATTERS; TICKET TAXES
    As  a  certificated  air  carrier,  Hawaiian  Airlines  is  subject  to  the
regulatory jurisdiction of the DOT and the Federal Aviation Administration  (the
"FAA"). To assure compliance with their regulations, the DOT and the FAA require
air  carriers to obtain certain certificates,  which may be suspended or revoked
for cause. The  DOT has  continuing jurisdiction to  review the  fitness of  air
carriers  to  hold a  certificate of  public convenience  and necessity.  It may
review the carrier's fitness at any time and impose fines or other sanctions for
violations of the Transportation Act or  DOT regulations. The FAA also  conducts
safety  audits  and  has the  power  to  impose fines  and  other  sanctions for
violations of aviation  safety and security  regulations. Hawaiian Airlines,  as
are  all airlines, is subject to inspections by  the FAA in the normal course of
its business on an ongoing basis. In the last several years, the FAA has  issued
to   the  airline  industry  a  number   of  maintenance  directives  and  other
regulations.  The  Company  has  incurred  and  expects  to  continue  to  incur
substantial  expenditures for the purpose of complying with these directives and
regulations. See Note 13 to the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
    Additional laws and regulations  have been proposed from  time to time  that
could  significantly increase the  cost of airline  operations by, for instance,
imposing  additional  requirements  or  restrictions  on  operations.  Laws  and
regulations  also have been considered from time  to time that would prohibit or
restrict the ownership and/or transfer of airline routes or takeoff and  landing
slots.  Also,  the award  of international  routes to  U.S. carriers  (and their
retention) is regulated by the DOT  and treaties and related agreements  between
the  United States and foreign governments, which are amended from time to time.
The Company cannot  predict what laws  and regulations will  be adopted or  what
changes  to international air transportation treaties  will be effected, if any,
or how they will affect the Company.
 
    Prior to 1996, the airline industry was subject to a 10% excise tax on  each
ticket  sold (other than  Transpac flights), a  6.25% cargo excise  tax and a $6
international departure tax (including  Transpac flights). Efforts are  underway
to  encourage  the United  States Congress  to re-enact  legislation authorizing
these excise taxes or to impose user fees in lieu of such taxes. The Senate  has
approved a bill to reinstate the excise taxes, and it is reported that House and
Senate  negotiators have agreed  in principle to reinstate  the excise taxes. If
the excise taxes are reinstated or user fees are implemented, the Company  would
either  have to  absorb the  excise taxes  or user  fees, which  would adversely
affect operating results, or raise  ticket prices and cargo transportation  fees
in  order to offset the excise taxes or  user fees. If the Company were to raise
ticket prices and  cargo transportation  fees, there  is no  assurance that  the
Company would be able to maintain such increases or that operating results would
not be adversely affected by the increases.
 
    See "Business -- Regulatory Matters."
 
LABOR AGREEMENTS
 
    The  majority  of Hawaiian  Airlines'  employees are  covered  by collective
bargaining agreements, which  are not  amendable until February  2000, with  the
International  Association of Machinists and  Aerospace Workers ("IAM"), the Air
Line Pilots  Association,  International  ("ALPA"), the  Association  of  Flight
Attendants  ("AFA"), the Transport Workers  Union ("TWU") and the Communications
Section Employees Union. As a result  of the unionization of its employees,  the
Company's  flexibility in dealing with its  employees may be restricted, thereby
resulting in an increase in costs. In the event of work stoppages or other labor
difficulties, operations of the Company may  be hampered or halted, which  could
have  a material adverse effect on the reputation and operations of the Company.
See "Business -- Employees."
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
CONTROL OF THE COMPANY
    AIP owned 69% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock as of July 3,  1996
and  through such ownership  is able to control  all actions to  be taken by the
shareholders of  the  Company, except  in  the  limited case  where  Hawaii  law
requires  shareholder action  to be  approved by  75% of  the outstanding Common
Stock. John W. Adams, Chairman of the  Board of Directors of the Company, is  an
executive  officer and the  sole stockholder of  the general partner  of AIP and
thereby controls the voting of AIP's shares. After giving effect to the issuance
of approximately 16,520,000 shares of Common  Stock pursuant to (i) the Plan  of
Reorganization,  (ii)  the  exercise  in  full  of  the  AMR  Warrants  and  the
Reorganization Warrants, (iii) the exercise  in full of the options  outstanding
under  the 1994 Stock Option  Plan, (iv) the exercise in  full of the Rights and
(v) the consummation  of the Investor  Offering (including the  issuance of  the
Additional Standby Shares), AIP would own approximately 42% of the Common Stock.
However, even at such time as sufficient shares of Common Stock have been issued
to  cause AIP to hold less than 50%  of the Common Stock, its voting power would
still be  substantially greater  than that  of any  other existing  shareholder.
Pursuant to the Company's Amended Bylaws (the "Bylaws"), until AIP ceases to own
at  least 35% of the  Common Stock, it has  the right to nominate  six of the 11
nominees to stand from time to time for election as directors of the Company. If
AIP's ownership of Common Stock  were to fall below  35%, its right to  nominate
directors would be reduced but would not be eliminated until AIP's ownership was
reduced  below  5%.  Thereafter,  AIP  will  not  have  the  right  to  nominate
individuals to the Board unless  it reacquires at least  5% of the Common  Stock
within  365 days. AIP is  not expected to participate  in the Investor Offering.
See "Principal Shareholders."
 
    In addition, ALPA, IAM and AFA have the right, pursuant to their  respective
collective  bargaining  agreements  and the  Bylaws,  to nominate  three  of the
remaining five nominees to  stand from time to  time for election as  directors,
thereby  leaving the Board of Directors with  the authority to nominate only two
of the director nominees. AIP has agreed  to vote its shares of Common Stock  in
favor of the labor unions' nominees.
 
    Of the two positions on the Board of Directors as to which AIP and the labor
unions  do not have the right to nominate nominees, (i) one is required to be an
outside director, defined as one who is  not employed by the Company and is  not
affiliated  with the Company's labor unions, AIP or American, and (ii) the other
is required to be a senior management official of the Company.
 
    For more information  regarding the rights  of AIP and  the labor unions  to
nominate  directors,  see "Principal  Shareholders --  Control  of the  Board of
Directors" and "Description of Capital Stock -- Preferred Stock."
 
ANTITAKEOVER MATTERS
 
    As a result of AIP's substantial ownership interest in the Common Stock,  it
may  be more  difficult for a  third party  to acquire the  Company. A potential
buyer would likely be deterred from any effort to acquire the Company absent the
consent of AIP or its participation in the transaction.
 
    The Company is subject to Section 415-73 of the Hawaii Business  Corporation
Act,  which restricts mergers and consolidations. Subject to certain exceptions,
unless the Board of Directors and the holders of at least 75% of all the  issued
and  outstanding voting stock of the  Company approve a merger or consolidation,
Section 415-73 prohibits such a transaction.
 
    The  Company's  Amended   Articles  of  Incorporation   (the  "Articles   of
Incorporation")  and the Bylaws include a number of provisions that may have the
effect of discouraging persons  from pursuing non-negotiated takeover  attempts.
These  provisions include (i) a restriction on  action by written consent of the
shareholders, unless such consent is unanimous, (ii) a prohibition on cumulative
voting, (iii) certain qualifications for directors and (iv) restrictions on  the
filling of vacancies of directors.
 
    The  Articles of  Incorporation authorize  the issuance  of up  to 2,000,000
shares of  preferred stock  by the  Company with  such preferences,  rights  and
restrictions  as may be  determined by the Board  of Directors. Accordingly, the
Board of Directors may, without shareholder approval, issue preferred stock with
dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or  other rights that could  adversely
affect the
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
rights of holders of the Common Stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock
may  have the effect of rendering  more difficult or discouraging an acquisition
of the  Company or  a change  in control  of the  Company. See  "Description  of
Capital Stock -- Preferred Stock."
 
    The  Company has in place a  shareholders' rights plan, which provides that,
subject to certain discretion of the Board  of Directors, in the event that  the
Company  is  acquired  in  certain  transactions  or  in  the  event  of certain
acquisitions of the Company's common stock that would cause the acquiror to  own
more  than 10% of  the outstanding common  stock, the Company  (or the surviving
corporation in a merger in which the  Company was not the survivor) would  issue
to  the Company's  shareholders, other than  the acquiror,  additional shares of
common  stock  of  the  Company  (or  the  survivor)  at  a  discount,   thereby
substantially diluting the acquiror's interest. The AIP Investment was expressly
excluded  from  the  application of  the  shareholders' rights  plan  through an
amendment to the plan adopted by the Board  of Directors at the time of the  AIP
Investment. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Shareholders' Rights Plan."
 
DIVIDENDS
 
    The  Company has  not paid cash  dividends on  its common stock  in the last
several years and has no plans to  do so in the foreseeable future. The  Company
intends to retain its earnings, if any, to finance the development and growth of
its  business. Moreover, the Company is  prohibited from paying dividends by the
terms of the Credit Facility. The American Note limits the Company's ability  to
pay dividends. See "Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy."
 
DILUTION
 
    Rights  are being distributed to Eligible  Employees, holders of Options and
holders of the Common Stock. To the extent that Rights are exercised by Eligible
Employees or holders of Options, shareholders  will realize a dilution in  their
percentage  voting interest  and ownership interest  in future  net earnings, if
any, of the Company. The Investor  Offering will result in additional  dilution.
To  the extent that Rights are exercised by other shareholders, shareholders who
do not exercise their Rights in full will realize a dilution in their percentage
voting interest and ownership  interest in future net  earnings, if any, of  the
Company.  The Company  is not  able to  predict the  effect, if  any, the Rights
Offering and the Investor Offering will have on the market price for the  Common
Stock. See "Market Considerations; Volatility of Stock Price" below.
 
    The  Company currently  has outstanding the  options granted  under the 1994
Stock Option  Plan and  the Reorganization  Warrants, which  are exercisable  to
purchase  an aggregate of 2,076,367 shares of Common Stock at exercise prices of
$1.62 and $1.71 per share, respectively.  In addition, the AMR Warrants  entitle
AMR to purchase 1,897,946 shares of Common Stock at $1.10 per share. Half of the
AMR  Warrants  are  immediately  exercisable,  but  the  balance  will  only  be
exercisable if American and the Company  enter into a code sharing agreement  by
January 1, 1997 regarding the placement of the two letter flight designator code
for  American's flights on the Company's Interisland flights. The issuance of up
to 1,000,000 Rights Shares upon the exercise of Employee Rights and the issuance
of the Base Shares will give rise to  an increase in the number of AMR  Warrants
and  Reorganization  Warrants  and  a decrease  in  the  exercise  price thereof
pursuant  to  the  anti-dilution  provisions   of  the  AMR  Warrants  and   the
Reorganization  Warrants, although the magnitude of these adjustments can not be
determined until  after  the  Rights  Offering and  the  Investor  Offering  are
completed. Exercise of the options granted under the 1994 Stock Option Plan, the
AMR Warrants or the Reorganization Warrants would further reduce a shareholder's
percentage voting and ownership interest and the net book value per share.
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    The  market price  of the  Common Stock could  be adversely  affected by the
availability of shares for future sale.  Upon completion of the Rights  Offering
and   the  Investor  Offering  and  after  giving  effect  to  the  issuance  of
approximately 350,000 shares pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, there would
be approximately 38,859,000 shares  of Common Stock  issued and outstanding.  Of
these  shares, approximately 20,150,000 would be freely transferable immediately
(subject to a 90-day holding
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
period in the  case of  (i) Rights  Shares issued  pursuant to  the exercise  of
Employee  Rights, (ii) 7,500 of the Rights  Shares issuable upon the exercise of
Options by a Holder who is not  an executive officer and (iii) possibly  582,000
shares held by a large institutional shareholder and the Rights Shares issued to
such  shareholder).  The  remaining  approximately  18,709,000  shares  would be
"restricted securities" for purposes of the Securities Act and would be eligible
for resale at  various times in  the future, in  each case subject  to a  90-day
holding  period and thereafter to  the volume and manner  of sale limitations of
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Of these restricted shares, 18,181,818 shares
are owned by AIP and will be  transferable after January 1998 but could be  sold
sooner  pursuant to  registration rights  that AIP received  as part  of the AIP
Investment. These rights  entitle AIP, on  up to two  occasions, to require  the
Company  to use its best efforts to register  all or any portion of AIP's shares
under the Securities Act at the  Company's expense. In addition, if the  Company
registers  any  other shares  of  its common  stock  for public  sale  under the
Securities Act at any time  prior to January 2006, AIP  would have the right  to
include shares in the registration.
 
    In  addition, there  are currently  up to  3,974,313 shares  of Common Stock
reserved for  issuance pursuant  to the  options granted  under the  1994  Stock
Option Plan, the AMR Warrants and the Reorganization Warrants. The number of AMR
Warrants  and Reorganization Warrants  will be increased  in connection with the
Rights Offering and  the Investor Offering.  See "Dilution" above.  AMR and  the
holders  of the Reorganization Warrants have registration rights with respect to
the shares reserved for issuance upon  exercise of their warrants. These  rights
entitle  AMR and the Reorganization Warrant holders,  on up to two occasions, to
require the Company to use  its best efforts to register  all or any portion  of
their  warrant  shares under  the Securities  Act at  the Company's  expense. In
addition, if the  Company registers  any other shares  of its  common stock  for
public  sale under the Securities Act, AMR and the holders of the Reorganization
Warrants would have the right to include warrant shares in the registration. The
rights of AMR and the Reorganization  Warrant holders to include warrant  shares
in  a  Company  registration  expire  in  September  2001  and  September  1999,
respectively.
 
    As of July 3, 1996, the Company's various 401(k) plans held an aggregate  of
approximately  1,490,000 shares of Common Stock and will receive a corresponding
number of  Shareholder Rights.  It is  anticipated that  plan participants  will
elect  to sell at least a portion of  these Rights rather than exercise them. In
addition, plan participants  may elect to  sell shares of  Common Stock  already
held  by the plans in  order to generate proceeds  to pay the Subscription Price
for their Rights. Such  sales, depending on the  volume, could adversely  affect
the trading prices of the Shareholder Rights and/or the Common Stock.
 
RESALE RESTRICTION ON EMPLOYEE RIGHTS SHARES AND OPTIONS
 
    The  Rights Shares issuable upon the  exercise of Employee Rights (including
Rights Shares issuable pursuant to  the Oversubscription Privilege) and  Options
will  be subject  to the Lock-Up  and may  not be transferred  during the 90-day
period following  the Expiration  Date.  As a  result,  during such  period  the
holders  of such  Rights Shares would  not be  able to take  advantage of market
conditions that they believe warrant a sale of their Rights Shares.
 
MARKET CONSIDERATIONS; VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
    The Company  cannot predict  the effect  that the  Rights Offering  and  the
Investor  Offering will have on the trading  price of the Common Stock, although
the opening trading price of the Common Stock on the first day that shares trade
without the  Rights attached  (I.E., the  "ex-Rights day"),  which will  be  the
second trading day after the Record Date, may be lower than the closing price on
the  previous trading day. The closing price of  the Common Stock on the AMEX on
July 31, 1996 was  $4. There can be  no assurance that the  market price of  the
Common  Stock will not fall below the  Subscription Price or that, following the
exercise of Rights  or purchase  of the Committed  Shares or  Standby Shares,  a
Holder  or Investor will be able to  sell shares acquired in the Rights Offering
or the Investor Offering at  a price equal to  or greater than the  Subscription
Price.  The exercise of Rights is irrevocable once made. Moreover, Rights Shares
issued upon the exercise of Options or Employee
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
Rights  (including  Rights  Shares  issued  pursuant  to  the   Oversubscription
Privilege)  can not be resold  for 90 days after  the Expiration Date. Since the
Company emerged from bankruptcy and the Common Stock recommenced trading on  the
AMEX  and the PSE in June  1995, the price range of  the Common Stock has varied
widely and  the price  of the  Common Stock  or the  Shareholder Rights  may  be
subject  to significant  fluctuation in the  future. See "Price  Range of Common
Stock and Dividend Policy."  There has been  no prior market  for the Rights  on
either the AMEX or the PSE.
 
EFFECT OF RIGHTS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS ON THE COMPANY'S NET OPERATING LOSS
CARRYOVERS
 
    The  Company believes  that substantially  all of  its net  operating losses
("NOLs"), as computed for federal income tax purposes, are currently subject  to
limitation  under Section  382 of the  Internal Revenue  Code. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations --  Tax
and  Net Operating  Loss Considerations." In  the event an  ownership change (as
defined in Section 382) of the Company were to occur in the future, the  ability
of  the Company to utilize NOLs incurred prior to that ownership change could be
subject to additional limitations under Section 382. While the Company  believes
that  the exercise of  Rights and consummation of  the Stock Purchase Agreements
will not result in an ownership change of the Company for Section 382  purposes,
the  exercise  of  Rights and  consummation  of the  Stock  Purchase Agreements,
combined with any other significant future transactions in the Company's equity,
could result in an ownership change of the Company, which in turn could increase
the future tax liabilities of the Company.
 
    NEITHER THE BOARD  OF DIRECTORS  OF THE  COMPANY NOR  THE FINANCIAL  ADVISOR
MAKES  ANY RECOMMENDATION  TO HOLDERS  WITH RESPECT  TO WHETHER  A HOLDER SHOULD
EXERCISE RIGHTS TO PURCHASE  SHARES OF THE COMMON  STOCK PURSUANT TO THE  RIGHTS
OFFERING,  TO  INVESTORS WITH  RESPECT TO  WHETHER  AN INVESTOR  SHOULD PURCHASE
SHARES OF THE  COMMON STOCK,  OR TO  PERSONS WITH  RESPECT TO  WHETHER A  PERSON
SHOULD PURCHASE RIGHTS.
 
               PURPOSE OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING AND USE OF PROCEEDS
 
PURPOSE OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING
 
    The  price paid by AIP for its shares  of Common Stock in the AIP Investment
in January 1996 represented a substantial discount from the market price of  the
Common  Stock at the time that AIP made its offer to the Company. On December 8,
1995, the date that AIP and the Company entered into the agreement to consummate
the AIP Investment at a price of $1.10  per share, the closing price of a  share
of  Common Stock  on the AMEX  was $2  11/16. In recognition  of the substantial
dilutive effect  of the  AIP  Investment on  the  existing shareholders  of  the
Company,  the investment agreement  with AIP contained a  provision in which AIP
agreed to use its best efforts to cause the Company, after the completion of the
AIP Investment, to make a rights  offering to the Company's shareholders  (other
than  AIP) that would permit the shareholders  to acquire shares of Common Stock
at a discount to the market price. In this way, the shareholders of the Company,
other than AIP, would have the opportunity to reduce the dilutive effect of  the
AIP Investment on their equity investment in the Company.
 
    In  addition, the Rights Offering and  the Investor Offering are intended to
raise a  minimum of  $25 million  of gross  proceeds as  part of  the  Company's
on-going  efforts  to improve  its liquidity.  In establishing  the size  of the
Investor Offering, the Board of  Directors consulted with the Financial  Advisor
and management, and considered the Company's need for additional capital.
 
    The  Subscription Price  has been established  by the Board  of Directors as
69.9% of the average closing  price of the Common Stock  on the AMEX for the  30
trading days ended July 25, 1996.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    If  the  Rights  Offering and  the  Investor Offering  are  consummated, the
maximum gross proceeds to the Company from the Rights Offering and the  Investor
Offering  would be approximately $39.3 million  (including up to $2.0 million of
proceeds received in the form of fully recourse secured
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
promissory notes from Holders exercising Options (see "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions")) before payment of related fees and expenses estimated to
be $2.6 million.  However, no  assurance can  be given that  any or  all of  the
Rights  will  be  exercised.  Therefore, the  actual  proceeds  from  the Rights
Offering and  the Investor  Offering could  be substantially  lower. If  Standby
Shares  or Additional Shares  are issued, the estimated  fees and expenses would
increase due to the fee payable to the Financial Advisor in connection with  the
issuance  of such shares (see "The Financial Advisor"). In such event, the total
fees and expenses of the Company in connection with the Rights Offering and  the
Investor Offering could be as high as $3.4 million.
 
    The Company currently expects that the net proceeds from the Rights Offering
and  the Investor  Offering will  be used  for general  working capital purposes
and/or prepayment of a portion of the Company's long-term debt, although a final
determination as to the use or uses will not be made until after the  completion
of  the  Rights  Offering  and  the  Investor  Offering.  Factors  that  will be
considered at that time in  determining how the net  proceeds will be used  will
include: the amount of net proceeds actually generated, the Company's actual and
projected working capital requirements at that time, interest rates in effect at
that  time, the  amount of  any applicable  debt prepayment  discounts, and such
other factors as the Board of Directors  considers to be relevant at that  time.
Pending  use, the net proceeds will  be invested in short-term, interest-bearing
securities. For  a  description  of  the  Company's  long-term  debt,  including
interest  rates,  maturity  dates  and  use  of  proceeds  from  such  debt, see
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Current Status."
 
                              THE RIGHTS OFFERING
 
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS
 
    Shareholders  other than  AIP will  receive one  Shareholder Right  for each
share of Common  Stock held on  the Record Date.  An aggregate of  approximately
8,250,000  Shareholder  Rights  will  be distributed.  Holders  are  entitled to
purchase  at  the  Subscription  Price  one  share  of  Common  Stock  for  each
Shareholder  Right held.  The Shareholder Rights  will expire  on the Expiration
Date. The Shareholder Rights will be transferable.
 
EMPLOYEE RIGHTS
 
    The Eligible  Employees (I.E.,  all  employees of  the Company,  other  than
members  of senior management, who were employed  at any time during 1995 and on
the Record Date)  will receive an  aggregate of 1,000,000  Employee Rights.  The
Employee  Rights will be distributed among the Eligible Employees PRO RATA based
on each Eligible Employee's  W-2 earnings from the  Company in 1995 relative  to
the  aggregate W-2  earnings paid  by the Company  to all  Eligible Employees in
1995. Holders are entitled  to purchase at the  Subscription Price one share  of
Common  Stock for each Employee  Right held. The Employee  Rights will expire on
the Expiration  Date. The  Holder of  an Employee  Right will  only be  able  to
exercise  such Right if such Holder (i) is  an employee of the Company as of the
Expiration Date, (ii) agrees not to sell the underlying Rights Share during  the
90-day  period following the Expiration Date, (iii) completes, signs and returns
to the Company on  or before the Expiration  Date the Withholding Agreement  and
Worksheet,  and (iv) pays to the Company,  on or before the Expiration Date, the
Withholding Amount. Any  such Holder who  exercises a Right  shall be deemed  to
have agreed to the Lock-Up and certificates evidencing Rights Shares issued upon
the  exercise of Employee Rights will be  held by the Subscription Agent (or the
Company) until the expiration  of the Lock-Up. The  Employee Rights will not  be
transferable.
 
    The   Employee  Rights  will  also  entitle   the  Holders  thereof  to  the
Oversubscription Privilege, pursuant  to which such  Holders who exercise  their
Employee  Rights in full  will also be  able to subscribe  for the Rights Shares
underlying Employee  Rights  that  expire  without being  exercised  and  up  to
1,000,000 of the Rights Shares underlying Shareholder Rights that expire without
being  exercised. If  an insufficient  number of  Rights Shares  is available to
satisfy all  exercises of  the Oversubscription  Privilege, then  the  available
Rights Shares will be prorated among Holders who
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
exercise  the  Oversubscription Privilege  based upon  the respective  number of
Employee Rights of such  Holders. Any funds received  by the Subscription  Agent
from Holders with respect to the Oversubscription Privilege that are not applied
to  the purchase of Rights  Shares due to proration will  be returned by mail as
soon as practicable, without interest.
 
OPTIONS
 
    An aggregate  of  600,000 Options  will  be  granted under  the  1996  Stock
Incentive  Plan to persons who hold options under the 1994 Stock Option Plan and
to the Company's Chief  Operating Officer. Holders are  entitled to purchase  at
the  Subscription Price  one share  of Common  Stock for  each Option  held. The
Options will expire on the 20th day after the Expiration Date. The Holder of  an
Option  will only  be able  to exercise  such Option  if such  Holder (i)  is an
employee of the  Company as  of the  20th day  after the  Expiration Date,  (ii)
agrees  not to sell any of the underlying Rights Shares during the 90-day period
immediately following the Expiration Date (I.E., the Lock-Up), (iii)  completes,
signs  and returns to the Company on or before the 20th day after the Expiration
Date the Withholding Agreement and Worksheet,  and (iv) pays to the Company,  on
or  before  the 20th  day  after the  Expiration  Date, the  Withholding Amount.
Conditions (i) and (ii) will  not apply to Options  granted to the former  Chief
Financial  Officer of the Company.  Any Holder who exercises  an Option shall be
deemed to have agreed to the  Lock-Up and certificates evidencing Rights  Shares
issued  upon the exercise of Options will  be held by the Subscription Agent (or
the Company)  until the  expiration of  the  Lock-Up. The  Options will  not  be
transferable.
 
EXPIRATION DATE
 
    The  Rights will expire at 5:00  p.m., New York time, on  September   , 1996
unless extended by the Company from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Expiration Date in  no event shall be  later than October    , 1996,  except
that the Company reserves the right to extend the exercise period on one or more
occasions if the Board of Directors determines that the occurrence of a material
event  necessitates an amendment of  the Registration Statement or recirculation
of this Prospectus, which forms a part thereof, in order to permit time for  the
distribution  of  such  information.  After  the  Expiration  Date,  unexercised
Shareholder Rights and Employee Rights will  be null and void. The Company  will
not  be  obligated to  honor any  purported exercise  of Shareholder  Rights and
Employee Rights received by  the Subscription Agent  after the Expiration  Date,
regardless  of when  the documents relating  to such exercise  were sent, except
pursuant to the Guaranteed Delivery Procedures described below.
 
    If the Company elects to extend the  Expiration Date, it will issue a  press
release  to such effect not later  than the first day on  which the AMEX is open
for trading following the most recently announced Expiration Date. In the  event
the  Company elects to extend the Expiration Date by more than 14 calendar days,
it will, in addition, cause written notice of such extension to be promptly sent
to all Holders of record.
 
EXERCISE OF RIGHTS
 
    Shareholder Rights  and Employee  Rights may  be exercised  (subject to  the
requirements described below applicable to Employee Rights) by delivering to the
Subscription  Agent, on or prior to 5:00  p.m., New York time, on the Expiration
Date, the properly  completed and executed  Subscription Certificate  evidencing
such  Rights with any  required signatures guaranteed,  together with payment in
full of the  Subscription Price for  each Right exercised  (except as  permitted
pursuant to clause (iii) of the next sentence). Such payment in full must be by:
(i)  check drawn upon a U.S. bank  or postal, telegraphic or express money order
payable to ChaseMellon  Shareholder Services, L.L.C.  as Subscription Agent;  or
(ii)  wire transfer of funds to the account maintained by the Subscription Agent
for such purpose at  The Chase Manhattan Bank,  Account No. 323-213057, ABA  No.
021-000-021,  Reorganization Department. Payment of  the Subscription Price will
be deemed  to  have  been received  by  the  Subscription Agent  only  upon  (a)
clearance of any uncertified check, (b) receipt by the Subscription Agent of any
certified check drawn upon a United States bank or of any postal, telegraphic or
express  money order, or (c)  receipt of good funds  in the Subscription Agent's
account designated above.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    IF PAYING BY  UNCERTIFIED PERSONAL CHECK,  PLEASE NOTE THAT  THE FUNDS  PAID
THEREBY  MAY TAKE AT LEAST FIVE BUSINESS DAYS TO CLEAR. ACCORDINGLY, HOLDERS WHO
WISH TO PAY THE  SUBSCRIPTION PRICE BY MEANS  OF UNCERTIFIED PERSONAL CHECK  ARE
URGED  TO MAKE PAYMENT SUFFICIENTLY IN ADVANCE  OF THE EXPIRATION DATE TO ENSURE
THAT SUCH PAYMENT IS RECEIVED AND CLEARS BY SUCH DATE AND ARE URGED TO  CONSIDER
PAYMENT  BY MEANS OF CERTIFIED OR CASHIER'S  CHECK, MONEY ORDER OR WIRE TRANSFER
OF FUNDS.
 
    Options may be exercised  by providing the Company  with written notice  and
payment  of  the  Subscription Price  on  or prior  to  the 20th  day  after the
Expiration Date.  The  Subscription Price  may  be paid  by  the delivery  of  a
promissory   note  to  the  Company,  in   the  form  described  under  "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions," in lieu of cash. The Subscription Price
for the exercise of Options should not be sent to the Subscription Agent.
 
    In order to  exercise an Option  or an Employee  Right, on or  prior to  the
Expiration  Date in  the case  of an Employee  Right or  the 20th  day after the
Expiration Date in  the case  of an  Option, the Holder  will also  have to  (i)
complete, sign and return to the Company the Withholding Agreement and Worksheet
included  with  this Prospectus  and  (ii) pay  to  the Company  the Withholding
Amount. See  "Payment of  Withholding Amount  Relating to  Options and  Employee
Rights" below.
 
    The  address  to  which the  Subscription  Certificates and  payment  of the
Subscription Price with respect to Shareholder Rights and Employee Rights should
be delivered is set forth below under "Subscription Agent."
 
    If a Holder wishes  to exercise Shareholder Rights  or Employee Rights,  but
time  will  not permit  such  Holder to  cause  the Subscription  Certificate or
Subscription Certificates evidencing such Rights to reach the Subscription Agent
on or prior to the Expiration Date, such Rights may nevertheless be exercised if
all of the following conditions (the "Guaranteed Delivery Procedures") are met:
 
           (i) such Holder has caused payment in full of the Subscription  Price
       for  each Rights Share being subscribed for to be received (in the manner
       set forth above) by the Subscription Agent on or prior to the  Expiration
       Date;
 
           (ii)  the Subscription Agent receives, on  or prior to the Expiration
       Date,  a  guaranteed   notice  (a  "Notice   of  Guaranteed   Delivery"),
       substantially in the form distributed with the Subscription Certificates,
       from  a member  firm of  a registered  national securities  exchange or a
       member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or from a
       commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the
       United States (each, an "Eligible Institution"), stating the name of  the
       exercising  Holder, the number of  Rights represented by the Subscription
       Certificate(s) held  by  such exercising  Holder,  the number  of  Rights
       Shares  being  subscribed  for  and  guaranteeing  the  delivery  to  the
       Subscription Agent  of any  Subscription Certificate(s)  evidencing  such
       Rights within three AMEX trading days following the date of the Notice of
       Guaranteed Delivery;
 
          (iii)  the  properly completed  Subscription Certificate(s),  with any
       required signatures  guaranteed, is  received by  the Subscription  Agent
       within  three  AMEX trading  days  following the  date  of the  Notice of
       Guaranteed Delivery relating thereto.  The Notice of Guaranteed  Delivery
       may  be  delivered  to  the  Subscription Agent  in  the  same  manner as
       Subscription Certificates at  the addresses  set forth above,  or may  be
       transmitted to the Subscription Agent by facsimile transmission (telecopy
       nos.  (201) 296-4293 or (201) 296-4291). Additional copies of the form of
       Notice of  Guaranteed  Delivery  are  available  upon  request  from  the
       Information  Agent,  whose address  and telephone  numbers are  set forth
       under "Information Agent" below; and
 
          (iv) in  the case  of  Employee Rights,  such  Holder has  caused  the
       Company to receive on or prior to the Expiration Date (a) a completed and
       signed  Withholding  Agreement  and  Worksheet  and  (b)  payment  of the
       Withholding Amount.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    A Holder who holds shares of Common Stock for the account of others, such as
a broker, a trustee or a depository for securities, should notify the respective
beneficial owners  of  such  shares  as  soon  as  possible  to  ascertain  such
beneficial  owner's intentions  and to obtain  instructions with  respect to the
Rights. If the beneficial owner so  instructs, the record holder of such  Rights
should  complete the Subscription Certificate and  submit it to the Subscription
Agent with the proper payment. In addition, the beneficial owner of Common Stock
or Rights held through  such a holder  of record should  contact the Holder  and
request  the Holder  to effect  transactions in  accordance with  the beneficial
owner's instructions.
 
    Unless a Subscription  Certificate (i)  provides that the  shares of  Common
Stock to be issued pursuant to the exercise of Rights represented thereby are to
be  delivered to the Holder or (ii) is  submitted for the account of an Eligible
Institution, signatures on such Subscription  Certificate must be guaranteed  by
an Eligible Institution.
 
    If  either the number of Rights Shares being subscribed for is not specified
on the Subscription Certificate,  or the amount delivered  is not enough to  pay
the  Subscription Price for all  Rights Shares stated to  be subscribed for, the
number of Rights Shares subscribed for will be assumed to be the maximum  amount
that  could be subscribed for  upon payment of such  amount, after allowance for
the Subscription Price of any specified Rights Shares.
 
    The Instructions accompanying the  Subscription Certificates should be  read
carefully  and followed in detail. DO  NOT SEND SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATES TO THE
COMPANY.
 
    THE METHOD  OF DELIVERY  OF  SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATES  AND PAYMENT  OF  THE
SUBSCRIPTION PRICE TO THE SUBSCRIPTION AGENT WILL BE AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF
THE  RIGHTS HOLDER, BUT IF SENT BY MAIL IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT SUCH CERTIFICATES
AND PAYMENTS BE SENT BY REGISTERED  MAIL, PROPERLY INSURED, WITH RETURN  RECEIPT
REQUESTED, AND THAT A SUFFICIENT NUMBER OF DAYS BE ALLOWED TO ENSURE DELIVERY TO
THE  SUBSCRIPTION AGENT AND  CLEARANCE OF PAYMENT  PRIOR TO 5:00  P.M., NEW YORK
TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION  DATE. BECAUSE UNCERTIFIED PERSONAL  CHECKS MAY TAKE  AT
LEAST  FIVE BUSINESS DAYS TO CLEAR, RIGHTS HOLDERS ARE STRONGLY URGED TO PAY, OR
ARRANGE FOR PAYMENT, BY  MEANS OF CERTIFIED OR  CASHIER'S CHECK, MONEY ORDER  OR
WIRE TRANSFER OF FUNDS.
 
    All  questions concerning the timeliness,  validity, form and eligibility of
any exercise of Rights will be  determined by the Company, whose  determinations
will  be final and binding.  The Company, in its  sole discretion, may waive any
defect or  irregularity, or  permit a  defect or  irregularity to  be  corrected
within  such time as it  may determine, or reject  the purported exercise of any
Right. Subscriptions will not be deemed to have been received or accepted  until
all  irregularities have been  waived or cured  within such time  as the Company
determines in  its sole  discretion. NEITHER  THE COMPANY  NOR THE  SUBSCRIPTION
AGENT  WILL BE UNDER ANY DUTY TO GIVE NOTIFICATION OF ANY DEFECT OR IRREGULARITY
IN CONNECTION  WITH THE  SUBMISSION OF  SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATES  OR INCUR  ANY
LIABILITY FOR FAILURE TO GIVE SUCH NOTIFICATION.
 
    Any questions or requests for assistance concerning the method of exercising
Rights  or requests for  additional copies of  this Prospectus or  the Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery should be  directed to the  Information Agent whose  address
and telephone numbers are set forth under "Information Agent" below.
 
NO REVOCATION
 
    ONCE A HOLDER OF RIGHTS HAS EXERCISED THOSE RIGHTS, SUCH EXERCISE MAY NOT BE
REVOKED.
 
PAYMENT OF WITHHOLDING AMOUNT RELATING TO OPTIONS AND EMPLOYEE RIGHTS
 
    A  Holder exercising Options or Employee Rights  must pay to the Company the
Withholding Amount, which will be determined using the Withholding Agreement and
Worksheet and will include  tax withholding amounts with  respect to all  Rights
Shares being subscribed for (including pursuant to
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
the Oversubscription Privilege). The Withholding Amount must be paid by check or
money  order  (except as  otherwise described  under "Certain  Relationships and
Related Transactions") and  must be  received by  the Company,  together with  a
properly  completed and signed Withholding Agreement and Worksheet, on or before
the Expiration Date in  the case of  Employee Rights or the  20th day after  the
Expiration  Date  in  the  case  of  Options.  To  the  extent  that  a Holder's
Oversubscription Privilege  is  not  fulfilled due  to  proration,  the  related
Withholding  Amount will  be returned  by mail  as soon  as practicable, without
interest. By signing the Withholding Agreement and Worksheet, the holder of  the
Option  or  Employee  Right  agrees  that  the  Company  may  withhold  from any
compensation due to the holder any additional amounts determined by the  Company
to  be necessary to satisfy the tax  withholding obligations with respect to the
exercise of such Right, and that, upon  request by the Company, the holder  will
pay  such  additional amounts  to the  Company within  five days  following such
request.
 
    The Withholding Amount and the  Withholding Agreement and Worksheet must  be
sent to the following address:
 
                            Hawaiian Airlines, Inc.
                        3375 Koapaka Street, Suite G-350
                             Honolulu, Hawaii 96819
                        Attention: Tax Withholding Agent
 
    FAILURE  OF A HOLDER TO COMPLETE,  SIGN AND RETURN THE WITHHOLDING AGREEMENT
AND WORKSHEET OR TO PAY THE FULL WITHHOLDING AMOUNT IN A TIMELY MANNER WILL VOID
THE EXERCISE OF THE  RIGHTS BEING EXERCISED AND  THE SUBSCRIPTION PRICE WILL  BE
RETURNED TO THE HOLDER, WITHOUT INTEREST.
 
    DO  NOT  SEND  THE  WITHHOLDING  AMOUNT  OR  THE  WITHHOLDING  AGREEMENT AND
WORKSHEET TO THE SUBSCRIPTION AGENT. THE WITHHOLDING AMOUNT AND THE  WITHHOLDING
AGREEMENT AND WORKSHEET MUST BE SENT TO THE COMPANY.
 
FRACTIONAL SHARES
 
    Fractional Rights will not be distributed by the Company and a Right may not
be exercised in part.
 
SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING RIGHTS HELD BY STOCK PLANS
 
    As shareholders of record as of the Record Date, the Hawaiian Airlines, Inc.
401(k)  Plan for Flight  Attendants, the Hawaiian  Airlines, Inc. 401(k) Savings
Plan and the  Hawaiian Airlines, Inc.  Pilots 401(k) Plan  (each a "Plan")  will
receive  Shareholder Rights. These Rights will  be allocated by the Plan trustee
to the Plan accounts in which shares of  Common Stock are held as of the  Record
Date.  Each  Plan participant  will then  have  the right  to instruct  the Plan
trustee regarding  the  sale  or  exercise  of  the  Rights  allocated  to  such
participant's  account, including the liquidation  of current investments in the
participants' Plan account to fund the Subscription Price.
 
    The trustee of the Plans will provide participants with instructions on  how
to  instruct the trustee to exercise  Rights. Such instructions must be received
by the Plan trustee  no later than 1:00  p.m., New York time,  on September    ,
1996  (or  such later  day  as shall  be the  fifth  business day  preceding the
Expiration Date), after which time the Plan trustee will use its best efforts to
sell any Rights as to which timely instructions have not been received.
 
    Notwithstanding  that  the  accounts  of  many  participants  in  the  Plans
currently  hold fractional shares of Common Stock, the Rights distributed to the
Plans will be allocated by the Plan  trustee among the various Plan accounts  so
that each account will receive a number of Rights corresponding to the number of
whole  shares  of Common  Stock  held in  such  account. The  Plan  trustee will
aggregate the unallocated  fractional Rights and  use its best  efforts to  sell
such  Rights  and allocate  the  proceeds from  the  sale to  the  Plan accounts
otherwise entitled to such fractional Rights.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
METHOD OF TRANSFERRING SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS
 
    The Shareholder Rights have  been approved for listing  on the AMEX and  the
PSE.  Once distributed, the Shareholder  Rights will be able  to be purchased or
sold through usual investment channels, including banks and brokers. Trading  in
Shareholder  Rights will  cease on  the close  of business  on the  business day
preceding the Expiration Date.
 
    The Shareholder Rights evidenced by a single Subscription Certificate may be
transferred in whole by endorsing  the Subscription Certificate for transfer  in
accordance with the accompanying instructions. A portion of the Rights evidenced
by  a single Subscription Certificate  may be transferred (but  only in units to
purchase whole shares) by  delivering to the  Subscription Agent a  Subscription
Certificate  properly endorsed for transfer,  with instructions to register such
portion of the Rights evidenced  thereby in the name  of the transferee (and  to
issue   a  new  Subscription  Certificate  to  the  transferee  evidencing  such
transferred Rights). In  such event, a  new Subscription Certificate  evidencing
the  balance of the  Rights will be  issued to the  Holder or, if  the Holder so
instructs, to an additional transferee.
 
    The Shareholder Rights evidenced by  a Subscription Certificate also may  be
sold,  in whole or in part (but only in units to purchase whole shares), through
the Subscription Agent by delivering to the Subscription Agent such Subscription
Certificate properly executed  for sale  by the  Subscription Agent.  If only  a
portion  of the Rights evidenced  by a single Subscription  Certificate is to be
sold  by  the  Subscription  Agent,   such  Subscription  Certificate  must   be
accompanied by instructions setting forth the action to be taken with respect to
the Rights that are not to be sold.
 
    Promptly following the Expiration Date, the Subscription Agent will send the
Holder a check for the net proceeds from the sale of such Shareholder Rights. If
the  Rights  can be  sold, sales  of such  Rights  will be  deemed to  have been
effected at the weighted  average price received by  the Subscription Agent  for
all  Rights sold by it at the  request of Holders, less any applicable brokerage
commissions, taxes and other direct expenses  of sale. The Company will pay  the
fees  charged by the Subscription Agent for effecting such sales. Orders to sell
Rights must be received by the Subscription Agent prior to 11:00 a.m., New  York
time,  on the fifth business day preceding the Expiration Date. The Subscription
Agent's obligation to execute orders  for the sale of  Rights is subject to  its
ability to find buyers.
 
    Holders  wishing to  transfer all or  a portion of  their Shareholder Rights
(but only in units to purchase whole shares) should allow a sufficient amount of
time prior  to the  Expiration Date  for  (i) the  transfer instructions  to  be
received  and  processed  by the  Subscription  Agent, (ii)  a  new Subscription
Certificate to be issued and transmitted  to the transferee or transferees  with
respect  to transferred Rights,  and to the transferor  with respect to retained
Rights, if  any,  and  (iii)  the Rights  evidenced  by  such  new  Subscription
Certificates to be exercised or sold by the recipients thereof. If time does not
permit  a transferee of a Right who wishes  to exercise its Right to deliver its
Subscription Certificate to the Subscription  Agent on or before the  Expiration
Date,  such  transferee should  make use  of  the Guaranteed  Delivery Procedure
described under  "Exercise  of  Rights"  above.  Neither  the  Company  nor  the
Subscription  Agent shall  have any liability  to a transferee  or transferor of
Rights if Subscription  Certificates or  new Subscription  Certificates are  not
received in time for exercise or sale prior to the Expiration Date.
 
    Trading  in the Rights will  cease at the close  of business on the business
day preceding the Expiration Date.
 
    Except for the fees charged by the Subscription Agent (which will be paid by
the Company  as  described below),  all  commissions, fees  and  other  expenses
(including brokerage commissions and transfer taxes) incurred in connection with
the  purchase,  sale  or exercise  of  Rights will  be  for the  account  of the
transferor of the Rights, and none of such commissions, fees or expenses will be
paid by the Company or the Subscription Agent.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    Shareholder  Rights will be eligible for  transfer through, and the exercise
of the  Rights may  be  effected through,  the  facilities of  Depository  Trust
Company  ("DTC"; Rights exercised through DTC  are referred to as "DTC Exercised
Rights"). The holder of a DTC Exercised Right may exercise the Right in  respect
of  such  DTC  Exercised  Right  by properly  executing  and  delivering  to the
Subscription Agent at or prior  to 5:00 p.m., New  York time, on the  Expiration
Date, respectively, a DTC Participant Right Exercise Form, together with payment
of  the appropriate Subscription Price for the number of Rights Shares for which
the Rights are  being exercised. Copies  of the DTC  Participant Right  Exercise
Form may be obtained from the Information Agent.
 
SUBSCRIPTION AGENT
 
    The  Company  has  appointed  ChaseMellon  Shareholder  Services,  L.L.C. as
Subscription Agent for  the Rights Offering.  The Subscription Agent's  address,
which  is the address to which the  Subscription Certificates and payment of the
Subscription Price must be delivered, as well as the address to which Notice  of
Guaranteed Delivery must be delivered, is:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>                            <C>
         IF BY MAIL:                    IF BY HAND:             IF BY OVERNIGHT COURIER:
   ChaseMellon Shareholder        ChaseMellon Shareholder        ChaseMellon Shareholder
      Services, L.L.C.               Services, L.L.C.               Services, L.L.C.
        P.O. Box 837             120 Broadway, 13th Floor       120 Broadway, 13th Floor
       Midtown Station              New York, NY 10271             New York, NY 10271
     New York, NY 10018         Attn: Reorganization Dept.     Attn: Reorganization Dept.
 Attn: Reorganization Dept.
</TABLE>
 
    Subscription  Price  payments received  by  the Subscription  Agent  will be
deposited into  escrow with  Mellon Bank,  N.A., as  escrow agent,  pending  the
application  or return  of such  payments in  accordance with  the terms  of the
Rights Offering.
 
    The Company will pay the Subscription Agent and the escrow agent  reasonable
and  customary compensation  for their  services in  connection with  the Rights
Offering and will reimburse them for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses  in
connection therewith.
 
INFORMATION AGENT
 
    Any  questions regarding the  Rights Offering, including  the procedures for
exercising Rights, and requests for additional copies of this Prospectus or  the
Notice  of Guaranteed  Delivery should be  directed to the  Information Agent at
(800) 814-0304.
 
    The  Company  will  pay  the  Information  Agent  reasonable  and  customary
compensation  for its services  in connection with the  Rights Offering and will
reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith.
 
    NEITHER THE BOARD  OF DIRECTORS  OF THE  COMPANY NOR  THE FINANCIAL  ADVISOR
MAKES  ANY RECOMMENDATION  TO HOLDERS  WITH RESPECT  TO WHETHER  A HOLDER SHOULD
EXERCISE RIGHTS TO PURCHASE  SHARES OF THE COMMON  STOCK PURSUANT TO THE  RIGHTS
OFFERING,  TO  INVESTORS WITH  RESPECT TO  WHETHER  AN INVESTOR  SHOULD PURCHASE
SHARES OF THE  COMMON STOCK,  OR TO  PERSONS WITH  RESPECT TO  WHETHER A  PERSON
SHOULD PURCHASE RIGHTS.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                             THE INVESTOR OFFERING
 
    The  Company  has  entered  into  Stock  Purchase  Agreements  with  certain
institutional investors, high net  worth individuals and non-employee  directors
and  members of senior management of  the Company (I.E., the Investors) pursuant
to which the Investors have severally agreed, subject to certain conditions,  to
purchase  from the Company  at the Subscription Price  the 2,250,000 Base Shares
and the Standby Shares.  The number of Standby  Shares will equal (i)  7,692,308
(I.E.,  $25  million divided  by the  Subscription Price)  minus (ii)  the total
number of Rights Shares  issued pursuant to the  exercise of Shareholder  Rights
and  Employee Rights minus (iii)  the Base Shares. The  number of Standby Shares
will be 5,442,308 shares if no Rights  Shares are issued and will decline by  an
amount equal to the number of Rights Shares issued..
 
    Each  Investor  will also  have the  option to  purchase any  or all  of the
Additional Shares, if any. The number of Additional Shares will equal the lesser
of (i)(A) 11,500,000 minus (B) the total number of Rights Shares issued pursuant
to the exercise  of Shareholder Rights  and Employee Rights  minus (C) the  Base
Shares minus (D) the total number of Standby Shares issued, or (ii)(A) 7,692,308
(I.E.,  $25 million divided by the Subscription Price) minus (B) the Base Shares
minus (C) the total number of Standby Shares issued. If the number of Additional
Shares is insufficient to  satisfy all exercises of  the Investors' option,  the
Additional  Shares  would  be  prorated  among  Investors  electing  to purchase
Additional Shares based upon the respective  number of Base Shares purchased  by
each such Investor.
 
    All of the Stock Purchase Agreements contain substantially the same terms. A
master  form of  Stock Purchase Agreement  has been  filed as an  exhibit to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. The obligations of
the Investors  under  the Stock  Purchase  Agreements  are not  subject  to  any
conditions relating to the absence of a material adverse change in the financial
condition,  business or results of operations of  the Company, or to the absence
of adverse developments  in financial  markets, the outbreak  of hostilities  or
other matters beyond the control of the Company.
 
    The  Investor Offering  will close on  the sixth business  day following the
Expiration Date and the option to purchase Additional Shares will expire at that
time unless exercised.
 
    Jefferies  assisted  the  Company  in  the  identification  of   prospective
Investors. See "The Financial Advisor."
 
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    In  the opinion of Gibson, Dunn &  Crutcher LLP, counsel to the Company, the
following are the federal  income tax consequences of  the Rights Offering  that
are  likely to be material  to the Holders (other  than the Holders described in
the following paragraph) upon the  issuance, exercise, disposition and lapse  of
the Rights.
 
    This  discussion is based on  the Internal Revenue Code  of 1986, as amended
(the  "Code"),  the  Treasury   Regulations  promulgated  thereunder,   judicial
authority  and current  administrative rulings  and practice,  all of  which are
subject to change on a prospective or  retroactive basis and on the accuracy  of
certain  representations  of the  Company. The  tax  consequences of  the Rights
Offering under state, local and foreign law are not discussed. Moreover, special
considerations not  described herein  may apply  to certain  taxpayers, such  as
financial  institutions,  broker-dealers,  life  insurance  companies, regulated
investment companies, foreign entities, individuals who are not residents of the
United States for federal income  tax purposes, and tax-exempt organizations  or
accounts  (including any Plan). The discussion is limited to those who have held
the Common Stock, and will hold  the Rights (other than Optionholder Rights  and
Employee  Rights) and any Common  Stock acquired upon the  exercise of Rights as
capital assets (generally, property held  for investment) within the meaning  of
Section  1221 of the Code. The discussion  does not apply to purchases of Common
Stock pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS
 
    ISSUANCE OF  THE SHAREHOLDER  RIGHTS.   Holders  of  Common Stock  will  not
recognize  taxable income for federal income tax purposes in connection with the
receipt of the Shareholder Rights.
 
    BASIS AND HOLDING PERIOD OF THE SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS.  If, either (i) the fair
market value of the Shareholder Rights on  the date of issuance is equal to  15%
or more of the fair market value (on such date) of the Common Stock with respect
to  which they  are received  or (ii)  the shareholder  properly elects,  in the
shareholder's federal  income tax  return  for the  taxable  year in  which  the
Shareholder  Rights are received, to  allocate part of the  basis of such Common
Stock to  the  Shareholder  Rights,  then  upon  exercise  or  transfer  of  the
Shareholder  Rights,  the  shareholder's  basis in  such  Common  Stock  will be
allocated between  the Common  Stock  and the  Shareholder Rights  exercised  or
transferred  in proportion  to the  fair market  values of  each on  the date of
issuance. Except  as  provided in  the  preceding  sentence, the  basis  of  the
Shareholder  Rights received by a shareholder  as a distribution with respect to
such shareholder's Common Stock will be zero.
 
    The holding period of a shareholder  with respect to the Shareholder  Rights
received  as a distribution on such  shareholder's Common Stock will include the
shareholder's holding period  for the  Common Stock  with respect  to which  the
Shareholder Rights were issued.
 
    In  the case  of a purchaser  of Shareholder  Rights, the tax  basis of such
Shareholder Rights will be  equal to the purchase  price paid therefor, and  the
holding  period for such  Shareholder Rights will commence  on the day following
the date of the purchase.
 
    TRANSFER OF THE SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS.  A shareholder who sells the Shareholder
Rights prior to  exercise will recognize  gain or loss  equal to the  difference
between  the amount realized from the sale and such shareholder's basis (if any)
in the Shareholder Rights sold. Such gain  or loss will be capital gain or  loss
if  gain  or  loss  from  a  sale  of  the  underlying  Rights  Shares  would be
characterized as capital gain or loss at the time of such sale. Any gain or loss
recognized on a sale of Shareholder Rights acquired by purchase will be  capital
gain  or loss if  the underlying Rights Shares  would be a  capital asset in the
hands of the seller.
 
    LAPSE OF THE  SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS.   Shareholders who  allow the  Shareholder
Rights  received by them  to lapse will not  recognize any gain  or loss, and no
adjustment will be made to the basis of the Common Stock, if any, owned by  such
shareholders.
 
    Purchasers  of the Shareholder  Rights will be  entitled to a  loss equal to
their tax basis  in the Shareholder  Rights, if such  Shareholder Rights  expire
unexercised.  Any loss  recognized on the  expiration of  the Shareholder Rights
acquired by purchase  will be  a capital loss  if the  underlying Rights  Shares
would be a capital asset in the hands of the purchaser.
 
    EXERCISE  OF  THE SHAREHOLDER  RIGHTS; BASIS  AND  HOLDING PERIOD  OF COMMON
STOCK.  Holders of Shareholder Rights will  not recognize any gain or loss  upon
the  exercise  of Shareholder  Rights. The  basis of  the Common  Stock acquired
through exercise of  the Shareholder  Rights will  be equal  to the  sum of  the
Subscription  Price paid  therefor and  the holder's  basis in  such Shareholder
Rights (if any).
 
    The holding period  for the Common  Stock acquired through  exercise of  the
Shareholder Rights will begin on the date the Shareholder Rights are exercised.
 
OPTIONS AND EMPLOYEE RIGHTS
 
    RECEIPT  OF OPTIONS  OR EMPLOYEE  RIGHTS.   Holders of  Options and Employee
Rights should not recognize  taxable income for federal  income tax purposes  in
connection with the receipt of such Rights.
 
    LAPSE  OF OPTIONS OR EMPLOYEE  RIGHTS.  There should  be no tax consequences
upon the lapse of an Option or an Employee Right.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    EXERCISE OF OPTIONS  OR EMPLOYEE  RIGHTS.   Holders of  Options or  Employee
Rights who exercise those Rights generally will recognize ordinary income on the
Expiration  Date, in  the case  of Employee  Rights, or  the 20th  day after the
Expiration Date, in the case  of Options, in an amount  equal to the excess,  if
any,  of the fair market value of the underlying Rights Shares on that date over
the Subscription Price. This  amount will be  subject to applicable  withholding
and,  as a condition to exercise of  Options or Employee Rights, the Holders are
required to properly complete and sign a Withholding Agreement and Worksheet and
timely remit such form and the Withholding Amount to the Company, in addition to
remitting the  Subscription Price  to the  Subscription Agent.  See "The  Rights
Offering  --  Payment of  Withholding Amount  Relating  to Options  and Employee
Rights." Insiders (as  defined below) are  subject to special  tax treatment  as
described  under  "Special Rules  Applicable  to Insiders"  below.  In addition,
special rules  may  apply to  Holders  who  finance the  Subscription  Price  to
exercise  an Option with proceeds  of a loan from  the Company, and such Holders
should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax issues arising from such
financing.
 
    SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE TO INSIDERS.  If a Holder of Options is a director,
officer or shareholder subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act (an  "Insider")
and  exercises such Options, the timing and amount of any ordinary income may be
affected by any holding period imposed under Section 16(b) of the Exchange  Act,
unless  the Insider properly makes and files  an election under Section 83(b) of
the Code (an  "83(b) Election")  within 30  days after  the 20th  day after  the
Expiration  Date to recognize ordinary  income based on the  value of the Common
Stock on the 20th day after the  Expiration Date. Special rules may apply to  an
Insider who exercises a Right if the Subscription Price is greater than the fair
market  value of the underlying Rights Shares on the exercise date of the Right.
Insiders should consult their tax advisors to determine the tax consequences  to
them of exercising Options.
 
    BASIS  AND HOLDING PERIOD OF  COMMON STOCK.  A Holder's  basis in a share of
Common Stock received upon the exercise of  an Option or an Employee Right  will
equal  the Subscription  Price paid  therefor (excluding  withholding taxes paid
together with the Subscription  Price) plus the amount  includible in income  as
ordinary income as discussed above.
 
    The  holding period for Common Stock acquired  upon exercise of an Option or
an Employee  Right by  Holders other  than Insiders  will begin  just after  the
Expiration  Date, in  the case of  Employee Rights,  or just after  the 20th day
after the Expiration Date, in  the case of Options.  The holding period for  the
Common  Stock acquired upon exercise of an  Option by an Insider will begin upon
the expiration of the  six-month holding period imposed  under Section 16(b)  of
the  Exchange Act unless  the Insider makes  a timely and  proper 83(b) Election
with respect to such stock,  in which case the  holding period would begin  just
after the 20th day after the Expiration Date.
 
INFORMATION REPORTING AND WITHHOLDING
 
    Under  the backup withholding rules  of the Code, Holders  may be subject to
backup withholding  at the  rate of  31 percent  with respect  to payments  made
pursuant to the Rights Offering unless such Holder (i) is a corporation or comes
within  certain other  exempt categories  and, when  required, demonstrates this
fact, or (ii) provides  a correct taxpayer  identification number and  certifies
under  penalties of perjury  that the taxpayer  identification number is correct
and that the Holder is not subject to backup withholding because of a failure to
report all dividends and interest income. Any amount withheld under these  rules
will be credited against such Holder's federal income tax liability. The Company
may  require Holders to  establish exemption from backup  withholding or to make
arrangements satisfactory to the Company with  respect to the payment of  backup
withholding.
 
    Withholding  Amounts  remitted  by persons  exercising  Options  or Employee
Rights will be applied against the related federal and state tax liabilities  of
such  Holders, and  will be  reported, together  with the  appropriate amount of
taxable income arising from such exercise, on a Form W-2 issued to such persons.
If the  Withholding  Amount  paid  by a  Holder  exceeds  such  Holder's  actual
liability,  such excess will not be refunded directly by the Company (except for
Withholding Amounts paid with respect to the Oversubscription Privilege and  for
which  the Holder  did not receive  Rights Shares),  but may be  refunded by the
applicable tax authority  following timely  and proper  application therefor  by
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
the  Holder. IN  THE EVENT  THE COMPANY  DETERMINES THAT  THE WITHHOLDING AMOUNT
REMITTED BY THE HOLDER IN RESPECT OF TAX WITHHOLDING IS INSUFFICIENT TO  SATISFY
THE  ACTUAL  WITHHOLDING  REQUIRED,  THE COMPANY,  WITHOUT  FURTHER  NOTICE, MAY
WITHHOLD THE ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS FROM OTHER  COMPENSATION DUE TO THE HOLDER  FROM
THE COMPANY AND, UPON REQUEST BY THE COMPANY, THE HOLDER WILL BE REQUIRED TO PAY
SUCH ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS TO THE COMPANY WITHIN FIVE DAYS FOLLOWING SUCH REQUEST.
 
    THE FOREGOING SUMMARY IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. ACCORDINGLY,
EACH  HOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT WITH HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO
THE TAX  CONSEQUENCES  OF THE  RIGHTS  OFFERING APPLICABLE  TO  HIS OR  HER  OWN
PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND EFFECT OF FEDERAL, STATE
AND LOCAL INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS.
 
                PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The  Common Stock  is listed on  the AMEX  and the PSE.  The following table
indicates the high  and low  sales prices  for a share  of the  Common Stock  as
reported by the AMEX for the periods indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD                                                                                                 HIGH        LOW
- ---------                                                                                            ---------  ---------
<S>        <C>                                                                                       <C>        <C>
1996:      Third Quarter (through July 31).........................................................  $   5 1/8  $   3 3/4
           Second Quarter..........................................................................  $  7 1/16  $   2 7/8
           First Quarter...........................................................................  $   3 1/2  $   1 5/8
1995:      Fourth Quarter..........................................................................  $   3 7/8  $  2 3/16
           Third Quarter...........................................................................  $  6 7/16  $   2 3/4
           Second Quarter (commencing June 19)*....................................................  $  13 1/2  $   1 5/8
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*     The first  day of trading  of the  Common Stock  following the Reorganized
    Company's emergence from bankruptcy.
 
    On May  29,  1996,  the day  immediately  preceding  the day  on  which  the
Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus is  a part was first filed with
the Commission,  the closing  sale price  for a  share of  the Common  Stock  as
reported on the AMEX was $5 5/8.
 
    The  Reorganized Company has  never declared a dividend  on the Common Stock
and does not expect to declare a dividend in the foreseeable future.
 
    Moreover, the Company is  prohibited from paying dividends  by the terms  of
the  Credit  Facility. The  American Note  limits the  Company's ability  to pay
dividends.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The table below presents the capitalization of the Company at March 31, 1996
on an actual and  pro forma basis,  and should be read  in conjunction with  the
financial  statements and notes thereto  appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
The pro forma  capitalization gives effect  to the Company's  (i) repurchase  of
827,221  shares of Common Stock from the  GPA Companies at $1.10 per share, (ii)
repayment of  approximately $4.5  million  of long-term  debt  owed to  the  GPA
Companies  at  a 15%  discount and  an  extraordinary gain  of $340,000,  net of
estimated income taxes, and  (iii) borrowing under the  Credit Facility to  fund
such repurchase and repayment, all of which occurred on April 29, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  AT MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                              -------------------------
                                                                                ACTUAL    PRO FORMA (1)
                                                                              ----------  -------------
                                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                           <C>         <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...................................................  $   13,452   $    13,452
                                                                              ----------  -------------
                                                                              ----------  -------------
Current portion of long-term debt and capital leases........................  $    8,934   $     7,708
                                                                              ----------  -------------
                                                                              ----------  -------------
Long-term debt:
  Credit Facility...........................................................  $       --   $     4,734
  American Note (2).........................................................       6,684         6,684
  Capitalized lease obligations.............................................       9,396         9,396
  Other.....................................................................       4,934         1,636
                                                                              ----------  -------------
    Total long-term debt....................................................      21,014        22,450
                                                                              ----------  -------------
Shareholders' equity:
  Common Stock, par value $.01 per share; 60,000,000 shares authorized;
   27,582,000 shares issued and outstanding (26,755,000 shares pro forma)
   (3)......................................................................         276           268
  Special Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share; seven shares
   authorized; seven shares issued and outstanding (seven shares pro forma
   and as adjusted).........................................................          --            --
  Capital in excess of par value............................................      59,613        58,711
  Warrants..................................................................       2,646         2,646
  Minimum pension liability.................................................      (1,171)       (1,171)
  Accumulated deficit.......................................................     (12,239)      (11,899)
                                                                              ----------  -------------
    Total shareholders' equity..............................................      49,125        48,555
                                                                              ----------  -------------
      Total capitalization..................................................  $   70,139   $    71,005
                                                                              ----------  -------------
                                                                              ----------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Gives effect  to (i)  the repurchase  and retirement  of 827,221  shares of
    Common Stock at $1.10  per share, (ii) the  repayment of approximately  $4.5
    million of long-term debt owed to the GPA Companies at a 15% discount and an
    extraordinary gain of $340,000, net of estimated income taxes, and (iii) the
    borrowing  of approximately $4.7  million under the  Credit Facility to fund
    such repurchase and repayment, all of which occurred on April 29, 1996.
 
(2) Net of debt issuance costs of approximately $1.9 million.
 
(3)  Includes  445,176  shares   reserved  for  issuance   under  the  Plan   of
    Reorganization  and excludes the  following shares of  Common Stock reserved
    for issuance: (i)  500,000 upon the  exercise of options  granted under  the
    1994  Stock Option Plan; (ii) 1,897,946 shares  upon the exercise of the AMR
    Warrants; (iii) 1,576,367  shares upon  the exercise  of the  Reorganization
    Warrants;  and  (iv)  1,400,000  shares  (exclusive  of  the  600,000 shares
    reserved for issuance  upon exercise of  the Options) upon  the exercise  of
    options  that may be granted from time to  time in the future under the 1996
    Stock Incentive Plan.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
                   SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The following table sets forth for the periods indicated selected  financial
data  for the  Company. The  statement of  operations data  for the  years ended
December 31, 1991,  1992, 1993  and 1995,  the period  from January  1, 1994  to
September  11, 1994, the period from September 12, 1994 to December 31, 1994 and
the balance sheet  data at  December 31,  1991, 1992,  1993, 1994  and 1995  and
September 11, 1994 have been derived from the Company's financial statements and
notes  thereto, which  have been audited  by KPMG Peat  Marwick LLP, independent
certified public  accountants.  The report  of  KPMG  Peat Marwick  LLP  on  the
Company's  December  31,  1995  financial  statements  contains  an  explanatory
paragraph that states that the  financial statements of the Reorganized  Company
reflect  the  impact of  adjustments to  reflect  the fair  value of  assets and
liabilities under  fresh  start  accounting  and, as  a  result,  the  financial
statements  of the Reorganized  Company are presented on  a basis different than
those of the Predecessor Company. In  addition, the report of KPMG Peat  Marwick
LLP  on  the  Company's  December  31,  1995  financial  statements  contains an
explanatory paragraph  that  states that  the  Company's recurring  losses  from
operations,  deficit working capital and limited sources of additional liquidity
raise substantial doubt about  its ability to continue  as a going concern.  The
financial  statements do not include any  adjustments that might result from the
outcome of that uncertainty.
 
    The following selected  financial and  operating data are  qualified by  the
more detailed financial statements of the Company and the notes thereto included
elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus and  should  be  read in  conjunction  with such
financial statements and notes and the discussion under "Management's Discussion
and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  included
elsewhere  in this Prospectus. The statement of operations data for the quarters
ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 and the  balance sheet data at March 31, 1995  and
1996  are derived from  unaudited financial statements which,  in the opinion of
management, have  been prepared  on  the same  basis  as the  audited  financial
statements   and  contain  all  adjustments,   consisting  of  normal  recurring
adjustments, necessary for  a fair  presentation of the  financial position  and
results  of  operations for  such  periods. The  results  of operations  for the
quarter ended March  31, 1996 are  not necessarily indicative  of results to  be
expected for the full year.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             PREDECESSOR COMPANY
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               PERIOD FROM
                                                       YEAR ENDED                               JANUARY 1,
                                                      DECEMBER 31,                               1994 TO
                                ---------------------------------------------------------     SEPTEMBER 11,
                                      1991                1992                1993                 1994
                                -----------------   -----------------   -----------------   ------------------
                                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                             <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Operating Revenues
    Passenger.................  $   257,760(1)      $   342,096(1)      $   273,386          $   199,502
    Charter...................       87,853(2)           27,430(2)            7,169(3)               135
    Cargo.....................       11,821              16,866              15,000               11,039
    Other.....................        7,608               8,684               8,554                6,147
                                -----------------   -----------------   -----------------   ------------------
      Total...................      365,042             395,076             304,109              216,823
  Operating expenses..........         460,035(4)          506,117(4)       328,947              223,244
                                -----------------   -----------------   -----------------   ------------------
  Operating income (loss).....      (94,993)           (111,041)            (24,838)              (6,421)
  Nonoperating income
   (expense)..................       (6,165)             29,090             (56,690)             (14,253)
  Loss before income taxes,
   extraordinary items and
   cumulative effect of change
   in accounting principles...     (101,158)            (81,951)            (81,528)             (20,674)
  Net income (loss)...........      (98,548)             28,963             (69,424)             169,389(5)
  Net loss per share..........          N/M*                N/M*                N/M*                 N/M*
  Weighted average shares
   outstanding................        2,777               5,123               6,170                7,137
OTHER DATA:
  Revenue passengers (7)......        3,765               4,647               4,337                3,363
  Revenue passenger miles
   (RPM) (8)..................    2,021,698           3,322,045           2,870,713            2,204,855
  Available seat miles (ASM)
   (9)........................    3,203,842           4,710,795           3,850,133            2,944,822
  Passenger load factor
   (10).......................         63.1%               70.5%               74.6%                74.9%
  Yield per RPM (11)..........         12.7 CENTS          10.3 CENTS           9.5 CENTS            9.0 CENTS
  Total available seat miles
   (TASM) (12)................    4,114,270           5,002,034           3,871,071            2,945,679
  Operating revenue per
   TASM.......................          8.9 CENTS           7.9 CENTS           7.9 CENTS            7.4 CENTS
  Costs per TASM (CTASM)
   (13).......................         11.2 CENTS          10.1 CENTS           8.5 CENTS            7.6 CENTS
  EBITDA, as adjusted (14)....      (49,485)            (67,374)             (4,869)              (2,336)
  Depreciation and
   amortization expense.......       (8,799)             (6,965)             (5,969)              (4,085)
  Capital expenditures........        6,896              15,373               7,037                3,682
  Net cash provided by (used
   in) operating activities...      (22,941)             (7,182)             13,909                6,096
  Net cash provided by (used
   in) investing activities...        2,164              10,467              (9,845)              (5,872)
  Net cash provided by (used
   in) financing activities...       10,995              (9,780)             (1,719)              (2,034)
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                REORGANIZED COMPANY
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    PERIOD FROM
                                   SEPTEMBER 12,                                         QUARTER ENDED
                                      1994 TO             YEAR ENDED                       MARCH 31,
                                   DECEMBER 31,          DECEMBER 31,      -----------------------------------------
 
                                       1994                  1995                 1995                  1996
 
                                -------------------   ------------------   -------------------   -------------------
 
<S>                             <C>                   <C>                  <C>                   <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Operating Revenues
    Passenger.................    $    80,675          $   297,527         $    65,601           $    79,811
 
    Charter...................            536               22,200               3,557                 6,971
 
    Cargo.....................          5,300               18,169               3,961                 4,813
 
    Other.....................          2,646                9,008               2,389                 2,467
 
                                   ----------         ------------------   -------------------   -------------------
 
      Total...................         89,157              346,904              75,508                94,062
 
  Operating expenses..........         95,425              348,805              82,935                93,666
 
                                   ----------         ------------------   -------------------   -------------------
 
  Operating income (loss).....         (6,268)              (1,901)             (7,427  )                396
 
  Nonoperating income
   (expense)..................            117               (3,605)               (867  )               (978  )
 
  Loss before income taxes,
   extraordinary items and
   cumulative effect of change
   in accounting principles...         (6,151)              (5,506)             (8,294  )               (582  )
 
  Net income (loss)...........         (6,151)              (5,506)             (8,294  )               (582  )
 
  Net loss per share..........    $     (0.65)         $     (0.59)        $     (0.88  )        $     (0.03  )
 
  Weighted average shares
   outstanding................          9,400(6)             9,400(6)            9,400  (6)           21,521  (6)
 
OTHER DATA:
  Revenue passengers (7)......          1,221                4,781               1,152                 1,269
 
  Revenue passenger miles
   (RPM) (8)..................        675,484            3,171,366             680,342               809,797
 
  Available seat miles (ASM)
   (9)........................      1,050,827            4,238,319             939,543             1,112,525
 
  Passenger load factor
   (10).......................           64.3%                74.8%               72.4  %               72.8  %
 
  Yield per RPM (11)..........           11.9 CENTS            9.4 CENTS           9.6   CENTS           9.9   CENTS
 
  Total available seat miles
   (TASM) (12)................      1,054,110            4,677,461           1,010,073             1,244,292
 
  Operating revenue per
   TASM.......................            8.5 CENTS            7.4 CENTS           7.5   CENTS           7.6   CENTS
 
  Costs per TASM (CTASM)
   (13).......................            9.1 CENTS            7.5 CENTS           8.2   CENTS           7.5   CENTS
 
  EBITDA, as adjusted (14)....         (3,995)               5,536              (5,601  )              2,256
 
  Depreciation and
   amortization expense.......         (2,273)              (7,437)             (1,826  )             (1,860  )
 
  Capital expenditures........          3,603                9,165               2,483                 1,680
 
  Net cash provided by (used
   in) operating activities...         (5,265)              18,788               7,574                (7,945  )
 
  Net cash provided by (used
   in) investing activities...          4,049               (4,940)             (2,090  )             (1,161  )
 
  Net cash provided by (used
   in) financing activities...          2,254              (11,960)             (3,598  )             17,169
 
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    AT DECEMBER 31,                         AT
                                                    ------------------------------------------------   SEPTEMBER 11,
                                                         1991             1992             1993            1994
                                                    --------------   --------------   --------------   -------------
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................       8,422            1,928            4,273             2,463
  Working capital deficit.........................    (108,096)        (168,656)         (41,224)          (47,055)
  Property and equipment, net.....................      65,317           38,956           36,558            33,312
  Total assets....................................     133,758          105,743          105,540           167,211
  Long-term debt and capital leases, including
   current maturities.............................      88,043            8,825            4,790            31,822
  Shareholders' equity (deficit)..................    (206,467)        (142,720)        (209,882)           40,000
 
<CAPTION>
                                                          AT DECEMBER 31,               AT MARCH 31,
                                                    ----------------------------   ----------------------
                                                        1994            1995          1995        1996
                                                    -------------   ------------   ----------  ----------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>            <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................        3,501           5,389         5,387      13,452
  Working capital deficit.........................      (45,827)        (51,699)      (50,140)    (21,723)
  Property and equipment, net.....................       37,756          41,391        39,203      41,756
  Total assets....................................      163,301         161,640       161,129     171,576
  Long-term debt and capital leases, including
   current maturities.............................       36,217          24,314        32,730      29,948
  Shareholders' equity (deficit)..................       33,849          29,178        25,555      49,125
</TABLE>
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------
  * not meaningful
 
 (1)  Includes revenue derived from a  Honolulu to Fukuoka, Japan route operated
    under a wet-lease  arrangement with Northwest.  Operating authority for  the
    route was transferred to Northwest on September 28, 1992.
 
 (2) Includes revenue derived from military charter flights.
 
 (3)  Includes  revenue derived  from military  charter  flights flown  prior to
    January 1, 1993.
 
 (4) Includes expenses incurred for a Honolulu to Fukuoka, Japan route  operated
    under  a wet-lease arrangement  with Northwest. Operating  authority for the
    route was  transferred to  Northwest on  September 28,  1992. Also  includes
    expenses incurred for military charter flights.
 
 (5)  Includes an extraordinary  gain of approximately  $190.1 million primarily
    due to the extinguishment of prepetition obligations.
 
 (6) Includes shares reserved for issuance under the Plan of Reorganization.
 
 (7) Represents the number of passengers flying on scheduled flights.
 
 (8) Represents the number of flight miles flown by revenue passengers.
 
 (9) Represents the number of seats available for revenue passengers  multiplied
    by the number of miles those seats are flown.
 
(10) Represents RPMs divided by ASMs.
 
(11) Represents passenger revenue divided by RPMs.
 
(12) Represents the number of seats available for revenue passengers and charter
    passengers multiplied by the number of miles those seats are flown.
 
(13) Represents operating expenses divided by TASMs.
 
(14)  Consists  of  net  income  (loss)  before  nonoperating  income (expense),
    depreciation and amortization, income taxes, extraordinary items, cumulative
    effect of  change  in  accounting  principles  and  certain  other  charges,
    including  restructuring charges  of approximately  $36.7 million  and $14.0
    million in  1992 and  1993, respectively,  and write-off  of intangibles  of
    approximately  $36.7 million in 1991. EBITDA, as adjusted is not intended to
    represent cash  flows  for the  period,  nor has  it  been presented  as  an
    alternative  to  net income  as an  indicator  of financial  performance and
    should not be  considered in isolation  or as a  substitute for measures  of
    performance  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
    principles.  EBITDA,  as  adjusted  is  presented  solely  as   supplemental
    disclosure because the Company understands that such data is used by certain
    investors to analyze companies.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
INTRODUCTION
 
    Hawaiian  Airlines  was adversely  affected by  the unpredictable  and often
unfavorable industry  and  economic  conditions  of the  past  five  years.  The
Interisland and Transpac routes served by the Company are highly competitive and
are  subject  to  seasonal and  cyclical  volatility primarily  due  to seasonal
leisure and holiday travel. The Company typically experiences low traffic levels
in the first quarter of  the year and strong  travel periods during June,  July,
August and December. The Company, along with other airlines, uses discount fares
and  other promotions to stimulate traffic during normally slack travel periods,
to generate cash flow  and to sustain relative  market share in its  Interisland
and Transpac markets. See "Business -- Operations."
 
    In  1989,  the Company  was the  subject  of a  leveraged acquisition  by an
investor group. Due  to a  number of factors,  the Company  began to  experience
severe  financial  difficulty  and  on  September  21,  1993,  Hawaiian Airlines
voluntarily commenced  a  Chapter 11  reorganization  process and  emerged  from
bankruptcy  less than a year later on  September 12, 1994, the effective date of
the Plan  of  Reorganization (the  "Effective  Date"). The  Chapter  11  process
resulted  in the  Company recognizing an  extraordinary gain  of $190.1 million,
representing the relief  of $204.7 million  of liabilities, net  of offsets  and
certain liabilities that survived the reorganization.
 
    Consistent  with the industry, excluding  the effect of nonrecurring noncash
transactions, the Company improved its  operating and net income performance  in
1995. Nevertheless, the Company's working capital deficit during 1995 reached an
extreme  level, even by industry standards.  To address this problem, in January
1996 the Company consummated a series of transactions, including the  completion
of  the $20 million AIP Investment  and certain arrangements and agreements with
American and the Company's  labor unions. These  transactions have improved  the
Company's  liquidity  substantially and  will result  in reduced  cash operating
expenses over  the next  several years.  Nonetheless, the  Company had  a  $21.7
million  working capital deficit at March 31, 1996. See "Risk Factors -- Ability
of Company to Continue as a Going Concern."
 
    The report  of KPMG  Peat Marwick  LLP on  the Company's  December 31,  1995
financial  statements  contains an  explanatory paragraph  that states  that the
financial  statements  of  the  Reorganized   Company  reflect  the  impact   of
adjustments  to reflect  the fair  value of  assets and  liabilities under fresh
start accounting and, as a result,  the financial statements of the  Reorganized
Company  are  presented  on a  basis  different  than those  of  the Predecessor
Company. In  addition, the  report of  KPMG Peat  Marwick LLP  on the  Company's
December  31, 1995 financial  statements contains an  explanatory paragraph that
states that  the Company's  recurring losses  from operations,  deficit  working
capital  and  limited sources  of additional  liquidity raise  substantial doubt
about its ability to  continue as a going  concern. The financial statements  do
not  include  any  adjustments  that  might  result  from  the  outcome  of that
uncertainty. Management recognizes  that the  continuation of the  Company as  a
going  concern is dependent  upon a return to  profitability, positive cash flow
from operations  and  the generation  of  adequate  funds to  meet  its  ongoing
obligations.
 
    The  Rights Offering is intended to permit the Company's shareholders, other
than AIP, to acquire shares of Common Stock at a discount to the market price in
order to  reduce the  dilutive effect  of  the AIP  Investment on  their  equity
investment in the Company. In addition, the Rights Offering is intended to raise
additional  capital. The  Shareholder Rights,  Employee Rights  and Options bear
identical terms and conditions relative to subscription right and price and have
substantially similar exercise periods. In addition, the Subscription Price  for
all Rights is identical to the stock purchase price under the Investor Offering.
Accordingly, no compensation cost will be recognized relative to the issuance of
Options and Employee Rights.
 
    The unpaid balance of fully recourse promissory notes tendered by Holders of
Options   and  accepted  by  the  Company   in  satisfaction  of  the  aggregate
Subscription Price of such Options (see
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
"Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions")  will  be  reported  as  a
reduction  of shareholders' equity. Income tax  benefits to the Company, if any,
upon exercise of  Options and  Employee Rights will  be credited  to capital  in
excess  of par value,  if deemed material.  Management does not  expect that the
issuance or exercise of Options and Employee Rights will have a material  effect
on the Company's operations.
 
    The  Rights  Offering and  the  Investor Offering  are  intended to  raise a
minimum of  $25 million  of gross  proceeds as  part of  the Company's  on-going
efforts  to improve its liquidity. However, there  can be no assurances that the
Rights Offering and the Investor Offering can be successfully completed.
 
    The following discussion should  be read in  conjunction with the  Company's
financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    OPERATING  REVENUES.   The following  table compares  operating revenues, in
thousands, by service type:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     QUARTER ENDED
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              MARCH 31,
                                           -------------------------------------  --------------------
                                              1993         1994         1995        1995       1996
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
Interisland:
  Passenger..............................  $   118,530  $   119,750  $   122,079  $  30,987  $  34,275
  Charter................................        1,016           25           33         --         --
  Cargo..................................        6,954        6,513        6,702      1,653      1,495
  Other..................................        5,569        5,645        5,665      1,450      1,617
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                               132,069      131,933      134,479     34,090     37,387
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Transpac:
  Passenger..............................      136,543      142,116      156,155     30,337     41,413
  Cargo..................................        6,121        7,688        9,555      1,805      2,738
  Other..................................        2,669        2,896        3,114        884        785
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                               145,333      152,700      168,824     33,026     44,936
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Southpac:
  Passenger..............................       18,313       18,311       19,293      4,277      4,123
  Cargo..................................        1,925        2,138        1,912        503        580
  Other..................................          178          252          229         55         65
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                20,416       20,701       21,434      4,835      4,768
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Overseas Charter:
  Passenger..............................        6,153          646       22,167      3,557      6,971
  Other..................................          138           --           --         --         --
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                 6,291          646       22,167      3,557      6,971
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
  Total..................................  $   304,109  $   305,980  $   346,904  $  75,508  $  94,062
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
    The following table  compares applicable operating  and financial  passenger
revenue statistics, in thousands except as indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            QUARTER ENDED
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                              MARCH 31,
                                          ------------------------------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                                1993               1994               1995              1995             1996
                                          ----------------   ----------------   ----------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                       <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>              <C>
Interisland:
  Revenue passengers....................       3,386              3,639              3,721              932              992
  Revenue passenger miles...............     438,979            476,051            490,044          122,041          130,642
  Available seat miles..................     770,171            854,073            937,736          221,332          221,453
  Passenger load factor.................        57.0%              55.7%              52.3%            55.1%            59.0%
  Yield.................................        27.0 CENTS         25.2 CENTS         24.9 CENTS       25.4 CENTS       26.2 CENTS
Transpac:
  Revenue passengers....................         885                880                994              205              264
  Revenue passenger miles...............   2,257,472          2,231,106          2,506,774          519,564          644,896
  Available seat miles..................   2,784,980          2,857,081          3,034,177          653,508          824,968
  Passenger load factor.................        81.1%              78.1%              82.6%            79.5%            78.2%
  Yield.................................         6.0 CENTS          6.4 CENTS          6.2 CENTS        5.8 CENTS        6.4 CENTS
Southpac:
  Revenue passengers....................          66                 65                 66               15               13
  Revenue passenger miles...............     174,262            173,182            174,548           38,737           34,259
  Available seat miles..................     294,983            284,495            266,406           64,703           66,104
  Passenger load factor.................        59.1%              60.9%              65.5%            59.9%            51.8%
  Yield.................................        10.5 CENTS         10.6 CENTS         11.1 CENTS       11.0 CENTS       12.0 CENTS
Overseas Charter:
  Revenue passengers....................          14                  1                155               25               46
  Revenue passenger miles...............      14,620              2,202            425,797           69,268          125,660
  Available seat miles..................      20,938              4,141            439,142           70,530          131,767
</TABLE>
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
    OPERATING  EXPENSES.   The following  table compares  operating expenses, in
thousands, by major category:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     QUARTER ENDED
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              MARCH 31,
                                           -------------------------------------  --------------------
                                              1993         1994         1995        1995       1996
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
Total operating revenues.................  $   304,109  $   305,980  $   346,904  $  75,508  $  94,062
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Wages and benefits.......................  $   101,292  $   102,670  $   108,274  $  27,027  $  29,077
Aircraft fuel, including taxes and oil...       49,777       47,682       56,724     12,444     17,018
Maintenance materials and
 repairs.................................       40,986       46,541       60,581     13,009     15,479
Aircraft rentals.........................       29,342       23,966       16,477      3,869      4,014
Purchased services.......................       17,789       19,866       20,192      4,802      5,679
Sales commissions........................       11,153       12,841       13,875      2,943      3,506
Rentals other than aircraft and
 engines.................................        7,292        9,633        9,021      2,331      2,310
Passenger food...........................        8,150        8,972        8,185      2,248      2,417
Depreciation and amortization............        7,442        6,797        7,859      1,854      2,026
Landing fees.............................        4,803        6,793        8,202      1,897      2,104
Reservation fees and services............        5,762        6,635        6,808      1,656      1,961
Advertising and promotion................        3,154        4,909        8,301      2,070      2,329
Personnel expenses.......................        4,199        4,056        3,868        960        937
Insurance-hull and liability.............        2,126        3,388        3,920        654        916
Interrupted trips........................        4,074        2,038        1,823        541        586
Early retirement provision...............           --           --        2,000      2,000         --
Nonreorganization professional and legal
 fees....................................        3,872        1,656        2,032        309        688
Restructuring charges....................       14,000           --           --         --         --
Other....................................       13,734       10,226       10,663      2,321      2,619
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses.............  $   328,947  $   318,669  $   348,805  $  82,935  $  93,666
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  FIRST QUARTER 1996 COMPARED TO FIRST QUARTER 1995
 
    INTRODUCTION.   During the  first  quarter of  1996, the  Company  generated
operating  income  of  $396,000  and  incurred  a  net  loss  of  $582,000. This
represents a $7.8 million improvement from the first quarter 1995 operating loss
of $7.4 million and a $7.7 million  improvement from the first quarter 1995  net
loss of $8.3 million.
 
    OPERATING  REVENUES.  Operating revenues  totaled $94.1 million during first
quarter 1996, an  increase of  $18.6 million or  24.6% over  1995 first  quarter
operating revenues of $75.5 million.
 
    Revenues  from Interisland  passenger service  totaled $34.3  million during
first quarter 1996,  an increase  of $3.3 million  or 10.6%  from first  quarter
1995.  Increases of 6.4% and 7.0%  in Interisland passengers carried and revenue
passenger miles,  respectively, were  augmented by  an increase  in  Interisland
yield  of  0.8 or  3.1%.  Increases in  revenue  passengers carried  and revenue
passenger miles  were primarily  the result  of the  continued recovery  of  the
Hawaii tourism market. First quarter 1996 Interisland yield increased due to (i)
the  effects of promotional fare ticket programs being less prevalent in 1996 as
most promotion tickets were sold in 1994  and used throughout 1995 and (ii)  the
Company maintaining and/or increasing certain Interisland fares.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    Revenues from Transpac passenger operations amounted to $41.4 million during
first  quarter 1996 compared to $30.3 million in first quarter 1995, an increase
of $11.1 million or 36.5%. The Company experienced increases of 28.8% and  24.1%
in  revenue  passengers  carried  and  revenue  passenger  miles,  respectively.
Increased revenue passengers carried and  revenue passenger miles were a  direct
result  of  increased  frequencies in  the  Transpac  market as  denoted  by the
increase in  Transpac  available  seat  miles  by  26.2%.  Transpac  yield  also
increased  by 0.6 or  10.3% in first  quarter 1996 as  compared to first quarter
1995. Again, similar to the above, the increase in yield was primarily caused by
the effects of promotional fare ticket programs being less prevalent in 1996 and
general increases in certain Transpac fare bases.
 
    Overseas charter  revenues  totaled  $7.0 million  in  first  quarter  1996,
representing  an increase of $3.4 million or  96.0% from first quarter 1995. The
increase was due to  the Company operating  six charters per  week in the  first
quarter  of 1996  versus three charters  per week  in the first  quarter of 1995
between Honolulu, Hawaii and Las Vegas, Nevada.
 
    Prior to 1996, the  airline industry was  subject to a  10.0% excise tax  on
each  ticket sold (other than Transpac flights),  a 6.25% cargo excise tax and a
$6.0 international  departure  tax  (including Transpac  flights).  Efforts  are
underway  to  encourage  the  United  States  Congress  to  re-enact legislation
authorizing these excise taxes or to impose user fees in lieu of such taxes. The
Senate has approved a  bill to reinstate  the excise taxes,  and it is  reported
that  House and  Senate negotiators  have agreed  in principle  to reinstate the
excise taxes. If the excise taxes  are reinstated or user fees are  implemented,
the  Company would either  have to absorb  the excise taxes  or user fees, which
would adversely  affect operating  results,  or raise  ticket prices  and  cargo
transportation  fees in order  to offset the  excise taxes or  user fees. If the
Company were to raise ticket prices  and cargo transportation fees, there is  no
assurance  that the  Company would  be able to  maintain such  increases or that
operating results would not be adversely affected by the increases.
 
    OPERATING EXPENSES.    Operating expenses  totaled  $93.7 million  in  first
quarter 1996, an increase of $10.7 million or 12.9% over first quarter 1995.
 
    Wages  and benefits increased $2.1 million or 7.6% in 1996. The increase was
primarily attributable to (i) approximately $500,000 of scheduled wage increases
being in effect  in 1996 that  were terminated  upon amendments to  each of  the
Company's  labor union  agreements becoming  effective on  January 31,  1996, as
described above and  (ii) $964,000  of noncash compensation  expense related  to
options granted pursuant to the terms of the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan.
 
    Aircraft  fuel cost, including  taxes and oil, increased  by $4.6 million or
36.8% quarter  over  quarter. The  average  cost per  gallon,  excluding  taxes,
increased  by 5.6 CENTS or 9.7% in first quarter 1996 versus first quarter 1995.
Further, approximately $1.1 million  more in fuel taxes  were incurred in  first
quarter 1996 versus first quarter 1995 due to the Company becoming subject to an
additional  4.3 CENTS per gallon tax effective October 1, 1995. The Company also
consumed approximately 3.6 million or 17.6% more gallons of aircraft fuel due to
increased frequencies in first quarter 1996 as compared to first quarter 1995.
 
    Maintenance materials and repairs increased $2.5 million or 19.0% over 1995.
In first quarter 1996, the Company  incurred approximately $3.0 million more  in
DC-10 maintenance expense due to (i) $2.6 million additional maintenance expense
as  a result of the Company utilizing eight DC-10 aircraft in first quarter 1996
versus seven  DC-10  aircraft  in  first quarter  1995  and  (ii)  approximately
$400,000  of additional  maintenance costs  due to  higher maintenance  rates in
first quarter 1996 compared  to first quarter 1995.  The increase was offset  by
decreased  maintenance  expense  of $681,000  due  to fewer  service  checks and
required airframe maintenance on the Company's DC-9 fleet.
 
    In first quarter 1995, the Company recognized a nonrecurring, noncash  early
retirement  provision of $2.0 million, representing  the estimated effects of an
early retirement program  on the  Company's pension  and postretirement  benefit
obligations  as  of  March  31,  1995.  The  program  was  offered  to qualified
participants in the ground and salaried personnel defined benefit plans in first
quarter 1995 in an effort to reduce labor costs. No such program was offered  in
first quarter 1996.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
  1995 COMPARED TO 1994
 
    INTRODUCTION.   The financial  results of the  Reorganized Company have been
affected due to the recapitalization and adoption of fresh start reporting as of
September 12, 1994 and such  results are not comparable  in all respects to  the
Predecessor  Company. Nevertheless, the  operating revenues and  expenses of the
Reorganized Company  in  1995  have  been compared  to  the  combined  operating
revenues  and expenses  of the  Reorganized Company  and Predecessor  Company in
1994. Significant  differences  between  1995  and  1994  as  a  result  of  the
recapitalization  and fresh start adjustments have been disclosed. See Note 2 to
the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
    For the year ended December 31, 1995, the Company incurred operating and net
losses of $1.9 million and $5.5  million, respectively. The 1995 operating  loss
represents a decrease of $10.8 million or 85.0% from the operating loss of $12.7
million in 1994.
 
    OPERATING  REVENUES.   Operating  revenues  totaled $346.9  million  in 1995
compared to $306.0 million in 1994, an increase of $40.9 million or 13.4%.
 
    Revenues from Interisland  passenger service totaled  $122.1 million  during
1995,  an  increase of  $2.3  million or  1.9%  from 1994  Interisland passenger
revenues of $119.8 million. Increases of 2.3% and 2.9% in Interisland passengers
carried and revenue passenger miles, respectively, were offset by a decrease  in
Interisland  yield  of  0.3  CENTS or  1.2%.  Increases  in  Interisland revenue
passengers carried,  revenue passenger  miles and  available seat  miles were  a
direct result of increased schedule frequencies due to operational concepts such
as the Island Shuttle operating for a full year in 1995 versus a partial year in
1994  and the use of  promotional fare ticket programs  to stimulate traffic and
increase liquidity. The promotional fare ticket programs, however, were also the
primary cause of dilution in the 1995 Interisland yield.
 
    Revenues from  Transpac  passenger  operations amounted  to  $156.2  million
during  1995 compared to $142.1 million in 1994, an increase of $14.0 million or
9.9%. The increase  in Transpac  passenger revenues resulted  primarily from  an
increase in Transpac load factor of 5.8%. The increase in load factor was offset
by  a 0.2  CENTS or  3.1% decrease  in Transpac  yield year  over year. Transpac
yields were affected by  heavy pricing competition in  the Transpac market  and,
similar to those relating to Interisland operations described above, the effects
of promotional fare ticket programs.
 
    Southpac  passenger revenues in 1995  totaled $19.3 million, representing an
increase of $982,000  or 5.4%  from 1994. Both  Southpac load  factor and  yield
increased  year over year by 7.6% and  4.7%, respectively. The increase in yield
is primarily attributable to increases to all Southpac fares in late 1994.
 
    Transpac cargo  revenues  increased by  $1.9  million or  24.3%  from  1994.
Increased  frequency in its Transpac routes allowed the Company to transport 5.1
or 48.4% more tons of freight in 1995.  The increase in tonnage was offset by  a
decrease in yield year over year of 5.9 CENTS or 16.3%. The decrease in Transpac
cargo  yield was primarily caused by a change in mix as the Company carried more
agricultural and bulk freight in 1995 versus 1994.
 
    Overseas charter revenues of  $22.2 million were earned  in 1995 due to  the
commencement  of  charter operations  between  Honolulu, Hawaii  and  Las Vegas,
Nevada in January 1995.
 
    OPERATING EXPENSES.  Operating expenses  totaled $348.8 million in 1995,  an
increase  of  $30.1 million  or  9.5% from  total  operating expenses  of $318.7
million in 1994. Wages and benefits increased $5.6 million or 5.5% in 1995.  The
increase  is primarily  attributed to (i)  $3.6 million of  additional wages and
benefits due to wage increases between 5.0% to 6.7% effective September 1,  1994
and  (ii)  $2.0 million  of noncash  compensation  expense recognized  under the
provisions of the 1994 Stock Option Plan  for officers and key employees of  the
Company.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
    Aircraft  fuel, including taxes and oil,  increased by $9.0 million or 19.0%
from $47.7 in  1994 to  $56.7 million  in 1995.  While average  cost per  gallon
remained  relatively stable year  over year at $0.61,  the Company consumed 14.0
million or 17.9% more gallons in 1995  than in 1994, primarily due to  increased
frequencies on the Company's Interisland and Transpac routes.
 
    Maintenance materials and repairs totaled $60.5 million in 1995, an increase
of  $14.0 million  or 30.2% over  1994. The Company  incurred approximately $9.8
million in maintenance costs for its L-1011 and DHC-7 aircraft during 1994,  the
year  these aircraft  were phased  out of  service. However,  the elimination of
maintenance costs  related to  these aircraft  was offset  by $23.8  million  of
additional maintenance incurred in 1995 for the Company's DC-10 and DC-9 fleets.
 
    Aircraft  rentals decreased  by $7.5  million or  31.3% year  over year. The
decrease was a result of the following: (i) non-existence of rental expense  for
L-1011  and  DHC-7 aircraft  in 1995  since  these aircraft  were phased  out of
service in 1994, as compared to $3.3 million of L-1011 and DHC-7 rents in  1994;
(ii) a $4.2 million decrease in DC-9 aircraft and engine rents due to such rents
being  restructured on the Effective Date (I.E.,  the effective date of the Plan
of Reorganization);  and  (iii)  $4.4  million in  additional  rents  for  DC-10
aircraft.
 
    Sales commissions totaled $13.9 million in 1995, an increase of $1.1 million
or  8.1% over total sales commissions of  $12.8 million in 1994. The increase is
primarily attributable  to $1.0  million in  additional commissions  related  to
incentive programs offered to wholesalers designed to stimulate traffic.
 
    Depreciation  and  amortization  increased  by  $1.1  million  or  15.6%. An
additional $2.5 million  of amortization  of reorganization value  in excess  of
identifiable assets in 1995 was offset by $1.7 million less in depreciation from
the reclassification of approximately $13.5 million of property and equipment to
assets held for sale on the Effective Date.
 
    Landing fees increased by $1.4 million or 20.7% to $8.2 million in 1995. The
increase was principally caused by increased frequencies in the Transpac markets
(specifically Los Angeles, Las Vegas and Portland) and the Interisland market.
 
    Advertising  and promotion totaled $8.3 million in 1995, an increase of $3.4
million or 69.1% over 1994, a direct result of efforts to increase the Company's
exposure in  the Interisland  and  West Coast  markets through  advertising  and
telecommunications media.
 
    Other  operating  expenses in  1995  were reduced  by  the reversal  of $1.8
million in preconfirmation  contingency accruals initially  provided for on  the
Effective Date.
 
    Early  retirement provision of $2.0 million represents the estimated effects
on the Company's pension and  postretirement benefit obligations from the  early
retirement program offered in the first quarter of 1995.
 
    NONOPERATING  INCOME  (EXPENSE).   Reorganization  expenses in  1994 totaled
$14.0 million and principally represent $5.7  million and $7.6 million in  legal
and  professional fees and employee  concession claims, respectively, associated
with the Predecessor Company's  Chapter 11 process and  $638,000 in fresh  start
accounting  and other reorganization adjustments  recorded on the Effective Date
in accordance  with  the  American Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants
Statement  of Position 90-7, "Financial  Reporting by Entities in Reorganization
Under the Bankruptcy Code" ("SOP 90-7").
 
    EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS.  An extraordinary gain of approximately $190.1  million
was recorded in the third quarter of 1994 primarily due to the extinguishment of
prepetition obligations.
 
  1994 COMPARED TO 1993
 
    INTRODUCTION.  The Company believes that its operating revenues and expenses
after the Effective Date have been presented on a basis which is in all material
respects consistent with the
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
presentation  of  operating revenues  and  expenses before  the  Effective Date.
Therefore, operating revenues and  expenses of the  Reorganized Company and  the
Predecessor in 1994 have been combined for purposes of comparison to 1993.
 
    Excluding  nonrecurring items,  the Company's  operating and  net losses for
1994 decreased over 1993  by $12.1 million and  $16.0 million, respectively,  to
$12.7 million and $12.9 million, respectively.
 
    OPERATING  REVENUES.   Operating  revenues  totaled $306.0  million  in 1994
compared to $304.1 million in 1993, an increase of $1.9 million or 0.6%.
 
    Revenues from Interisland  passenger service totaled  $119.8 million  during
1994,  an  increase of  $1.2  million or  1.0%  from 1993  Interisland passenger
revenues of $118.5 million. Increases of 7.5% and 8.4% in Interisland passengers
carried and revenue passenger miles, respectively, were offset by a decrease  in
Interisland  yield  of 1.8  or 6.7%.  Increases  in revenue  passengers carried,
revenue passenger miles and available seat miles were a direct result of (i) the
utilization of 13 DC-9 aircraft during a majority of 1994 versus four DHC-7 and,
on average nine DC-9 aircraft in  1993, and (ii) increased passenger counts  due
to  the overall increase in Hawaii tourism year over year and, newly implemented
operational concepts such as the Island Shuttle from Honolulu to Maui and  Kauai
and  promotional  fare ticket  programs.  However, the  promotional  fare ticket
programs, such as those  held in the  second and fourth  quarters of 1994,  were
also the primary cause of dilution in the 1994 Interisland yield.
 
    Revenues  from  Transpac  passenger operations  amounted  to  $142.1 million
during 1994 compared to $136.5 million in  1993, an increase of $5.6 million  or
4.1%.  The increase in Transpac passenger revenues resulted primarily from a 0.4
or 6.7% increase in  Transpac yield year  over year. The  increase in yield  was
offset by decreases in revenue passengers carried and revenue passenger miles of
0.6%  and 1.2%, respectively.  As noted above,  promotional fare ticket programs
were held  in 1994,  with a  portion of  such promotional  fare ticket  programs
associated  with  Transpac  routes.  Such  allocations  assisted  in  increasing
Transpac yields in 1994 as no such  allocations were made in 1993. Decreases  in
Transpac revenue passengers carried, revenue passenger miles flown and available
seat miles were a direct result of the Company completing in 1994 its transition
to  an  all DC-10  aircraft  fleet from  an all  L-1011  fleet for  its Transpac
flights. In their  current configuration,  at full  load, the  DC-10 on  average
accommodates 38 fewer passengers than the L-1011.
 
    Southpac  passenger revenues  in 1994 remained  comparable to  1993 at $18.3
million. While  period  over  period  revenue  passengers  carried  and  revenue
passenger  miles  decreased  by  1.5%  and  0.6%,  respectively,  Southpac yield
increased by  0.1  or 1.0%.  Again,  decreases in  Southpac  revenue  passengers
carried,  revenue  passenger  miles  flown  and  available  seat  miles  may  be
attributed to the  transition to an  all DC-10  aircraft fleet in  1994 for  the
Company's  Southpac flights. Southpac yields increased in 1994 when a competitor
discontinued service on Southpac routes served by the Company.
 
    Transpac cargo  revenues  increased by  $1.6  million or  25.6%  from  1993.
Increased  frequency in its Transpac routes allowed the Company to transport 5.4
million or 34.3% more  pounds of freight  in 1994. The  increase in tonnage  was
offset by a decrease in yield year over year of 2.5 or 6.4%.
 
    Overseas charter revenues decreased by $5.5 million or 89.5% upon comparison
of  1994 to 1993. A majority of  the decrease is associated with the Predecessor
Company obtaining in 1993  a $3.9 million settlement  from the Military  Airlift
Command  for charter operations during Operations Desert Shield and Desert Storm
in 1991 and 1990.
 
    OPERATING EXPENSES.  Operating  expenses totaled $318.7  million in 1994,  a
decrease  of  $10.2 million  or  3.1% from  total  operating expenses  of $328.9
million in 1993.
 
    Wages and benefits increased $1.4 million  or 1.4% in 1994. The increase  is
primarily  attributed to wage increases between 5.0% to 6.7% effective September
1, 1994.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
    Aircraft fuel, including  taxes and oil  decreased by $2.1  million or  4.2%
from  $49.8 million in 1993 to $47.7 million  in 1994. In addition to a $0.05 or
8.2% decrease in average  cost per gallon year  over year, the Company  incurred
approximately  $2.3 million  less in  aircraft fuel expense  in 1994  due to the
phase out of its DC-8 aircraft in 1993.
 
    Maintenance materials and repairs totaled $46.5 million in 1994 an  increase
of  $5.6  million or  13.6%  over 1993.  On a  net  basis, the  Company incurred
approximately $5.1 million in additional maintenance expense from the transition
to DC-10 aircraft in 1994.
 
    Aircraft rentals decreased by $5.4 million  or 18.3%, of which $4.1  million
represents  decreased rents due to DC-9  aircraft operating under capital versus
operating leases in  1994 and other  DC-9 aircraft operating  lease rents  being
restructured  on the Effective Date. Approximately  $1.3 million of the decrease
is attributable to decreased rents associated with phased out L-1011, DHC-7  and
DC-8 aircraft in 1994 and 1993.
 
    Purchased services increased $2.1 million or 11.7%, to $19.9 million in 1994
from  $17.8 million in 1993. The Company  incurred an additional $1.6 million in
costs in  1994  associated with  simulator  training, operation  of  its  flight
operating system, credit card fees and outsourced computer mainframe services.
 
    Sales commissions totaled $12.8 million in 1994, an increase of $1.6 million
or  15.1% over total sales commissions of $11.2 million in 1993. The increase is
primarily  attributable  to  approximately  $1.1  million  of  additional  sales
commissions  in 1994 due to an  18.0% increase in commissionable sales processed
through area settlement plans.
 
    Rentals other than aircraft and engines totaled $9.6 million in 1994  versus
$7.3  million in 1993.  The $2.3 million  or 32.1% increase  is due to increased
space rental rates and additional joint use and system support expenses  charged
primarily by the State of Hawaii airport authorities.
 
    Landing  fees increased by  $2.0 million or  41.4% to $6.8  million in 1994.
Increases associated with DC-9 aircraft landings and wide-body aircraft landings
of $1.4  million and  $900,000,  respectively, were  experienced in  1994.  Such
increases  were  due to  (i)  $1.5 million  in  additional landing  fees  due to
increased rates in Hawaii and Los Angeles, California and (ii) $800,000 in added
fees due  to increased  frequencies as  a result  of the  implementation of  the
Island  Shuttle, schedule changes to Los  Angeles and Las Vegas and commencement
of scheduled service to Portland.
 
    Advertising and promotion totaled $4.9 million in 1994, an increase of  $1.8
million  or 55.6% over 1993. Approximately $900,000 is due to a conscious effort
by management  to  increase  the  Company's  exposure  through  advertising  and
promotional  media,  especially  on the  U.S.  West Coast.  Another  $200,000 of
additional expenses were incurred in connection with the Company's participation
in American's  AAdvantage-Registered  Trademark-  frequent  flyer  program.  The
remaining $700,000 increase is associated primarily with barter related expenses
for  various  promotional  services  provided to  the  Company  in  exchange for
tickets.
 
    Insurance-hull and liability  increased from  $2.1 million in  1993 to  $3.4
million  in 1994. The $1.3 million or 59.4%  increase was mainly due to an 63.7%
increase in the applicable premium rate  for liability applied to the  Company's
revenue passenger miles in 1994.
 
    Interrupted  trip expense decreased by $2.0 million or 50.0% year over year.
The Company experienced $1.8  million less in  flight interruption manifest  and
denied  boarding  expenses  due to  its  continual efforts  to  improve customer
service and on-time performance.
 
    Nonreorganization professional and legal fees decreased $2.2 million  period
over  period due to a majority of  professional and legal fees being classified,
in accordance with the provisions of SOP 90-7 as reorganization expenses  during
1994.
 
    Restructuring  charges in 1993 represent the Predecessor Company's provision
for the anticipated return and termination of  five of its DC-9 aircraft in  the
second quarter of 1993.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
    NONOPERATING  INCOME (EXPENSE).   Reorganization  expenses in  1993 of $52.6
million primarily  consist of  $47.1  million in  anticipated L-1011  and  DHC-7
aircraft  rental and  return costs,  $4.7 million  for the  write-off of related
flight equipment leasehold improvements and  $800,000 in legal and  professional
fees.
 
    EXTRAORDINARY ITEM.  The $12.1 million extraordinary item in 1993 represents
a  nonrecurring, noncash gain  due to the  reduction in the  net accrued pension
benefit obligation of the  Predecessor Company. Effective  October 1, 1993,  the
IAM  and salaried  employee defined  benefit pension  plans were  frozen with no
future pay or credited service increases.
 
FREQUENT FLYER PROGRAM
 
    The Company's Gold Plus frequent flyer program was initiated in 1983. As  of
December  31, 1995,  the Company's  Gold Plus  membership had  more than 560,000
members, including approximately 361,000 active members.
 
    The Gold Plus program rewards its members with mileage credits primarily for
travel on  Hawaiian Airlines.  Gold Plus  members are  entitled to  a choice  of
various awards based on accumulated mileage, with a majority of the awards being
certain  free air travel  at a later  date. Travel awards  available in the Gold
Plus program range  from a 5,000  award, which offers  a round trip  Interisland
flight,  to  60,000  mile and  65,000  mile  awards, which  offer  a  round trip
first-class Transpac  flight  and  a round  trip  coach-class  Southpac  flight,
respectively.  Miles traveled under  the Gold Plus program  are accounted for as
revenue passenger miles,  which, in  turn, are used  in the  calculation of  the
Company's yield. Non-travel awards are valued at the incremental cost of tickets
exchanged for such awards.
 
    The  Company  recognizes a  liability in  the period  in which  members have
accumulated sufficient  mileage  points  to  allow  for  award  redemption.  The
liability  is  adjusted  based on  net  mileage  earned and  utilized  for award
redemption on a  monthly basis. The  incremental cost method  is used,  computed
primarily  on the basis of fuel and catering costs, exclusive of any overhead or
profit margin. In estimating the amount of such incremental costs to be  accrued
in  the liability for potential future Gold  Plus free travel, a current average
cost per award mile  is determined. Incremental fuel  expended per passenger  is
based  on engineering formulas to determine the  quantity used for the weight of
each added passenger and baggage. Such incremental quantity of fuel is priced at
current levels. Catering  is based on  average cost data  per passenger for  the
most recent 12 month period.
 
    At   December  31,  1994  and  1995,   Gold  Plus  members  had  accumulated
approximately 3.0 and 3.3 billion miles, respectively, representing  liabilities
totaling  approximately $489,000 at the end of each year. The Company's accruals
assume full redemption of  mileage points. During the  years ended December  31,
1993,  1994 and 1995, 493.0 million, 636.0 million and 581.0 million award miles
were redeemed, respectively.
 
    The Company believes that the usage of free travel awards will not result in
the displacement  of  revenue customers  and,  therefore, such  usage  will  not
materially  affect the Company's liquidity or operating results. The use of free
travel awards is subject to  review by the Company  to limit the possibility  of
displacing  revenue passengers. Usage  of Gold Plus  travel redemption accounted
for approximately 2.1%, 2.7%  and 2.2% of Interisland  traffic and a  negligible
percentage   of  Transpac  and   Southpac  traffic  in   1993,  1994  and  1995,
respectively.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  HISTORICAL BACKGROUND
 
    For several years prior to the  AIP Investment in January 1996, the  Company
operated  with  a cash  balance  equivalent to  less  than one  week's  worth of
operating expenses. Operating at  that level of  liquidity placed the  Company's
existence  at  risk  because  there  was no  cushion  to  respond  to unexpected
operational upheavals that have periodically affected the airline industry or to
cover the seasonal downturns typically experienced by the Company. This  working
capital  shortage  caused the  Company  to defer  certain  discretionary capital
expenditures that management believes may improve
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
profitability, such as (i) a series of investments in improved software that are
expected to  improve  operating  efficiency  and (ii)  the  outlay  required  to
consolidate  operations into one terminal at Honolulu International Airport. The
working capital  shortage  also  had  an unfavorable  impact  on  yield,  which,
although  difficult  to  quantify,  is believed  to  have  been  significant. In
addition, the Company found  it necessary to offer  its products to  wholesalers
and  to the public at  reduced rates in order to  enhance cash flow. While these
promotional fare  ticket  sales  increased  liquidity at  the  time,  they  also
increased air traffic liability, which can adversely affect yields, revenues and
liquidity  in  future  periods  The  Company's  historical  uncertain  financial
situation  also  limited  the  availability   of  trade  credit  and  at   times
necessitated the use of cash or equivalent security to obtain services. Finally,
potential  partners in  the airline industry  have been reluctant  to enter into
business arrangements with  the Company  until its  financial difficulties  have
been overcome.
 
    On  October 31,  1994, the  Company failed to  make certain  payments due to
American pursuant to  the Aircraft  Lease Agreement pursuant  to which  American
leases DC-10s to the Company. American sent the Company notice of the failure to
make  rent  and  prepaid  maintenance  payments  and  noted  that  such  failure
constituted an event of default under the Aircraft Lease Agreement, but did  not
declare  the Aircraft Lease Agreement in default or exercise any of the remedies
available to it,  which included, but  were not limited  to, termination of  the
Aircraft Lease Agreement, repossession of certain aircraft and engines, recovery
of  damages and drawings under letters of credit  then in place in the amount of
$2.0 million posted by the Company as required by the Aircraft Lease  Agreement.
The  Company subsequently  made the  rent and  prepaid maintenance  payments due
American in November 1994.
 
    In December 1994  and during the  first quarter of  1995, the Company  again
failed  to make certain rent and prepaid  maintenance payments in full that were
due pursuant to  the Aircraft Lease  Agreement. Again, while  American sent  the
Company  notice of the failure  to make such payments  in full, American did not
declare the Aircraft Lease Agreement in default or exercise any of the  remedies
available  to it.  On several occasions  during the year,  American deferred the
payment of the  delinquent amounts.  As of December  9, 1995,  the Company  owed
American $7.1 million in deferred payments and accrued interest. American agreed
to  permit  the deferral  of the  payment  of this  $7.1 million  (plus interest
thereon) and the periodic payments of lease rents and maintenance payments  that
would  become due on or after December 8, 1995, up to a maximum of an additional
$2.9 million (including interest), until the earlier of the consummation of  the
AIP  Investment or  February 7,  1996. As  of January  4, 1996,  the Company had
deferred the maximum deferrable amount  of lease rents and maintenance  payments
under the Aircraft Lease Agreement. These deferred amounts were satisfied by the
Company on January 31, 1996, through the delivery by the Company of the American
Note.
 
  CURRENT STATUS
 
    As  of  March  31, 1996,  the  Company significantly  decreased  its working
capital deficit by consummating a series of transactions including (i) the $20.0
million cash investment by AIP  and (ii) the payment of  up to $10.0 million  of
deferred lease rents and maintenance payments (and accrued interest thereon) due
American  through the issuance by the Company  of the American Note. As of March
31, 1996, the Company had a net working capital deficit of $21.7 million,  which
represents  a $30.0  million improvement in  the net working  capital deficit of
$51.7 million  at December  31, 1995.  As of  April 30,  1996, the  net  working
capital deficit had been reduced to $19.7 million.
 
    The  Company plans to make approximately  $11.4 million of necessary capital
expenditures in the  ordinary course  of business during  1996 using  internally
generated  funds and specific project financing provided by the State of Hawaii.
These expenditures  include $2.5  million for  the capitalized  portions of  two
scheduled  DC-9 maintenance checks (D-checks) and  $3.1 million for a portion of
certain JT8D  engine overhauls.  The balance  of the  expenditures are  for  the
replacement  of rotable  equipment and  other ground  equipment, the  first of a
series of investments in improved software and related hardware, the  completion
of  facilities necessary for  the Company to  consolidate its overseas passenger
and baggage processing  operations into the  Honolulu Interisland Terminal  (for
which the
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
State  of Hawaii  will provide  a majority of  the financing)  and certain other
projects. Certain of these expenditures had been deferred previously due to  the
Company's  historical working  capital shortage.  The Company  had approximately
$1.7 million of capital expenditures in the first quarter of 1996.
 
    On  April  29,  1996,  the  Credit  Facility,  which  is  provided  by   CIT
Group/Credit  Finance,  Inc., was  amended  to increase  the  borrowing capacity
thereunder from $8.2 million to $15.0  million. The Credit Facility consists  of
two  secured term loans and  a secured revolving line  of credit including up to
$6.0 million of letters  of credit. The  term loans are in  the amounts of  $5.4
million and $1.3 million and will amortize in equal installments over periods of
48  and 60 months,  respectively. The outstanding principal  amounts of the term
loans will  become due  and payable  upon termination  of the  Credit  Facility.
Available  credit  is  subject  to change  determined  by  recalculation  of the
borrowing base, repayments due under the term loans, and repayments arising from
the disposition of, and  other changes in, the  related collateral securing  the
Credit  Facility. As of April 30, 1996,  the total availability under the Credit
Facility was $7.3  million, including  $5.9 million  in letters  of credit.  The
Credit  Facility has  an initial term  of three  years from April  29, 1996, and
renews automatically for successive terms  of two years each, unless  terminated
by  either party on at least 60 days notice prior to the end of the then-current
term. The Company  may terminate the  Credit Facility  at any time,  on 30  days
notice  and payment of  certain early termination fees  during the initial term,
and without early termination fees during any renewal term. The Credit  Facility
is  secured by  a first  lien on  substantially all  of the  Company's property,
excluding the  Company's  owned  and leased  aircraft,  the  Company's  aircraft
engines  while installed on  an aircraft and  certain security deposits. Amounts
outstanding under the Credit Facility accrue interest  at a rate of 2% over  the
prime  rate reported  by Chase Manhattan  Bank (National  Association). The rate
will be reduced to 1.75% over the prime  rate on January 1, 1998 if the  Company
meets certain financial tests for 1996.
 
    In  connection  with the  AIP Investment,  the Company  agreed with  the GPA
Companies that, if  the closing of  the Rights Offering  shall have occurred  by
September  30, 1996, the  Company would repurchase  all of the  shares of Common
Stock owned  by  the GPA  Companies  and  repay certain  secured  and  unsecured
promissory  notes held by the GPA Companies. The stock repurchase price would be
$1.10 per share and the promissory notes would be repaid at approximately  85.0%
of  the then-carrying value of the notes, including any deferred costs and other
expenses owed.  At  its option,  the  Company  could make  such  repurchase  and
repayment  at any time prior to the  closing of the Rights Offering. As required
by the provider of the Credit Facility in connection with the amendment thereof,
the Company exercised this option on April 29, 1996. Based on 827,221 shares  of
Common  Stock owned by the GPA Companies and  the carrying value of the notes as
of such date, the Company paid  approximately $4.7 million to the GPA  Companies
to  repurchase the shares and repay the notes. These transactions resulted in an
extraordinary gain of approximately $340,000, net of estimated income taxes. The
payment to the GPA Companies was funded by borrowings under the Credit  Facility
on April 29, 1996.
 
    While  the Company's capital resources have been increased substantially due
to the AIP Investment, the arrangements  with American and the amendment of  the
Credit  Facility,  the  successful completion  of  the Rights  Offering  and the
Investor  Offering  would  further  improve  the  Company's  liquidity.  It   is
anticipated that the combination of the Company's improved liquidity and reduced
operating  costs will enable the Company to make necessary capital expenditures,
take advantage of  prompt payment  discounts, avoid  the need  to provide  early
payment  incentives  to  wholesalers  and  eliminate  the  Company's  historical
dependence on ticket discounting to generate capital, thereby further  improving
yields,  profitability and liquidity. Nevertheless, the Company will continue to
seek additional  sources  of  liquidity.  If  the  Company  is  unsuccessful  in
obtaining  additional  sources of  liquidity, an  adverse  change in  events and
circumstances could result  in the Company  being unable to  meet its  financial
obligations  after it exhausts its current and foreseeable capital resources. No
assurance can be given that the  Rights Offering and the Investor Offering  will
be  successful  or that  the Company  will be  able to  obtain other  sources of
liquidity.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
    The financial statements  appearing elsewhere in  this Prospectus have  been
prepared  on a going  concern basis, which assumes  continuity of operations and
realization of assets and liquidation of  liabilities in the ordinary course  of
business.  The financial statements  do not include  any adjustments relating to
the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts, or the  amounts
and  classification of liabilities  that might be  necessary as a  result of the
outcome of future uncertainties. Management recognizes that the continuation  of
the  Company as  a going  concern is dependent  upon a  return to profitability,
positive cash flow from operations and the generation of adequate funds to  meet
its ongoing obligations.
 
    RECAPITALIZATION.   The  AIP Investment,  in which  AIP purchased 18,181,818
shares of the Common Stock and four shares of special preferred stock for  $20.0
million  in cash ($1.10 per share), was  consummated on January 31, 1996. Of the
$20.0 million gross proceeds from the AIP Investment, a portion was used to  pay
(i)  through April  30, 1996,  approximately $2.3  million of  fees and expenses
associated  with  the  AIP  Investment   and  its  related  transactions,   (ii)
approximately  $3.2 million  of accrued  landing fees  for the  Company's Hawaii
operations and accrued  rent on the  Company's facilities in  Hawaii, and  (iii)
approximately  $339,000 of deferred Board  of Director compensation. The balance
of the proceeds is being used to meet working capital needs.
 
    Upon  consummation  of  the  AIP   Investment  and  satisfaction  of   other
conditions,  including  certain  labor  and  creditor  concessions,  the Company
entered into certain arrangements with  American pursuant to which American  and
the Company agreed to, among other things, the following:
 
    (i) The  payment  of (x)  $10.0 million  of  deferred aircraft  lease rents,
        aircraft maintenance  payments and  accrued interest  thereon under  the
        Aircraft  Lease Agreement and (y) the reimbursement of fees and expenses
        incurred by  American in  connection with  the transaction  through  the
        issuance by the Company to American of the $10.25 million American Note,
        which  is secured  by certain assets  of the Company.  The American Note
        bears interest at 10.0% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears, and has
        a final maturity date of September 11, 2001. The American Note  requires
        repayment  of  principal equal  to one-sixth  of the  original principal
        amount on each  anniversary of its  date of issuance  (January 31).  The
        Company  has the option to prepay the American Note for $9.15 million at
        any time  before  January  31,  1997  or  may  prepay  it  at  any  time
        thereafter,  in whole  or in part,  at its  remaining principal balance,
        without premium. In addition, the  American Note is prepayable in  full,
        at  the option  of the  holder, in the  event and  at the  time that any
        person or group (other than AIP) acquires more than 30.0% of the  voting
        interest in the Company;
 
        The  American Note  is secured  by a  lien on  substantially all  of the
        personal property of the Company through December 31, 1997. This lien is
        a first priority lien except that it is junior to (x) liens of  security
        deposits  held by  credit card processors  and (y) liens  securing up to
        $15.0 million in obligations  of the Company  consisting of (A)  secured
        obligations  of the Company  (other than credit  card processor security
        deposit liens) existing on  the date of issuance  of the American  Note,
        and  (B) additional  secured obligations  of the  Company incurred after
        such issuance. As  of March  31, 1996, in  addition to  its credit  card
        deposits, the Company had $7.3 million in secured obligations (including
        all  amounts under the Credit Facility), the liens of which are prior to
        the lien of the American Note. On and after January 1, 1998, the Company
        is obligated to secure  the American Note and  the other obligations  of
        the  Company to American with a first priority lien on identified assets
        with a fair market value (supported by an appraisal) of at least  125.0%
        of  the remaining outstanding principal balance  of the American Note as
        valued from time to time;
 
    (ii) Basic rents under  the Aircraft  Lease Agreement have  been reduced  by
         approximately  28.0% for a  period of three years,  at which time basic
         rents would revert back to 1995 levels. The Company has agreed to pay a
         minimum   monthly   charge   for   maintenance   services   and   basic
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
         rents  and maintenance  charges are  payable monthly  in arrears rather
         than weekly  in  advance.  American  has the  right  to  terminate  its
         obligation  to  provide  aircraft  maintenance  services  on  and after
         January 1, 1999 upon 180 days prior notice; and
 
   (iii) American's relinquishment of  $2.0 million of  letters of credit  which
         secured  the Company's obligations to American under the Aircraft Lease
         Agreement. The termination  of these  letters of  credit increased  the
         Company's borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility.
 
    The  arrangements with American  have provided the  Company with substantial
benefits. The payment  through the American  Note of $10.0  million of  deferred
rents  and maintenance  payments and accrued  interest thereon  otherwise due on
February 7,  1996 effectively  permits  the Company  to  make such  payments  in
installments  over  the  period from  January  1997 to  September  2001, thereby
freeing up working capital  for other purposes. In  addition, basic rents  under
the  Aircraft Lease Agreement have been reduced by approximately 28.0% for three
years, resulting in lower aircraft operating costs. Furthermore, the release  by
American  of the security deposit letters of  credit resulted in $2.0 million of
borrowing capacity becoming available to the Company under the Credit Facility.
 
    Upon consummation of the  AIP Investment and  satisfaction of certain  other
conditions,  amendments to the labor agreements  for each of the Company's labor
unions became effective. The modifications to the labor agreements extended  the
amendable  date of  all five  contracts from February  28, 1997  to February 28,
2000. Each of  the five  unions agreed  to certain  economic concessions,  which
include  cancellation of certain scheduled pay increases, with new pay increases
to be effective December  1, 1998 and January  1, 2000. Management expects  that
these  concessions will result in cash operating expenses, before profit sharing
costs, for 1996,  1997, 1998  and 1999  being approximately  $3.6 million,  $7.6
million,  $8.0 million and $5.5 million less, respectively, than otherwise would
have been the case, based on the  Company's flight schedule as of June 1996.  In
exchange  for  the  wage  concessions,  the  Company  has  agreed  to  negotiate
gain-sharing programs to provide employees the opportunity to receive wage  rate
increases resulting from work rule and productivity modifications, which produce
cost  savings to the Company. In addition, the Company has agreed to establish a
profit bonus  plan,  which  would  provide  all  employees  (other  than  senior
management)  with cash  bonuses if the  Company achieves  certain pre-tax profit
targets. The estimated cash operating expense savings noted above do not include
estimated costs  associated  with  these  gain sharing  and  profit  bonus  plan
initiatives. The contracts as modified provide additional furlough protection to
employees  under certain  specified circumstances.  The Company  and unions also
agreed to include  certain additional  low-cost or no-cost  provisions that  are
specific to each of the respective union contracts.
 
    AUTHORIZED  CAPITAL STOCK; WARRANTS AND OPTIONS.  In connection with the AIP
Investment,  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  were  amended  to  increase   the
authorized number of shares of Common Stock from 40,000,000 shares to 60,000,000
shares.  The increase in the  number of authorized shares  allows the Company to
have a sufficient number  of authorized and unissued  shares of Common Stock  to
permit  the exercise of Rights under the Rights Offering and the issuance of the
Committed Shares and ensures that the Company  will have, from time to time,  an
adequate  number  of  authorized  and unissued  shares  available  for corporate
purposes, such as future public and private equity offerings.
 
    In connection  with  the arrangements  with  American described  above,  the
Company  issued the AMR Warrants,  which entitle AMR to  acquire up to 1,897,946
shares of  Common  Stock at  $1.10  per share.  Half  of the  AMR  Warrants  are
immediately  exercisable, but the  balance will only  be exercisable if American
and the Company enter into a code sharing agreement by January 1, 1997 regarding
the placement of the two letter flight designator code for American's flights on
the Company's  Interisland flights.  The AMR  Warrants expire  on September  11,
2001.
 
    Pursuant  to the Reorganization Plan, the Company granted the Reorganization
Warrants to certain individuals, which  originally entitled such individuals  to
purchase 989,011 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.73 per share.
Pursuant  to the anti-dilution  provisions of the  Reorganization Warrants, upon
the consummation of the AIP Investment, the exercise price of the Reorganization
Warrants was adjusted to $1.71 per  share and the holders of the  Reorganization
Warrants
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
received  additional  warrants  to  purchase  587,356  shares  of  Common  Stock
exercisable at  $1.71 per  share.  The holders  of the  Reorganization  Warrants
waived  the anti-dilution provisions thereof in  connection with the issuance of
the AMR Warrants.
 
    The purchase of up to 1,000,000 Rights Shares upon the exercise of  Employee
Rights  and the issuance of the Base Shares will give rise to an increase in the
number of  AMR  Warrants and  Reorganization  Warrants  and a  decrease  in  the
exercise  price  thereof pursuant  to the  anti-dilution  provisions of  the AMR
Warrants and  the  Reorganization  Warrants. However,  the  magnitude  of  these
adjustments  can  not  be  determined  until  after  the  Investor  Offering  is
completed.
 
    Options to acquire 600,000 shares of  Common Stock were granted in 1995  and
1996  pursuant to the terms of the 1994 Stock Option Plan. The exercise price is
$1.62 per share. As a  result of an amendment to  the 1994 Stock Option Plan  in
connection  with the AIP Investment, the  Option exercise period with respect to
592,500 of the Options was extended to February 2, 2005. This amendment resulted
in a new measurement date for the Options awarded in 1995, and as a result,  the
Company  recorded  approximately  $782,000 of  noncash  compensation  expense in
January 1996. The balance of the Options expire on May 1, 2006. To date, 100,000
Options have been exercised.
 
    The 1996 Stock Incentive  Plan provides for  discretionary option grants  to
the Company's employees. There are 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for
issuance  under the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, which expires in 2006. No options
have been granted under this plan other than the 600,000 Options.
 
    Except for shares of Common Stock that have been reserved in connection with
the  Reorganization  Warrants,  the  1994   Stock  Option  Plan,  the  Plan   of
Reorganization, the AMR Warrants, the Rights Offering, the Investor Offering and
the  1996  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  the Company  has  no  present  agreements or
commitments to issue any additional shares of Common Stock.
 
  CASH FLOWS
 
    Cash and cash  equivalents totaled  $5.4 million  at December  31, 1995,  an
increase  of  $1.9 million  from $3.5  million at  December 31,  1994. Operating
activities for the year ended December  31, 1995 provided $18.8 million in  cash
and  cash equivalents. A  majority of this increase  is associated with deferred
payments to creditors with  the largest creditor as  of December 31, 1995  being
American  with an  outstanding balance of  approximately $9.7  million. Net cash
used in investing and financing activities for the year ended December 31,  1995
aggregated  $16.9 million, consisting of $9.2  million in property and equipment
additions and  $13.6 million  in  long-term debt  and capital  lease  obligation
payments,  offset by $4.2 million in proceeds from sales of expendable inventory
parts and rotable flight equipment  held for sale on consignment.  Approximately
$5.1  million  of  the  property and  equipment  additions  in  1995 represented
capitalized heavy airframe checks on four of the Company's DC-9-50 aircraft.
 
    Cash and  cash equivalents  decreased by  approximately $800,000  from  $4.3
million  as of December 31, 1993 to $3.5 million at December 31, 1994. Operating
activities provided $831,000 in net cash and cash equivalents for the year ended
December 31, 1994. This inflow  was offset by $1.8 million  in net cash used  in
investing  activities, consisting of $7.3 million in miscellaneous additions and
improvements to  property  and equipment,  net  of $5.4  million  from  returned
security  deposits and  proceeds from  sales of  consigned inventory  and parts.
Included in the $5.4 million is the return of $3.8 million in security  deposits
originally  required in 1993 by  the State of Hawaii  and the Airlines Reporting
Corporation as mentioned below.
 
    Cash and cash  equivalents totaled  $4.3 million  at December  31, 1993,  an
increase  of $2.4  million from  $1.9 million  of cash  and cash  equivalents at
December 31, 1992. Operating activities provided  $13.9 million in net cash  and
cash  equivalents for the year ended December  31, 1993. Deferral of payments to
creditors throughout  the year  and  commencement of  the Company's  Chapter  11
proceedings  in September 1993  assisted in increasing  operating cash flows for
the year  ended December  31, 1993.  Net cash  used in  investing and  financing
activities for the year ended December 31, 1993
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
aggregated  $11.6 million, consisting of $3.9 million used to purchase a DC-9-50
aircraft and two engines, $2.7 million used on partial heavy airframe checks  on
the then L-1011 aircraft fleet of the Company, $3.8 million in required security
deposits for the State of Hawaii and the Airlines Reporting Corporation and $1.7
million in long-term debt payments.
 
TAX AND NET OPERATING LOSS CONSIDERATIONS
 
    The  Company  believes  that  the AIP  Investment  and  related transactions
resulted in an "ownership change" of the Company for purposes of Section 382  of
the  Internal Revenue Code. An ownership change  under Section 382 results in an
annual limitation (the "Section 382 Limitation") on the amount of  pre-ownership
change  NOLs of  the Company that  can be  used to offset  the Company's taxable
income for periods following the ownership change.
 
    Based on values used by the Company in preparing its 1994 federal income tax
return, the Company's Section 382 Limitation that generally applied to all  NOLs
attributable  to the period prior to the ownership change that resulted from the
Company's bankruptcy  reorganization (the  "Old Limitation")  was  approximately
$2.4 million, plus certain "built-in" income items that increase the Section 382
Limitation.  The Company currently believes  that the ownership change resulting
from the AIP Investment and its  related transactions resulted in a new  Section
382  Limitation  (the  "New Limitation")  of  approximately $1.7  million  as of
January 31, 1996, plus certain "built-in" income items that increase the Section
382 Limitation. The Company believes that,  for federal income tax purposes,  it
had  approximately $130  million of  NOLs subject  to the  New Limitation  as of
December 31, 1995.
 
    Subsequent  changes  in  the  Company's   share  ownership  by  "5   percent
shareholders"  (as defined  in Section 382,  and which  includes certain "public
groups"), whether by reason of the exercise of Rights or otherwise, could result
in another  Section 382  Limitation to  which any  NOLs incurred  prior to  such
ownership change would be subject.
 
    See  "Risk  Factors --  Effect  of Rights  and  Related Transactions  on the
Company's Net Operating Loss Carryovers" and Note 9 to the financial  statements
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    LONG-LIVED  ASSETS.  In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(the "FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (the "SFAS") No.
121, "Accounting for the Impairment  of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived  Assets
to  Be Disposed Of."  SFAS No. 121  requires that long-lived  assets and certain
identifiable intangible  assets held  and  used by  an  entity be  reviewed  for
impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that the
carrying amount of an  asset may not  be recoverable. If  the future cash  flows
expected  to result  from use  of the  asset (undiscounted  and without interest
charges) are less than the carrying amount  of the asset, an impairment loss  is
recognized.  Measurement of that loss  is based on the  fair value of the asset.
SFAS No.  121 also  requires  that long-lived  assets and  certain  identifiable
intangible  assets  to be  disposed of  be reported  at the  lower of  the asset
carrying amount or fair value, less cost to sell.
 
    The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS  No. 121 on January 1, 1996.  The
adoption  of  SFAS No.  121  did not  have a  material  effect on  the Company's
financial condition or results of operations.
 
    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION.  In  October 1995, the FASB  issued SFAS No.  123,
"Accounting  for Stock-Based Compensation." SFAS No. 123 establishes a new, fair
value-based method  of accounting  for stock-based  compensation, but  does  not
require  an entity to adopt  the new method for  purposes of preparing its basic
financial statements. For  entities not adopting  the new method,  SFAS No.  123
requires  footnote disclosure  of pro  forma net  income and  earnings per share
information as if the fair value-based  method had been adopted. The  disclosure
requirements  of SFAS No. 123 are  effective for financial statements for fiscal
years beginning  after December  15,  1995. The  Company  will comply  with  the
disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 in its 1996 financial statements.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    Hawaiian  Airlines is the largest airline  headquartered in Hawaii, based on
operating revenues of $346.9 million for 1995. The Company is engaged  primarily
in  the  scheduled transportation  of passengers,  cargo and  mail over  a route
system that  services  the six  major  islands of  the  State of  Hawaii  (I.E.,
Interisland)  and Las  Vegas and  four key U.S.  West Coast  gateway cities, Los
Angeles, San  Francisco, Seattle  and Portland  (I.E., Transpac).  In  addition,
Hawaiian  Airlines provides  the only direct  service from Hawaii  to Pago Pago,
American Samoa and Papeete, Tahiti  (I.E., Southpac). The Company also  provides
charter  service from Honolulu to Las Vegas. Hawaiian Airlines (i) is one of two
dominant Interisland  air carriers  in Hawaii,  (ii) is  the third  largest  air
carrier between the U.S. mainland and Hawaii based on 2.51 billion Transpac RPMs
in  1995 (2.9 billion combined Transpac RPMs and charter passenger miles), (iii)
has one  of the  highest  load factors  in the  United  States with  an  overall
scheduled load factor of 74.8% in 1995 and (iv) has, management believes, one of
the  lowest cost structures in the  industry. Furthermore, Hawaiian Airlines has
been rated one of the ten best  airlines in the U.S. for five consecutive  years
in  a  national  travel  magazine  reader's poll  on  the  basis  of scheduling,
punctuality, cabin  comfort/service,  food  and baggage  handling.  The  Company
operates  a fleet of  13 DC-9 aircraft  and eight DC-10  aircraft (a ninth DC-10
aircraft is being used on a temporary basis to permit the scheduled overhaul  of
six of the other DC-10s during 1996).
 
STRATEGIC REPOSITIONING
 
    Since  their  arrival  at the  Company  approximately three  years  ago, the
Company's senior  management team  has conducted  a strategic  repositioning  of
Hawaiian  Airlines  designed  to  improve its  overall  operating  and financial
performance. The primary objectives  of this repositioning  were to (i)  control
and  reduce operating  costs, (ii) restructure  the Company's  balance sheet and
obtain additional liquidity  through a  recapitalization and  (iii) enhance  the
Company's  operating  revenues  through strategic  alliances  and  certain other
opportunities.  Management  believes  that   the  strategic  repositioning   has
significantly  improved the  Company's operations,  balance sheet  and financial
performance by  reducing  aircraft  and labor  costs  and  providing  additional
liquidity. Moreover, this repositioning has allowed the Company to eliminate its
historical dependence on ticket discounting to generate capital, and has allowed
management  to  focus its  attention on  the pursuit  and implementation  of its
long-term operating strategy  and the  identification and  pursuit of  potential
growth opportunities.
 
  COST REDUCTION PROGRAMS
 
    As part of its strategic repositioning, the Company has effected a number of
significant changes to the two major components of its operating costs (aircraft
and  labor)  that have  contributed to  the Company's  CTASM being  reduced from
$0.085 for 1993  to $0.075 for  1995, which, management  believes, is among  the
lowest CTASMs in the airline industry.
 
    REDUCED  AIRCRAFT  EXPENSE.   When  new  management arrived  at  the Company
beginning in June 1993, Hawaiian Airlines' fleet consisted of DC-9 aircraft  and
inefficient  and  costly  DC-8, DHC-7  and  L-1011 aircraft.  By  1993, Hawaiian
Airlines' seven unit L-1011 fleet had become increasingly expensive to  maintain
as  a result of a  lack of manufacturer support  from Lockheed (which had ceased
its commercial airplane business) and an extremely limited number of sources for
heavy maintenance. Hawaiian Airlines also found itself facing cash  requirements
for  mandatory heavy  maintenance checks and  aging aircraft work  on the L-1011
airframes of $15 million over a span of approximately 15 months, and the  L-1011
lessors  declined  to  finance the  work.  After several  months  of discussions
directed at  obtaining relief  from  its liabilities  and  a source  of  working
capital,  the  Company  filed  for  protection  under  U.S.  bankruptcy  laws in
September 1993 and rejected the L-1011 leases.
 
    In 1993 and  during 1994, Hawaiian  Airlines made important  changes in  its
aircraft  fleet. The Company phased out its  DC-8, DHC-7 and L-1011 aircraft and
transitioned to a lower cost and more efficient aircraft fleet. The Company  now
operates  two  equipment  types  --  McDonnell  Douglas  DC-10-10  aircraft, for
overseas  routes,  and  McDonnell  Douglas  DC-9-50  aircraft,  for  Interisland
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
routes.  This transition has  resulted in a more  standardized fleet of aircraft
types, which  has had,  and the  Company  believes should  continue to  have,  a
favorable effect on parts, maintenance and engineering costs.
 
    The  Company's nine  DC-10 aircraft are  all leased to  Hawaiian Airlines by
American. Six  of  the  aircraft  are leased  pursuant  to  the  Aircraft  Lease
Agreement,   which  calls  for  fixed  monthly  rental  payments  with  no  cost
escalations during its approximately six year remaining term. A seventh aircraft
is leased under substantially similar terms  with the same expiration date.  The
other two aircraft are leased pursuant to short-term lease arrangements that are
terminable  by American  on 30 days  notice. In addition,  American is providing
virtually all-inclusive maintenance, repair and  overhaul services on the  DC-10
aircraft  for a fixed rate per flight hour. Included in these services is access
to American's stock  of spare parts  and spare  engines. The result  is a  major
reduction  in  overall  maintenance  expenses compared  to  the  previous L-1011
operation and  a  reduction  in  the  capital tied  up  in  parts  and  engines.
Furthermore,  in  conjunction  with  the  AIP  Investment,  the  Aircraft  Lease
Agreement was amended  to reduce DC-10  rents by approximately  28.0% for  three
years.
 
    Although  the Company incurred significant nonrecurring expenses in 1994 due
to the reconfiguration of its aircraft fleet, the Company anticipates that, as a
result of the  transition to DC-10  aircraft and the  amendment to the  Aircraft
Lease  Agreement, its cash  outlays for rent,  fuel, maintenance and capitalized
overhaul and spare parts from 1996 to 2000, in management's best estimate,  will
average  approximately $15.5 million per year less than would have been the case
if the Company had  retained its old  fleet, based on miles  flown in 1995.  The
Company   estimates  that  the  transition  to  DC-10s  produced  a  savings  of
approximately $7.8 million  in direct  operating costs for  1995, including  (i)
aircraft and spare engine rent, (ii) fuel, oil and taxes, (iii) outside services
maintenance  and materials and (iv) maintenance labor. Additionally, the Company
expects that its  annual capitalized  expenditures will  be an  average of  $7.7
million lower with the DC-10 aircraft than with the L-1011 aircraft.
 
    LABOR-RELATED CONCESSIONS AND INCREASED PRODUCTIVITY.  Over the past several
years,  the Company has also obtained important concessions under the collective
bargaining agreements with its employees. In September 1993, the Company reached
agreement with  all  employee groups  for  revised labor  agreements  which,  in
management's  best estimate,  resulted in cash  savings measured  per block hour
against cost increases that otherwise  would have taken effect of  approximately
$10  million  in  1994 and  $10  million in  1995  and which,  along  with other
productivity improvement initiatives,  are estimated to  result in further  cash
savings  through  1999. Additional  modifications to  the labor  agreements were
completed in  conjunction  with  the  AIP  Investment  in  January  1996,  which
modifications  are anticipated  to result in  cash operating  expenses for 1996,
1997, 1998 and  1999 being,  in management's best  estimate, approximately  $3.6
million,  $7.6 million, $8.0  million and $5.5  million less, respectively, than
would otherwise be the case, based on  the Company's flight schedule as of  June
1996.  In  addition, the  amendable  dates of  all  of the  Company's collective
bargaining agreements have been  extended from February  1997 to February  2000.
The  modifications reflect certain  economic concessions by  the Company's labor
unions, including cancellation of certain  scheduled pay increases with new  pay
increases  to be effective December 1, 1998 and January 1, 2000. In exchange for
the wage concessions, the Company  agreed to negotiate gain-sharing programs  to
provide  employees the opportunity to receive wage rate increases resulting from
work rule  and  productivity modifications  that  produce cost  savings  to  the
Company. In addition, the Company agreed to establish a profit bonus plan, which
would  provide all employees (other than senior management) with cash bonuses if
the  Company  achieves  certain  pre-tax  profit  targets.  The  estimated  cash
operating  expense savings noted above do not include estimated costs associated
with these gain  sharing and  profit bonus  plan initiatives.  The contracts  as
modified  provide  additional  furlough protection  to  employees  under certain
specified circumstances.  The Company  and  the unions  also agreed  to  include
certain  additional low-cost or no-cost provisions  that are specific to each of
the respective union contracts.
 
    Furthermore, in  an effort  to improve  employee productivity,  the  Company
reduced  average  staffing levels  by 6%  from 2,271  employees (on  a full-time
equivalent basis or "FTE") during 1993 to
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
2,141 employees during 1995, while increasing TASMs by 21% between 1993 to 1995.
Comparing 1995 with 1993, employee productivity based on TASMs per FTE  employee
improved  by  28%. Additionally,  between 1993  and 1995,  employee productivity
measured by wages and benefits per TASM  improved by 12% in current dollars  and
20% in constant dollars.
 
    The following table presents employee productivity statistics for 1993, 1994
and 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1993       1994       1995
                                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Average number of employees (full-time equivalent).................................      2,271      2,180      2,141
  Block hours (1) per employee.....................................................       21.8       23.6       27.5
  1,000 TASMs per employee.........................................................      1,705      1,835      2,185
Wages and benefits per block hour:
  Current dollars..................................................................  $   2,043  $   2,000  $   1,843
  Constant dollars (2).............................................................      2,002      1,862      1,638
Wages and benefits per 1,000 TASMs:
  Current dollars..................................................................  $   26.17  $   25.67  $   23.15
  Constant dollars (2).............................................................      25.66      23.91      20.58
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Time between aircraft's departure from origin terminal gate until arrival at
    destination terminal gate.
 
(2) Presented on a pro forma basis assuming the wage rates in effect in January,
    1993.
 
    In  an effort  to further  reduce labor costs,  during the  first quarter of
1995, the Company offered an early retirement program to qualified  participants
in  the  defined  benefit pension  plans  for  the IAM  and  salaried employees.
Elections by  qualified  participants  were  completed  with  early  retirements
scheduled  to commence in the second quarter of 1995. Reflected in the financial
results for  1995  is a  noncash  early  retirement provision  of  $2.0  million
representing  the  estimated effects  of this  early  retirement program  on the
Company's pension and postretirement benefit  obligations as of March 31,  1995.
The Company anticipates that savings in labor and benefit costs, in management's
best  estimate, will be in excess of $500,000  per year over the next four years
as a result of this program.
 
  RECAPITALIZATION
 
    In response to the financial difficulties experienced by the Company in  the
early  1990s, Hawaiian  Airlines voluntarily  commenced a  Chapter 11 bankruptcy
reorganization in September 1993.  Pursuant to the  Plan of Reorganization,  the
Company  emerged  from  bankruptcy on  September  12,  1994. While  the  Plan of
Reorganization allowed  the Company  to convert  approximately $205  million  in
unsecured  obligations  into  equity  and institute  a  number  of  cost savings
measures, including  the significant  restructuring  and simplification  of  its
fleet  of  aircraft,  Hawaiian  Airlines emerged  from  bankruptcy  with limited
liquidity. To  address its  on-going liquidity  needs, during  1995 the  Company
developed a plan to (i) secure an equity infusion from a private capital source,
(ii)  restructure and improve its relationship  with American and (iii) effect a
rights offering to its  existing shareholders to  provide further liquidity  and
strength to its balance sheet.
 
    RESTRUCTURING  THE  BALANCE SHEET  AND OBTAINING  ADDITIONAL LIQUIDITY.   On
January  31,  1996,  the  Company  achieved  the  first  two  of  its  liquidity
enhancement  objectives  through the  completion of  the  AIP Investment,  a $20
million direct equity investment by AIP, and the amendment of the Aircraft Lease
Agreement. This  amendment accomplished  a number  of objectives  including  the
settling  of certain lease and maintenance  obligations under the Aircraft Lease
Agreement that became delinquent in December  1994 and during the first  quarter
of  1995 and  were then deferred  by American. These  obligations were satisfied
through the delivery of the American  Note. In addition, American released a  $2
million  security deposit  that was posted  at the commencement  of the Aircraft
Lease Agreement.  In  connection  with these  arrangements  with  American,  the
Company  issued the AMR Warrants, which entitle  AMR to purchase up to 1,897,946
shares of Common  Stock at $1.10  per share.  One-half of the  AMR Warrants  are
immediately   exercisable,  but  the   balance  will  only   be  exercisable  if
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
American and the Company enter into a code sharing agreement by January 1,  1997
regarding  the placement of the two letter flight designator code for American's
flights on the Company's Interisland flights.
 
    THE RIGHTS OFFERING.   Finally, in recognition  of the substantial  dilutive
effect  of the AIP Investment  on the existing shareholders  of the Company, AIP
agreed to use its best efforts to cause the Company, after completion of the AIP
Investment, to make a rights offering  to the Company's shareholders other  than
AIP.  In addition to reducing  the dilutive effect of  the AIP Investment on the
other shareholders, the  Rights Offering  is intended to  achieve the  Company's
third liquidity enhancement objective by improving the Company's working capital
position with the net proceeds of the Rights Offering.
 
  ENHANCE OPERATING REVENUES
 
    RELATIONSHIP  WITH AMERICAN.  Hawaiian  Airlines' relationship with American
is a key element in the Company's operating strategy. In addition to leasing and
maintaining the  Company's DC-10  aircraft  (see "Properties"  below),  American
provides  various  services  and  benefits to  the  Company,  including computer
services,  licensing   of  reservations   system   and  participation   in   the
AAdvantage-Registered    Trademark-    frequent    flyer    program    and   the
SABRE-Registered Trademark- reservation system.
 
    Effective May  1994, Hawaiian  Airlines became  a participating  carrier  in
American's   AAdvantage-Registered  Trademark-  frequent   flyer  program.  This
participation makes  the  Company  more competitive  by  allowing  travelers  on
Hawaiian  Airlines  to accrue  mileage  in the  AAdvantage-Registered Trademark-
program, and also allows the more than 32 million AAdvantager members to  redeem
their  program  miles  for free  or  reduced-rate travel  on  Hawaiian Airlines'
flights. The addition of a major  airline frequent flyer program is intended  to
have  a  positive impact  on  load factors  on  the Company's  flights,  both by
attracting passengers who  would otherwise  fly on  other carriers  in order  to
obtain  frequent flyer benefits  and by adding passengers  who redeem awards for
travel   on   Hawaiian   Airlines.   The   Company's   participation   in    the
AAdvantage-Registered  Trademark- program will expire in 1997 unless extended by
mutual agreement.
 
    In   April    1994,    the    Company   completed    its    conversion    to
SABRE-Registered  Trademark-, American's computerized reservations system, which
is used by more than 20 major travel providers in 70 countries, contains  flight
schedules  of more than 650 airlines that serve more than 986,000 city pairs and
also contains  information  on more  than  45 million  point-to-point  airfares.
SABRE-Registered   Trademark-  allows  other  computerized  reservation  systems
("CRS")  to   sell   and   generate   tickets   for   the   Company's   flights.
SABRE-Registered  Trademark-  has increased  awareness  of Hawaiian  Airlines to
travel agents  and informs  its  users of  last  seat availability  on  Hawaiian
Airlines'  flights, which maximizes exposure of  flights. The extra flights that
the Company schedules during peak periods are also available for sale by  travel
providers  through SABRE-Registered Trademark-. SABRE-Registered Trademark- also
provides address verification of credit  card users, which may reduce  potential
fraud   when  ticket  mailing  is  requested.  The  Company's  participation  in
SABRE-Registered Trademark- expires in 2001.
 
    The Company,  through  the  creation of  Hawaiian  Airlines  Vacations,  has
contracted  with FlyAAway-Registered  Trademark- Vacations,  the tour operations
unit of  American  and  the  world's largest  airline-owned  tour  operator,  to
develop,  market and manage  a line of  package tours to  all six major Hawaiian
Islands. Hawaiian Airlines  Vacations offers  packages designed for  a range  of
budgets,  featuring accommodations at  a variety of  leading Hawaiian hotels and
condominiums for three to seven or more nights. Hawaiian Airlines Vacations also
markets the  Hawaiian  Airlines  Island  Pass, a  popular  product  that  offers
unlimited  air travel among the Hawaiian Islands  for specific time periods at a
set price. Air travel to and among the islands as part of the tours is  provided
by Hawaiian Airlines.
 
    NEW  STRATEGIC  ALLIANCES.   On May  22,  1996, the  Company entered  into a
cooperative marketing  agreement with  Northwest, which  provides for  extensive
marketing cooperation, including a code sharing arrangement, coordinated airport
customer  service and frequent flyer program cooperation. Under the code sharing
arrangement, a Northwest flight  code will appear in  travel agent computers  on
many  of Hawaiian  Airlines' flights between  Honolulu and several  of the other
Hawaiian islands. Northwest will coordinate its flight schedules to Honolulu  to
provide convenient connections to the
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
Company's   Interisland  flights.  Northwest  passengers  will  enjoy  "seamless
service" from their point of origin to their final Hawaiian Airlines destination
through features such  as issuance of  all boarding passes  and luggage tags  at
initial check-in and credit in Northwest's frequent flyer program for all flight
mileage  on Northwest  and Northwest-coded Hawaiian  Airlines flights. Northwest
has an extensive  flight schedule to  Honolulu from both  the U.S. mainland  and
Japan.
 
    The  Company entered into a code sharing agreement with Mahalo in June 1996,
pursuant to which  the Company began  placing its flight  code on Mahalo's  five
daily  flights between Honolulu  and Molokai and its  five daily flights between
Honolulu and West Maui's Kapalua Airport starting July 1, 1996. This enables the
Company to offer an  expanded flight schedule to  Molokai and West Maui  without
incurring  expansion costs. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company also provides
certain airport services to Mahalo.  Mahalo, which commenced service in  October
1993,  utilizes six ATR-42 aircraft with an average schedule of approximately 65
daily flights.
 
    REORGANIZED ROUTE  STRUCTURE.    The Company's  present  route  strategy  is
designed  to  maximize the  utilization  of its  aircraft  in markets  where the
Company believes it has a competitive advantage and to limit its commitments  in
other  markets.  In contrast,  prior management  attempted to  achieve increased
market share through  broad-based growth. Current  management believes that  the
fluctuating  route structure that resulted  from prior management's strategy led
to an uneven revenue stream and poor operating results.
 
    Over the  past three  years,  the Company  has  adjusted its  schedules  and
created  new  routes after  analyzing market  demand.  The Company  adjusted its
schedules between  Honolulu  and  Los  Angeles, San  Francisco,  Las  Vegas  and
American  Samoa  during  peak  and off-peak  periods  to  maximize  capacity and
passenger load. The Company's commencement of scheduled service between Honolulu
and Portland and  its increase  in scheduled  service between  Honolulu and  Los
Angeles  to three  flights daily  and between  Honolulu and  Las Vegas  from two
flights per week to  seven flights per  week, via Los  Angeles, are examples  of
such  improvements in  scheduling and capacity.  In the  Interisland market, the
Company introduced its Island  Shuttle service in  August 1993, with  departures
between  Honolulu and Maui every half hour  and between Honolulu and Kauai every
hour.
 
    ENHANCED MARKETING  PROGRAM.   The Company  has entered  into several  joint
marketing  campaigns  with  key  partners  to  increase  the  effectiveness  and
efficiency of advertising expenditures. Since the last quarter of 1994  Hawaiian
Airlines has participated in cooperative television and print campaigns with the
Hawaii  Visitors Bureau and Waikiki Oahu  Visitor Association ("WOVA"). In 1996,
the Company  has participated  in  two campaigns  with American  Express  Travel
Related Services Co., Inc. ("American Express"), advertising in READER'S DIGEST,
TRAVEL & LEISURE, SUNSET, DEPARTURES and other magazines. The first campaign, in
conjunction  with  WOVA  and  Pleasant Hawaiian  Holidays,  and  the  second, in
conjunction with the Maui Visitors  Bureau and Classic Custom Vacations,  routed
consumer  calls to the  nearest American Express  retail office. These campaigns
are targeted and measurable,  are believed to be  efficient and are expected  to
continue to represent the basis of the Company's promotional effort.
 
    IMPROVED CUSTOMER SERVICE.  The Company continues to concentrate on customer
service  as the Company  believes the quality  of customer service  has a direct
impact on its market share. Higher levels of performance have been achieved  for
catering,  passenger handling and on-time performance. In addition, seven of the
DC-10 aircraft have refurbished interiors, as do many of the DC-9s. In 1993, the
Company began leasing space in  a new terminal at  the Honolulu Airport for  all
its  Interisland flights  to and  from Honolulu.  This consolidation  allows the
Company to (i) perform passenger check-in  at one location, (ii) provide  better
service  on Interisland  routes and  (iii) more  conveniently connect passengers
from  overseas  flights  to  the  Interisland  routes.  The  Company  plans   to
consolidate  check-in and baggage claim for all its flights to and from Honolulu
in the new terminal by the end of 1996. The Company plans to improve movement of
connecting passengers between its Interisland and overseas terminal, and thereby
reduce some  connecting  times  to  other  airlines  in  order  to  improve  its
competitive position.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
    In  recent years, the Company has achieved a number of significant operating
improvements, particularly with  regard to on-time  performance and  reliability
and  customer satisfaction. Hawaiian Airlines'  on-time performance, based on an
allowed five-minute variance for Interisland flights and fifteen-minute variance
for overseas flights,  was 91.5% and  91.9% for the  twelve-month periods  ended
December  31, 1994 and  1995, respectively, which is  better than the industry's
1994 and  1995  on-time performance  of  81.5% and  78.6%,  respectively,  which
industry  percentage  not only  allows for  a  fifteen-minute variance  but also
excludes delays caused by  maintenance. Due in large  part to these  operational
improvements, marketing initiatives and increased capacity, management estimates
that Hawaiian Airlines' share of the Interisland RPM market increased from a low
of 34.1% in October 1991 to an average of 41.3% in 1995 and management estimated
that its Transpac market position has risen from sixth in 1991 to third in 1995,
based on RPMs.
 
    Management  believes that the result of  its initiatives in customer service
has been  to improve  travelers'  overall perception  of the  airline.  Hawaiian
Airlines  was rated one  of the ten best  airlines in the  United States for the
fifth consecutive year in CONDE NAST  TRAVELER'S 1995 Readers' Choice Awards  on
the  basis of scheduling,  punctuality, cabin comfort/service,  food and baggage
handling. In May 1995, Hawaiian Airlines  was awarded the 1995 Onboard  Services
Award  presented  annually to  airlines  with innovative  and  excellent onboard
service programs  by  ONBOARD  SERVICES,  an  international  trade  publication.
Hawaiian  Airlines won the top award in  the food service category for its first
class  service  over  British  Airways   and  Air  Canada,  among  other   major
international carriers. Previous winners of the award include United (1991), MGM
Grand Air (1992), Saudi Arabian Airlines (1993) and Northwest (1994).
 
    The  Company has  continued to  use vouchers,  primarily in  the Interisland
market, due to demand from the traveling public. Vouchers are more flexible than
normal airline  ticket  stock  as  they  may  be  purchased  in  bulk,  have  no
prerequisite  date  of  use  or  prespecified  origin  and  destination  and are
generally valid for one year from date of issuance.
 
LONG-TERM STRATEGY AND POTENTIAL GROWTH
 
    Hawaiian Airlines is committed to becoming  the first air carrier of  choice
for  travel to, from and among the  Hawaiian Islands. The Company's strategy for
achieving this objective is based upon the following:
 
(i) INTERISLAND.    Return the  Company  to its  historic  role as  the  leading
    Interisland  air carrier through (a) maintaining  and improving its low cost
    structure, (b) expanding its  capacity and scheduling, particularly  through
    the  Island  Shuttle, and  (c) forming  strategic marketing  agreements with
    other air  carriers, including  the  use of  code sharing  arrangements  and
    frequent flyer programs.
 
(ii)  TRANSPAC.  Expand its role  as one of the major  air carriers from its key
    West Coast gateway cities through (a) maintaining and improving its position
    as a low-cost scheduled carrier, (b) forming strategic marketing  agreements
    with  other air carriers, including the use of code sharing arrangements and
    frequent flyer  programs,  and  (c) capitalizing  on  the  unique  "Hawaiian
    Experience" provided by Hawaiian Airlines.
 
(iii)  NICHE MARKETS.   Dominate the  local Hawaii  market to Las  Vegas in both
    scheduled flights and charter service through maintaining and increasing its
    scheduled and charter service.
 
(iv) SOUTHPAC.  Maintain its dominant position in the Southpac market.
 
    The Company believes  that it  may have opportunities  for continued  growth
through  (i) initiating direct service from its key West Coast gateway cities to
neighboring Hawaiian islands not currently served  by the Company from the  West
Coast,  (ii)  carrying  passengers  originating  from  other  U.S.  western  and
southwestern cities  through code  sharing arrangements  with regional  mainland
carriers,  (iii) carrying  more Interisland passengers  originating from Pacific
Rim countries such as Japan, South Korea and China by developing new or expanded
relationships with carriers  based in  Asia, (iv) securing  joint marketing  and
strategic   code   sharing   relationships  with   other   major   and  regional
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
air carriers, (v) increasing the utilization of the Company's existing assets by
providing ground  handling  and/or other  services  for other  air  carriers  in
Hawaii, (vi) capitalizing on the increased business travel to Hawaii expected to
result  from the new Hawaii Convention Center anticipated to open in Spring 1998
and (vii) increasing the scope  of its advertising strategy through  cooperative
marketing  programs with other Hawaii  travel industry participants. However, no
assurance can be given that the Company will be able to successfully exploit any
of the foregoing strategies or opportunities.
 
    The Company  is  seeking  relationships with  other  airlines  to  establish
coordinated  schedules and code  sharing arrangements in the  CRS similar to the
arrangement  it  now  has  with  Northwest.  In  the  CRS,  on-line  connections
(connections   involving  a  single  carrier   or  carriers  with  code  sharing
arrangements)  are  given  significant  preferential  treatment  over   off-line
connections  (those connections involving multiple carriers without code sharing
arrangements). Travel agents'  increased accessibility to  the Company's  flight
schedule  could result in increased load  factors at virtually no marginal cost,
resulting in  enhanced  revenue  yields and  incremental  operating  income.  No
assurance  can be  given that  the Company will  be successful  in obtaining any
additional marketing or code sharing arrangements.
 
THE HAWAII TRAVEL MARKET
 
    The Company believes that Hawaii is one of the most popular destinations for
passengers flying on frequent  flyer travel awards and  is in general a  popular
spot  for vacation travelers.  As such, Hawaiian  Airlines typically experiences
strong travel periods during  June, July, August and  December. Fare levels  and
load  factors are higher during these  peak travel periods. Conversely, Hawaiian
Airlines typically  experiences  weaker  travel  periods  during  January,  May,
September  and  October  with  reduced  fare  levels  and  lower  load  factors.
Aggressive fare pricing strategies  that increase the  availability and size  of
ticket discounts are utilized during weaker travel periods.
 
    During  the recessionary period commencing  in 1990, Hawaii's visitor counts
decreased from over 6.9 million in 1990  to 6.1 million in 1993 as the  Hawaiian
tourism industry experienced three consecutive years of decline during which its
two  largest sources of  visitors, California and Japan,  both entered the worst
recession each region has experienced since the 1940s.
 
    Preliminary 1995  statistics  from the  Hawaii  Visitors Bureau  reflect  an
increase  of 3.2% in visitor arrivals over 1994. Eastbound arrivals increased by
9.2% to reach  a record  level. Westbound arrivals  in 1995  experienced a  0.5%
decrease  over 1994, with strong increases  in the Pacific Northwest (6.9%), the
Mountain Region (6.2%)  and the  West North Central  Region (4.5%).  California,
plagued by economic setbacks, produced 3.8% fewer Westbound visitors in 1995 but
still  represents  the major  source of  business for  Hawaii with  1.23 million
Westbound arrivals in 1995, 17.4% lower than  the peak of 1.49 million in  1990.
First time visitors, representing 44.6% of all visitors, increased by 0.9%.
 
    The  6.63  million  visitors  in  1995  brought  total  arrivals  to  levels
experienced in 1989,  but are still  4.8% lower  than the peak  of 6.97  million
recorded  in 1990. Westbound  arrivals reached 4.0 million  in 1995, 15.7% lower
than the 4.72 million  recorded in 1990, while  Eastbound arrivals reached  2.66
million in 1995, which represents a 4.8% increase over the all-time high of 2.53
million  recorded in 1992. The following  chart summarizes the growth in visitor
arrivals from 1968 through 1995.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                          SUMMARY OF VISITOR ARRIVALS
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               SUMMARY OF VISITOR
                    ARRIVALS
<S>        <C>                         <C>           <C>
                                Total    West Bound    East Bound
1968                        1,314,571     1,015,844       298,727
1969                        1,527,012     1,181,029       345,983
1970                        1,746,970     1,326,135       420,835
1971                        1,818,944     1,430,325       388,619
1972                        2,244,377     1,782,737       461,640
1973                        2,630,952     2,067,861       563,091
1974                        2,786,489     2,184,620       601,869
1975                        2,829,105     2,207,417       621,686
1976                        3,220,151     2,551,601       668,550
1977                        3,433,667     2,763,312       670,355
1978                        3,670,309     3,030,999       639,310
1979                        3,960,531     3,139,455       821,076
1980                        3,934,504     3,046,132       888,372
1981                        3,934,623     2,974,791       959,832
1982                        4,242,925     3,278,525       964,400
1983                        4,368,105     3,396,115       971,990
1984                        4,855,580     3,721,380     1,134,200
1985                        4,884,110     3,708,610     1,175,500
1986                        5,606,980     4,256,390     1,350,590
1987                        5,799,830     4,204,010     1,595,820
1988                        6,142,420     4,264,730     1,877,690
1989                        6,641,820     4,705,320     1,936,500
1990                        6,971,180     4,719,730     2,251,450
1991                        6,873,890     4,584,480     2,289,430
1992                        6,513,880     3,960,120     2,533,760
1993                        6,124,230     3,764,520     2,359,710
1994                        6,430,000     3,998,000     2,432,000
1995                        6,634,000     3,978,000     2,656,000
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
Source: Hawaii Visitors Bureau.
 
    Preliminary visitor arrival information from the Hawaii Visitors Bureau  for
the  first quarter  of 1996 compared  to the  first quarter of  1995 shows total
visitor arrivals increased by 9.5% to approximately 1.75 million with  westbound
arrivals increasing by 4.4% to approximately 1.05 million and eastbound arrivals
increasing by 18.2% to approximately 700,000. Westbound arrivals from California
increased  by 5.7%, while arrivals from  Oregon and Washington decreased by 3.2%
and 9.7%,  respectively.  Total  visitors  from  Oahu  to  any  neighbor  island
increased by 3.2%.
 
    Tourist  counts have  shown year  over year  improvements in  1994 and 1995.
Local economists project moderate growth for the next two years, with the Hawaii
tourism industry returning to pre-recession visitor counts in 1997. However,  no
assurance  can be given that the level of tourism traffic to Hawaii will in fact
return to pre-recession levels or that it will not decline in the future.
 
    Hawaii tourism is affected by the state of the economies of areas from which
tourists to  Hawaii  typically  originate,  such as  Japan  and  California.  In
addition, from time to time various external events such as the Persian Gulf War
and  the Kobe earthquake, as well as industry-specific problems such as strikes,
may adversely  effect  tourism  to  Hawaii. Furthermore,  factors  such  as  the
devaluation  of the  Mexican peso  and Hurricane  Iniki may  cause other tourist
destinations or opportunities to become more popular than Hawaii.
 
    INTERISLAND TRAVEL MARKET.  Management  estimates that approximately 70%  of
the  Company's Interisland passengers are tourists.  There is an upward trend in
the number of islands that vacationers visit when in Hawaii. The Hawaii Visitors
Bureau reports that in 1994 the  total number of visitors traveling to  multiple
islands  was up 5.7%  over the same  period in 1993.  Kauai reported the largest
gain due to recovery  from Hurricane Iniki. The  island of Hawaii experienced  a
slight  lag in total visitors, but Maui showed an increase of 1.4% over 1993. In
1995, the total number  of visitors traveling to  multiple islands increased  by
1.0%  over 1994.  Kauai, Molokai  and Lanai showed  increases of  5.2%, 7.9% and
15.9%, respectively. At the same time, Maui and the island of Hawaii experienced
decreases of 2.1% and 0.3%, respectively.
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
    TRANSPAC TRAVEL MARKET.  The following table presents total visitor arrivals
to Hawaii:
 
                          HAWAII VISITOR ARRIVALS (1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    YEAR
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1988       1989       1990       1991       1992       1993       1994      1995 (2)
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
California..............................      1,171      1,357      1,491      1,467      1,236      1,164      1,283       1,234
Other U.S. and Canada...................      2,619      2,899      2,732      2,702      2,190      2,083      2,239       2,265
Other Westbound.........................        475        449        497        416        554        517        476         479
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------       -----
Total Westbound.........................      4,265      4,705      4,720      4,585      3,980      3,764      3,998       3,978
Eastbound...............................      1,878      1,937      2,251      2,289      2,534      2,360      2,432       2,656
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------       -----
Total...................................      6,143      6,642      6,971      6,874      6,514      6,124      6,430       6,634
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------       -----
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------       -----
 
<CAPTION>
                                          COMPOUNDED ANNUAL GROWTH
                                                   RATES
                                          ------------------------
                                            1994-95      1991-95
                                          -----------  -----------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>
California..............................     (3.8)  %     (4.2)  %
Other U.S. and Canada...................      1.2         (4.3)
Other Westbound.........................      0.6          3.6
Total Westbound.........................     (0.5)        (3.5)
Eastbound...............................      9.2          3.8
Total...................................      3.2   %     (0.9)  %
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) In thousands. Based upon statistics published by the Hawaii Visitors Bureau.
(2) Preliminary.
 
OPERATIONS
 
    The Company's passenger  airline business  is its chief  source of  revenue.
Scheduled  passenger service consists of,  on average, approximately 158 flights
per day among the six major islands of the State of Hawaii (I.E.,  Interisland),
daily  service to Las Vegas  and four key U.S.  West Coast gateway cities (I.E.,
Transpac), and twice  weekly service  to Pago  Pago, American  Samoa and  weekly
service  to Papeete, Tahiti (I.E., Southpac).  The Company also provides charter
service to Las Vegas.
 
  INTERISLAND OPERATIONS
 
    The entire Interisland market averages approximately nine million passengers
annually. Management estimates approximately two-thirds of Interisland travelers
are visitors to Hawaii while the balance are Hawaii residents. Residents rely on
Interisland flights in much the same way  as mainland residents rely on a  state
highway  system. While there  are several small commuter  and air taxi companies
that provide air  transportation to airports  that cannot be  served with  large
aircraft, the Interisland market is serviced primarily by two carriers, Hawaiian
Airlines and Aloha.
 
    The  Company's Interisland operations  provide service to  seven airports on
the six major Hawaiian islands of Oahu, Hawaii, Maui, Kauai, Molokai and  Lanai.
On August 1, 1993, the Company inaugurated the Hawaiian Airlines Island Shuttle,
which offers flights departing between Oahu and Maui every half hour and between
Oahu  and Kauai  every hour. At  March 31, 1996,  Hawaiian Airlines' Interisland
fleet consisted  of 13  DC-9 aircraft.  During 1995,  the Interisland  passenger
revenue  represented  approximately  35.2%  of  the  Company's  total  operating
revenues.
 
    The Company's primary competition in the Interisland market is Aloha,  whose
competitive  position is strengthened by  its marketing affiliation with United,
the largest  carrier of  passengers to  Hawaii. Aloha  participates in  United's
frequent  flyer program and also has a code sharing agreement with United. Aloha
principally utilizes  16  Boeing 737  aircraft  with a  schedule  that  averages
approximately  190 flights, which  service the same  basic Interisland routes as
the Company. Hawaiian  Airlines has  approximately 158  Interisland flights  per
day.
 
    Mahalo  commenced Interisland service from Honolulu  to Kauai, Maui and Kona
in October 1993. Mahalo later added service between Honolulu and Molokai. Mahalo
utilizes  six  46-passenger  ATR-42  aircraft   with  an  average  schedule   of
approximately  65 daily flights. Statistical information regarding Mahalo is not
available but management believes that, due to its limited capacity, Mahalo  has
not had a significant impact on the Interisland market.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
    Until  the  late  1980s,  Hawaiian  Airlines held  a  leading  share  of the
Interisland market. Following the Company's  leveraged acquisition in 1989,  the
Company  experienced  a decline  in its  market share,  due to  customer service
difficulties and management turnover, as well as a decline in its available seat
miles. Hawaiian Airlines'  RPM market share  reached a low  of 34.1% in  October
1991.  The Company subsequently implemented a  number of operating strategies to
improve its  market  share,  including focusing  on  customer  service,  on-time
performance  and schedule and  lift availability. The  Company also strengthened
its  competitive   position   when   it  began   participating   in   American's
AAdvantage-Registered  Trademark- frequent flyer  program in 1994.  Based on the
Company's interpretation of certain  available statistical information on  Aloha
and  excluding the effects  of Mahalo, the Company  believes that these programs
and improvements are the reason for an increase in its Interisland market  share
from  the low of October 1991  to an average of 40.8%,  41.1% and 41.3% in 1993,
1994 and 1995, respectively.  Similar statistics for the  first quarter of  1996
showed  that Hawaiian Airlines'  RPM market share was  42.4% compared with 42.8%
during the first quarter of 1995.
 
                           1996 INTERISLAND SCHEDULE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              ONE WAY FLIGHT
                                                                                            SEGMENTS PER WEEK
                                                                                         ------------------------
ROUTES SERVED                                                               AIR MILEAGE   OFF-PEAK      PEAK(1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
Honolulu -- Kahului, Maui.................................................         100          427          437
Honolulu -- Lihue, Kauai..................................................         102          222          244
Honolulu -- Kona, Hawaii..................................................         169          140          177
Honolulu -- Hilo, Hawaii..................................................         216          116          138
Honolulu -- Hoolehua, Molokai.............................................          54           10           10
Honolulu -- Lanai City, Lanai.............................................          73           10           10
Kahului, Maui -- Kona, Hawaii.............................................          90           28           35
Kahului, Maui -- Hilo, Hawaii.............................................         121           28           24
Lanai City, Lanai -- Hoolehua, Molokai....................................          28           10           10
Hilo, Hawaii -- Kona, Hawaii..............................................          62           14           18
                                                                                              -----        -----
      TOTAL...............................................................                    1,005        1,103
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The peak periods are generally from June  1 to August 31 and December 16  to
    January 8.
 
  TRANSPAC OPERATIONS
 
    During 1995, the Company's Transpac operations served Las Vegas and the U.S.
West  Coast gateway cities of Los  Angeles, San Francisco, Seattle and Portland.
At March 31, 1996, eight DC-10 aircraft were used to service Transpac routes. In
1995,  Transpac  passenger  revenues  represented  approximately  45.0%  of  the
Company's total operating revenues.
 
    The  Company primarily competes  with major carriers  such as United, Delta,
Northwest and, to  a lesser  extent, Continental  and American  on its  Transpac
routes.  In addition to the competition produced by the major carriers, 1995 saw
continued competition from charter carriers in the Transpac market. The presence
of charter carriers has placed additional downward pressure on fares.
 
    During 1995, Hawaiian Airlines flew approximately 967,000 passengers or  2.5
billion  scheduled  RPMs  between Hawaii  and  the  cities of  Los  Angeles, San
Francisco, Seattle,  Las  Vegas and  Portland.  In addition,  the  Company  flew
approximately  27,000 passengers between Los Angeles  and the cities of Portland
and Las Vegas  in 1995. Based  on information  filed with the  DOT, the  Company
believes  that  during  1995,  Hawaiian  Airlines  maintained  19%  of  both the
available seat  share and  the passenger  share and  the position  of second  in
market  share, based  on those  factors, for  scheduled service  in the Transpac
markets that  it serves.  The  Company is  the  leading direct  carrier  between
Honolulu  and each of Las Vegas and Portland  based on ASMs. The Company is also
second in  market share  between Honolulu  and Los  Angeles, San  Francisco  and
Seattle on a combined basis based on ASMs.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
                             1996 TRANSPAC SCHEDULE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           ROUND-TRIP
                                                                                                           FLIGHTS PER
ROUTES SERVED                                                                              AIR MILEAGE        WEEK
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>            <C>
Honolulu -- Los Angeles.................................................................        2,556              21
Honolulu -- San Francisco...............................................................        2,396               7
Honolulu -- Seattle.....................................................................        2,677               7
Honolulu -- Portland....................................................................        2,603               5
Los Angeles -- Las Vegas (1)............................................................          236               7
Los Angeles -- Portland.................................................................          835               1
Honolulu -- Las Vegas (Charter).........................................................        2,762               6
                                                                                                                   --
      Total.............................................................................                           54
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) On  a daily basis, Los Angeles -- Las  Vegas service is operated as a tag to
    one of the  three daily flights  between Honolulu and  Los Angeles,  thereby
    providing Honolulu -- Las Vegas -- Honolulu one-stop service seven times per
    week.  This service is  in addition to the  non-stop charter service between
    Honolulu and Las Vegas.
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
    The following table  presents 1995 Transpac  scheduled service market  share
statistics for the cities served by the Company.
 
                      1995 SCHEDULED SERVICE MARKET SHARE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                LAX-HNL(1)    SFO-HNL(2)    PDX-HNL(3)     SEA-HNL(4)    HNL-LAS(5)     COMBINED
                               ------------  ------------  -------------  ------------  -------------  -----------
<S>                            <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
ONBOARD PASSENGERS:
  Hawaiian...................     467,302       182,269       107,869        184,828        24,346        966,614
  American...................     361,102       157,750             0              0             0        518,852
  Continental................     286,191       159,833             0              0             0        446,024
  Delta......................     720,741        11,380             0              0             0        732,121
  Northwest..................     338,861       165,345             0        311,807             0        816,013
  TWA (6)....................       3,234           348             0              0             0          3,582
  United.....................     737,234       802,143             0              0             0      1,539,377
                               ------------  ------------  -------------  ------------  -------------  -----------
  TOTAL......................   2,914,665     1,479,068       107,869        496,635        24,346      5,022,583
PERCENTAGE OF ONBOARD
 PASSENGERS:
  Hawaiian...................          16%           12%          100%            37%          100%            19%
  American...................          12            11             0              0             0             10
  Continental................          10            11             0              0             0              9
  Delta......................          25             1             0              0             0             15
  Northwest..................          12            11             0             63             0             16
  TWA........................           0             0             0              0             0              0
  United.....................          25            54             0              0             0             31
                               ------------  ------------  -------------  ------------  -------------  -----------
  TOTAL......................         100%          100%          100%           100%          100%           100%
AVAILABLE SEATS:
  Hawaiian...................     552,654       220,588       131,203        223,728        29,139      1,157,312
  American...................     420,015       210,708             0              0             0        630,723
  Continental................     343,250       207,274             0              0             0        550,524
  Delta......................     927,909        19,321             0              0             0        947,230
  Northwest..................     409,641       209,376             0        365,658             0        984,675
  TWA........................       3,957           433             0              0             0          4,390
  United.....................     873,288       953,660             0              0             0      1,826,948
                               ------------  ------------  -------------  ------------  -------------  -----------
  TOTAL......................   3,530,714     1,821,360       131,203        589,386        29,139      6,101,802
PERCENTAGE OF AVAILABLE
 SEATS:
  Hawaiian...................          16%           12%          100%            38%          100%            19%
  American...................          12            12             0              0             0             10
  Continental................          10            11             0              0             0              9
  Delta......................          26             1             0              0             0             16
  Northwest..................          11            12             0             62             0             16
  TWA........................           0             0             0              0             0              0
  United.....................          25            52             0              0             0             30
                               ------------  ------------  -------------  ------------  -------------  -----------
  TOTAL......................         100%          100%          100%           100%          100%           100%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Between Los Angeles and Honolulu.
 
(2) Between San Francisco and Honolulu.
 
(3) Between Portland and Honolulu.
 
(4) Between Seattle and Honolulu.
 
(5) Non-stop between Las Vegas and Honolulu.
 
(6) Trans World Airlines, Inc.
 
    Source: Filings with the U.S. Department of Transportation on Form T-1
 
  SOUTHPAC OPERATIONS
 
    Hawaiian Airlines currently is the sole carrier providing direct air service
from  Honolulu  to  American Samoa  and  Tahiti. As  a  result of  this  lack of
competition, fares are  relatively stable throughout  the year. Southpac  routes
are  serviced  with DC-10  aircraft.  During 1995,  Southpac  passenger revenues
represented approximately 5.6% of the Company's total operating revenues.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
                             1996 SOUTHPAC SCHEDULE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  ROUND-TRIP
ROUTES SERVED                                                                    AIR MILEAGE   FLIGHTS PER WEEK
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                             <C>            <C>
Honolulu -- Pago Pago, American Samoa.........................................        2,611              2(1)
Honolulu -- Papeete, Tahiti...................................................        2,743              1
                                                                                                         -
  Total.......................................................................                           3
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
    (1) During the peak period, generally June 1 to August 31 and December 16 to
       January 8, the Company  intends to operate  three round-trip flights  per
       week to Pago Pago, American Samoa.
 
  OVERSEAS CHARTER
 
    In  addition to  its regularly  scheduled service  to Las  Vegas, Nevada, in
January 1995, the Company commenced, in association with a Hawaii tour operator,
charter service to Las Vegas. The Company operates six charter flights per  week
utilizing DC-10 aircraft. The Company's overseas charter operation produced 6.4%
of the Company's total revenues in 1995.
 
AIRCRAFT FUEL
 
    Aviation fuel is a significant expense for any air carrier and even marginal
changes  in  fuel  prices  can greatly  impact  a  carrier's  profitability. The
following table sets forth Hawaiian Airlines' aviation fuel consumption and cost
for each of the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     TOTAL COST,      AVERAGE       % OF
                                                                         GALLONS      INCLUDING      COST PER     OPERATING
PERIOD                                                                  CONSUMED        TAXES         GALLON      EXPENSES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  --------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>
Quarter ended March 31:
  1996...............................................................      24,001     $   16,950     $   0.706         18.1%
  1995...............................................................      20,404         12,385         0.607         14.9
Year ended December 31:
  1995...............................................................      92,167     $   56,463     $   0.613         16.2%
  1994...............................................................      78,180         47,457         0.607         14.9
  1993...............................................................      74,939         49,570         0.661         15.0
</TABLE>
 
    The  single  most  important  factor  affecting  petroleum  product  prices,
including  the price of aviation  fuel, continues to be  the actions of the OPEC
countries in setting  targets for the  production and pricing  of crude oil.  In
addition,  aviation fuel  prices are  affected by  the markets  for heating oil,
diesel fuel, automotive gasoline and  natural gas. All petroleum product  prices
continue  to be subject to unpredictable economic, political and market factors.
Also, the balance  among supply, demand  and price has  become more reactive  to
world  market conditions.  Accordingly, the  price and  availability of aviation
fuel, as well as other petroleum products, continue to be unpredictable. In  the
event  of a fuel supply  shortage resulting from a  disruption of oil imports or
otherwise, higher fuel prices or curtailment of scheduled service could  result.
A  one cent change in the cost per gallon of fuel has an impact on the Company's
operating expenses of approximately  $80,000 per month  (based on first  quarter
1996  consumption). Changes  in fuel  prices may  have a  greater impact  on the
Company than  certain  of  its  Transpac  competitors  with  more  modern,  fuel
efficient aircraft.
 
    In  1993, new taxes were placed on  the production of certain fuels based on
their energy content. The airlines industry received a two year moratorium  from
the  effects of  such taxes.  In October 1995,  the industry,  and therefore the
Company, became subject  to an  additional 4.3 cents  per gallon  tax which  may
result in as much as $3.5 to $4.0 million per year in additional fuel expense to
the  Company (based on 1995 consumption). Based on gallons consumed in the first
quarter of 1996, the  Company incurred $1.1  million more in  fuel taxes in  the
first    quarter   of    1996   than   in    the   first    quarter   of   1995.
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
The Company cannot predict whether or to what extent it has been or will be able
to pass on such additional costs to its customers. Legislation to repeal the tax
has been approved by  the U.S. House  of Representatives and  is pending in  the
Senate. No assurance can be given that the tax will be repealed.
 
    Although  Hawaiian  Airlines  has  contracts  with  several  different  fuel
suppliers, almost all of its aviation fuel is purchased from Northwest  pursuant
to an agreement between the two companies which renews automatically on December
31  of each year unless canceled by either  of the parties with 90 days' notice.
This agreement requires  Northwest to  provide Hawaiian  Airlines with  aviation
fuel  at Northwest's actual acquisition cost  without markup for profit and with
reimbursement only for out-of-pocket costs. Hawaiian Airlines is prohibited from
reselling such fuel. In  case of shortages, Northwest  will provide fuel to  its
own fleet first and then a portion of the remaining fuel available, if any, will
be  allocated  between  Hawaiian  Airlines and  any  other  applicable airlines.
Hawaiian Airlines paid Northwest approximately $44.1 million, $43.9 million  and
$53.0 million for the fuel supplied under this agreement in 1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    During  the month of March 1996, Hawaiian Airlines employed 2,401 employees,
of which 2,049  were employed  on a full-time  basis. The  majority of  Hawaiian
Airlines' employees are covered by labor agreements with IAM, ALPA, AFA, TWU and
the  Communications  Section  Employees  Union.  The  Company  believes  that it
maintains good relations with its employees.
 
    In connection with the AIP Investment,  in January 1996 IAM, ALPA, AFA,  TWU
and  the Communications Section Employees  Union ratified modifications to their
respective collective  bargaining  agreements.  The  unions  agreed  to  certain
economic  concessions,  which  include  cancellation  of  certain  scheduled pay
increases. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results  of Operations --  Liquidity and Capital Resources  -- Current Status --
Recapitalization."
 
PROPERTIES
 
    The Company leases  office space for  its headquarters, airport  facilities,
ticket offices and certain ground equipment in varying terms to 2008.
 
    The  Company's fleet consists of nine  DC-10-10 and 13 DC-9-50 aircraft. All
of the Company's aircraft are leased except for two DC-9s that are owned by  the
Company. Of the DC-10s, six are leased under the Aircraft Lease Agreement, which
is  an operating lease that expires in 2001. A seventh DC-10 aircraft was leased
in May 1996 under  an operating lease with  substantially similar terms and  the
same  expiration date  as the  Aircraft Lease  Agreement. Two  DC-10s are leased
under short-term operating leases, one of which expires in December 1996 and the
other of which expires  at the earlier  of May 1997 or  when 2,600 hours  remain
until  the  next  FAA mandated  major  overhaul  (IE, a  C-check)  is scheduled.
American has the option to terminate either of the two short-term leases with 30
days' written notice  to the Company.  Between May and  November 1996,  American
will  perform C-checks on the six aircraft leased pursuant to the Aircraft Lease
Agreement, one aircraft at a time. During this period, one aircraft will be  out
of  service at all times so that the  Company will be operating eight DC-10s. Of
the leased DC-9s (including  related flight equipment),  seven are leased  under
operating leases and four are leased under capital leases that expire at various
times through the year 2004.
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
    The  following table sets forth  certain information regarding the Company's
aircraft fleet:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               LEASE                       NEXT
               OWNED/                                                        EXPIRATION    DATE OF      SCHEDULED
 AIRCRAFT      LEASED                          LESSOR                           DATE     MANUFACTURE   MAJOR CHECK      STAGE (1)
- -----------  -----------  -------------------------------------------------  ----------  ------------  ------------  ---------------
<S>          <C>          <C>                                                <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
DC-9-50         Owned     N/A                                                   N/A        12/19/75        7/00                 2
DC-9-50         Owned     N/A                                                   N/A        8/25/78         7/03                 2
DC-9-50        Leased     GPA Finance Limited                                 11/5/00      1/27/81         6/97                 2
DC-9-50        Leased     GPA Finance Limited                                 4/28/00      4/18/79        10/02                 2
DC-9-50        Leased     GPA Finance Limited                                  4/4/00      6/21/77         5/02                 2
DC-9-50        Leased     AeroUSA, Inc.                                       5/31/00       5/2/79         8/00                 2
DC-9-50        Leased     USL Capital Corporation                              2/1/04      3/10/76         5/01                 2
DC-9-50        Leased     Scandinavian Airlines of North America, Inc.        3/31/99      11/19/75        5/03                 2
DC-9-50        Leased     Aircraft Income Partners L.P. (2)                   11/30/99     9/29/76         9/96                 2
DC-9-50        Leased     BA Leasing & Capital Corporation                     6/1/00      8/25/78        11/97                 2
DC-9-50        Leased     Security Pacific Equipment Leasing, Inc.             6/1/00      12/18/76        5/00                 2
DC-9-50        Leased     Security Pacific Equipment Leasing, Inc.             6/1/00      12/3/77         8/02                 2
DC-9-50        Leased     Protective Life Insurance Company                    3/1/00       2/4/77        12/02                 2
DC-10-10       Leased     American Airlines, Inc.                             9/11/01      7/14/72         8/96                 3
DC-10-10       Leased     American Airlines, Inc.                             9/11/01      8/12/72         6/96                 3
DC-10-10       Leased     American Airlines, Inc.                             9/11/01      9/18/72         9/96                 3
DC-10-10       Leased     American Airlines, Inc.                             9/11/01      1/12/72         7/96                 3
DC-10-10       Leased     American Airlines, Inc.                             9/11/01      10/13/72        5/96                 3
DC-10-10       Leased     American Airlines, Inc.                             9/11/01      11/19/71        6/96                 3
DC-10-10       Leased     American Airlines, Inc.                             9/11/01      11/16/72        5/98                 3
DC-10-10       Leased     American Airlines, Inc.                             12/15/96     5/10/72         3/97                 3
DC-10-10       Leased     American Airlines, Inc.                               (3)        6/25/75         5/97                 3
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) See "Business  -- Regulatory  Matters --  Maintenance Directives  and  Other
    Regulations."
 
(2) Not affiliated with AIP.
 
(3) Earlier of May 1997 or next scheduled C-Check.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  airline  industry  is  highly  competitive  and  susceptible  to  price
discounting, primarily due to the effects  of the Transportation Act, which  has
substantially  eliminated government  authority to regulate  domestic routes and
fares, and has  increased the  ability of airlines  to compete  with respect  to
destination,  flight  frequencies and  fares. Airline  profit levels  are highly
sensitive to, and from 1990 to  1992 were severely impacted by, adverse  changes
in fuel costs, average yield and passenger demand. The emergence in recent years
of  several  new  carriers,  typically with  low  cost  structures,  has further
increased the competitive  pressures on U.S.  airlines. Aircraft, skilled  labor
and  gates at most  airports continue to  be available to  start-up carriers. In
some cases, the new entrants have initiated or triggered price discounting.  The
commencement of service by new carriers on the Company's routes could negatively
impact  the Company's operating  results. Many of  the Company's competitors are
larger and  have substantially  greater resources  than the  Company.  Competing
airlines  have, and may in the future, undercut the Company's fares and increase
capacity on  routes beyond  market  demand in  order  to increase  their  market
shares.  Such activity by other airlines could reduce fares or passenger traffic
to levels where profitable operations could not be achieved. Due to its  smaller
size and limited liquidity, the Company may be less able to withstand aggressive
marketing tactics or a prolonged fare war initiated by its competitors.
 
    Although  the  domestic airline  industry  has at  present  abandoned deeply
discounted general  pricing  structures,  and  fare  levels  have  continued  to
increase from 1992 levels, significant industry-
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
wide  discounts  could be  reimplemented at  any time,  and the  introduction of
broadly available, deeply discounted fares by a major U.S. airline would  result
in lower yields for the entire industry and could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's operating results.
 
    Airlines  are subject to a high  degree of financial and operating leverage.
Due to high fixed costs, the expenses of each flight do not vary proportionately
with the  number  of passengers  carried,  but  the revenues  generated  from  a
particular  flight are  directly related  to the  number of  passengers carried.
Accordingly, while a decrease in the number of passengers carried would cause  a
corresponding decrease in revenue (if not offset by higher fares), it may result
in a disproportionately greater decrease in profits. However, an increase in the
number of passengers carried would have the opposite effect.
 
    The  airline industry  is highly  sensitive to  general economic conditions.
Because a substantial portion of airline  travel, both personal and to a  lesser
extent  business, is  discretionary, the  industry tends  to experience severely
adverse financial results during general  economic downturns. The operating  and
financial  results of the Company may be  negatively impacted by any downturn in
national or  regional economic  conditions in  the United  States,  particularly
California,  and  certain  Asian countries,  particularly  Japan.  Any prolonged
general reduction in airline passenger traffic may adversely affect the Company.
The airline industry is characterized by  low gross profit margins and  revenues
that  vary  to  a  substantially  greater  degree  than  do  the  related costs.
Accordingly, a significant shortfall from  expected revenue levels could have  a
material adverse affect on the Company's operations.
 
    The  Company's primary competition on its Interisland routes is Aloha, whose
competitive position is strengthened by  its marketing affiliation with  United.
Aloha  participates  in United's  frequent  flyer program  and  also has  a code
sharing agreement with United. Aloha principally utilizes 16 Boeing 737 aircraft
with a schedule that averages approximately  190 flights which service the  same
basic Interisland routes that the Company serves with approximately 158 flights.
The  Company believes  that Interisland competition  is primarily  based on fare
levels, flight frequency, on-time performance and reliability, name recognition,
frequent flyer  programs, customer  service and  aircraft type.  Until the  late
1980s,  Hawaiian Airlines  held a  leading share  of the  Interisland market but
following the Company's leveraged acquisition in 1989, the Company's RPM  market
share  declined  to an  estimated  low of  34.1%  in October  1991.  The Company
subsequently implemented a number of operating strategies to improve its  market
share,  including focusing on customer service, on-time performance and schedule
and lift availability.  The Company also  strengthened its competitive  position
when  it  began  participating  in  American's  AAdvantage-Registered Trademark-
frequent flyer program in 1994. Based on the Company's interpretation of certain
statistical information  on  Aloha and  excluding  the effects  of  Mahalo,  the
Company  believes that  these programs  and improvements  are the  reason for an
increase in its Interisland RPM market share to an estimated average of 41.3% in
1995. See "Operations -- Interisland Operations" above.
 
    The Company competes on its Transpac routes primarily with United, Delta and
Northwest and to a lesser extent with Continental and American, all of which are
larger and have substantially  greater name recognition  and resources than  the
Company.   The  Company  also  experiences   competition  from  various  charter
operators. The Company believes that Transpac competition is primarily based  on
fare  levels,  flight  frequency,  on-time  performance  and  reliability,  name
recognition, frequent flyer  programs, customer service  and in-flight  service.
During  1995,  Hawaiian Airlines  flew approximately  967,000 passengers  or 2.5
billion scheduled  RPMs  between Hawaii  and  the  cities of  Los  Angeles,  San
Francisco,  Seattle,  Las  Vegas and  Portland.  In addition,  the  Company flew
approximately 27,000 passengers between Los  Angeles and the cities of  Portland
and  Las Vegas in 1995.  Based on information obtained  from the State of Hawaii
Department of Transportation, the Company believes  that based on the number  of
flights  during peak  seasonal travel  periods in  1995, the  Company maintained
14.3% and 12.3%  of the  total passenger market  from U.S.  gateway cities  into
Honolulu and
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
the  State of  Hawaii, respectively. The  Company is the  leading direct carrier
between Honolulu and each of Las Vegas  and Portland based on ASMs. The  Company
is  also second in market share between  Honolulu and Los Angeles, San Francisco
and Seattle on a combined basis based on ASMs.
 
    Charter carriers  that compete  against  the Company's  Transpac  operations
include  American Transair and  Rich International Airways.  This competition is
greatest during  the  summer.  Based on  currently  available  information,  the
Company  expects  that American  Transair  and Rich  International  Airways will
operate approximately 33 round trip flights per week between Hawaii and the West
Coast (San Francisco  and Los Angeles)  during the summer  of 1996. The  Company
believes  that the number of  charter flights to be  flown during summer 1996 is
lower than the number  of charter flights flown  during the two previous  summer
seasons. The availability of charter flights to Hawaii results in reduced demand
for  the  Company's flights  and lowers  yields during  the high  summer season.
Charter carriers' competitive position is enhanced by contractual  relationships
with tour operators.
 
    Recent  announcements of capacity  increases to Hawaii  by domestic carriers
may affect pricing  levels on  the Company's Transpac  routes. Charter  carriers
have  increased capacity  from secondary markets  in the western  portion of the
United States and United has scheduled  an additional 9,000 seats per week  from
Japan and the U.S. mainland, with the bulk of that capacity dedicated to its San
Francisco  and Los Angeles routes. Subsequent  announcements by United of direct
service from Los Angeles to Kona and Maui are believed to be in addition to  the
9,000  seats mentioned  above. The increasing  presence of  charter carriers and
United's expanded capacity are examples of the competitive pricing and  capacity
issues  facing the Company in the future.  Management is not able to predict the
impact of these competitive pressures on the Company's operations.
 
    The following table sets forth the number of non-stop round trip flights per
week flown  by the  Company and  each of  its competitors  that offer  scheduled
service  from  the West  Coast, including  Las Vegas,  to Hawaii,  including the
neighbor islands, based on  the summer schedule effective  as of mid-June  1996,
which includes the additional flights recently added by United:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BETWEEN HAWAII AND:                                                  HAWAIIAN       AMERICAN       CONTINENTAL       DELTA
- -----------------------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------     -----
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>
Las Vegas........................................................            6         --              --             --
Los Angeles (1)..................................................           21             14              14             42
Portland.........................................................            5         --              --             --
San Francisco (2)................................................            7              7               7              7
Seattle..........................................................            7         --              --             --
                                                                            --             --              --             --
  Total..........................................................           46             21              21             49
 
<CAPTION>
BETWEEN HAWAII AND:                                                   NORTHWEST       UNITED
- -----------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  -----------
<S>                                                                <C>              <C>
Las Vegas........................................................        --             --
Los Angeles (1)..................................................            14             42
Portland.........................................................        --             --
San Francisco (2)................................................             7             49
Seattle..........................................................            14         --
                                                                             --             --
  Total..........................................................            35             91
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) American  Transair  and Rich  International  Airways operate  12  and seven,
    respectively, round trip charter  flights per week  between Los Angeles  and
    Hawaii.
 
(2) American  Transair and Rich  International Airways both  operate seven round
    trip charter flights per week between San Francisco and Hawaii.
 
    See "Operations -- Transpac Operations" above for Transpac scheduled service
market share statistics for the cities served by the Company.
 
    There is currently no competitor  providing direct service on the  Company's
Southpac routes or direct charter service between Hawaii and Las Vegas.
 
REGULATORY MATTERS
 
    GENERAL.  As a certificated air carrier, Hawaiian Airlines is subject to the
regulatory  jurisdiction of the DOT  and the FAA. The  DOT has jurisdiction over
certain aviation matters such as the carrier's certificate of public convenience
and necessity,  international routes  and fares,  consumer protection  policies,
including   baggage  liability  and  denied-boarding  compensation,  and  unfair
competitive practices as set forth in the Transportation Act. Hawaiian  Airlines
and  all other domestic airlines are subject  to regulation by the FAA under the
Transportation Act. The FAA has regulatory jurisdiction
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
over  flight  operations  generally,  including  equipment,  ground  facilities,
security  systems, maintenance  and other  safety matters.  To assure compliance
with its  operational  standards,  the  FAA  requires  air  carriers  to  obtain
operations,  air worthiness  and other  certificates which  may be  suspended or
revoked for cause.  The FAA also  conducts safety  audits and has  the power  to
impose  fines and other sanctions for violations of aviation safety and security
regulations. Hawaiian Airlines, as are other carriers, is subject to inspections
by the FAA  in the normal  course of its  business on a  routine ongoing  basis.
Hawaiian  Airlines  operates  under  a  Certificate  of  Public  Convenience and
Necessity issued  by the  DOT  (authorizing it  to provide  commercial  aircraft
service) as well as a Part 121 Scheduled Carrier Operating Certificate issued by
the FAA.
 
    LIMITATION ON FOREIGN OWNERSHIP OF SHARES.  The Transportation Act prohibits
non-U.S. citizens from owning more than 25% of the voting interest of a U.S. air
carrier.  The Articles of Incorporation provide that the ownership or control of
more than 25% (to be increased or decreased from time to time to that percentage
permissible under  the laws  of the  United States)  of issued  and  outstanding
voting  capital stock of the Corporation by persons who are not "citizens of the
United States" is prohibited. As of the Record Date, less than 6% of the  Common
Stock was known to be held by non-U.S. citizens.
 
    MAINTENANCE  DIRECTIVES AND OTHER  REGULATIONS.  In  the last several years,
the FAA has  issued a  number of  maintenance directives  and other  regulations
relating to, among other things, collision avoidance systems, airborne windshear
avoidance  systems, noise  abatement and increased  inspection requirements. The
Company expects to continue to incur substantial expenditures for the purpose of
complying with these new  regulations. See Note 13  to the financial  statements
appearing  elsewhere in  this Prospectus.  Additional laws  and regulations have
been proposed from time  to time that could  significantly increase the cost  of
airline   operations  by,  for  example,  imposing  additional  requirements  or
restrictions on operations. Laws and regulations also have been considered  from
time  to time that would  prohibit or restrict the  ownership and/or transfer of
airline routes or  takeoff and landing  slots. Also the  award of  international
routes  to  U.S. carriers  (and their  retention) is  regulated by  treaties and
related agreements between the United  States and foreign governments which  are
amended  from time to time. The Company cannot predict what laws and regulations
will be adopted  or what  changes to international  air transportation  treaties
will be effected, if any, or how they will affect the Company.
 
    The  FAA frequently issues  air worthiness directives,  often in response to
specific incidents or reports by operators or manufacturers, requiring operators
of  specified   equipment  to   perform  prescribed   inspections,  repairs   or
modifications within stated time periods or numbers of cycles. Hawaiian Airlines
has developed extensive maintenance programs which consist of a series of phased
checks  of each aircraft type. These checks are performed at specified intervals
measured either  by  time  flown or  by  the  number of  takeoffs  and  landings
("cycles") performed. Checks range from daily "walk around" inspections, to more
involved   overnight  maintenance  checks,  to  exhaustive  and  time  consuming
overhauls. Aircraft engines  are subject to  phased, or continuous,  maintenance
programs designed to detect and remedy potential problems before they occur. The
service  lives of certain parts and components  of both airframe and engines are
time or cycle controlled. Parts and other components are replaced or  overhauled
prior  to the  expiration of their  time or  cycle limits. The  FAA approves all
airline maintenance programs,  including changes to  the programs. In  addition,
the  FAA licenses the mechanics who perform the inspections and repairs, as well
as the inspectors who monitor the work.
 
    Hawaiian Airlines believes that  it is in  compliance with all  requirements
necessary  to maintain in  good standing its operating  authority granted by the
DOT and its air carrier operating certificate issued by the FAA. A modification,
suspension or revocation of  any of the Company's  DOT or FAA authorizations  or
certificates would have a materially adverse effect upon the Company.
 
    Several  aspects  of  airlines'  operations  are  subject  to  regulation or
oversight by Federal agencies other than the FAA and DOT. The antitrust laws are
enforced by  the  U.S.  Department  of Justice.  The  U.S.  Postal  Service  has
jurisdiction  over certain  aspects of  the transportation  of mail  and related
services provided by the  Company's cargo services. Labor  relations in the  air
transportation industry
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
are  generally  regulated under  the Railway  Labor Act.  The Company  and other
airlines certificated prior to October 24, 1978 are also subject to preferential
hiring rights granted by the Deregulation  Act to certain airline employees  who
have been furloughed or terminated (other than for cause).
 
    In 1990, Congress passed legislation phasing out the use of Stage 2 aircraft
in  the U.S. by December 31, 1999, with the possibility of certain waivers until
December 31,  2003  when  full  phase-out  is  required.  Congress  provided  an
exemption for air carriers operating in Hawaii, or between a place in Hawaii and
a  place outside the forty-eight  contiguous states, to operate  as many Stage 2
aircraft of a  certain weight  as they  operated on  November 5,  1990. Any  air
carrier  that provided "turnaround  service" (as defined  in the legislation) in
Hawaii on November 5, 1990 may include  in the number of Stage 2 aircraft  under
the  exemption all Stage 2 aircraft that it owned or leased on November 5, 1990,
whether or not the aircraft were operated by the carrier on that date.  However,
an  air carrier may provide flights between  places only in Hawaii using Stage 2
aircraft only if  the carrier provided  the service on  November 5, 1990.  These
exemptions restrict air carriers other than the Company and Aloha from operating
Stage 2 aircraft in Hawaii. Since Stage 2 aircraft are less expensive to acquire
than Stage 3 aircraft, the Company believes that this exemption provides limited
protection  against the entry of another carrier, which would have to operate an
all Stage 3 fleet. This advantage is  partially offset by the fact that Stage  3
aircraft  are generally less expensive  to operate and maintain,  as well as the
fact that in any event over time, carriers will move toward having an all  Stage
3 fleet.
 
    TICKET  AND CARGO TAX.  Prior to 1996, the airline industry was subject to a
10% excise tax on each ticket sold (other than Transpac flights), a 6.25%  cargo
excise  tax and a  $6 international departure  tax (including Transpac flights).
Efforts are underway to encourage  Congress to re-enact legislation  authorizing
these  excise taxes or to impose user fees in lieu of such taxes. The Senate has
approved a bill to reinstate the excise taxes, and it is reported that House and
Senate negotiators have agreed  in principle to reinstate  the excise taxes.  If
the  excise taxes are reinstated or user fees are implemented, the Company would
either have  to absorb  the excise  taxes or  user fees,  which would  adversely
affect  operating results, or raise ticket  prices and cargo transportation fees
in order to offset the excise taxes or  user fees. If the Company were to  raise
ticket  prices and  cargo transportation  fees, there  is no  assurance that the
Company would be able to maintain such increases or that operating results would
not be adversely affected by the increases.
 
CLAIMS AND LITIGATION
 
    Four claims  remain asserted  against the  Company for  alleged  prepetition
and/or  administrative claims  on or  before the Effective  Date of  the Plan of
Reorganization. Management believes  that the Company  has established  adequate
reserves for these bankruptcy related claims.
 
    Under  the Plan of Reorganization, the Company was to issue 9,400,000 shares
of its common stock to all of the unsecured creditors of the Predecessor Company
with claims allowed under the Plan of Reorganization. As each disputed claim  is
resolved,  the creditor holding such claim will receive a distribution of stock.
As of July 3, 1996,  8,954,824 of the 9,400,000 shares  had been issued and  the
Company  anticipates issuing  approximately 45,000  additional shares  under the
Plan of  Reorganization  by  late  1996  in  satisfaction  of  certain  disputed
bankruptcy  claims outstanding as  of December 31, 1995.  Any shares withheld in
excess of the  amount distributed to  the holders  of such claims  will be  held
until  all disputed claims have been resolved. The disputed claims consist of an
aggregate of $492,000  for alleged  prepetition violations  asserted by  various
governmental  agencies and $5.2  million for damages arising  from the return of
aircraft asserted by  the Federal  Deposit Insurance  Corporation, as  receiver.
Upon  resolution of all disputed  claims, there will be  a final distribution of
any remaining  withheld  shares  to  all  general  unsecured  creditors  of  the
Predecessor Company on a pro rata basis.
 
    In  addition,  the Company  is a  party  to several  other claims  and legal
actions. In  the  opinion  of  management, and  after  consultation  with  legal
counsel,  the Company  believes that the  ultimate disposition  of these matters
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations or financial
condition.
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS
 
    The following  eleven  Directors comprise  the  Board of  Directors  of  the
Company:
 
    JOHN W. ADAMS, 52, has been Chairman of the Board since February 2, 1996. He
has  been the President of Smith Management Company, a New York based investment
firm since 1984.  He has  been Chairman  of the  Board of  Directors of  Regency
Health  Services, Inc. since 1994. He is  also Chairman of the Board of Servico,
Inc. and  a director  of Harvard  Industries, Inc.  He has  been a  director  of
Hawaiian Airlines since January 31, 1996.
 
    TODD  G. COLE, 75, was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of CIT Financial
Corporation from 1982 until  his retirement in 1986.  He has served as  Managing
Director  of SH&E,  Inc., a consulting  firm specializing in  aviation from 1992
until 1995, President  and Chief  Executive Officer of  Frontier Airlines,  Inc.
D.I.P.  from 1986 until 1990 and Vice  Chairman of Eastern Airlines, Inc. D.I.P.
from 1989 until  1991. He is  Vice Chairman of  CapMAC Holdings, Inc.  and is  a
Director   of  Kaiser  Ventures,  Inc.,  NAC  Re  Corporation,  Delta  Insurance
Corporation, Dillon Read Structured Finance  Corporation and Arrow Air, Inc.  He
has been a director of Hawaiian Airlines since 1994 and is a member of the Audit
Committee.
 
    RICHARD  F. CONWAY, 42, has been  Vice President of Smith Management Company
since 1994. He was Senior Vice President of Needham & Company, a New York  based
investment  banking  firm from  1992 until  1994  and he  was Vice  President of
Security Pacific Merchant Bank from 1990 until 1991. He is a director of  Inland
Resources,  Inc. He has been  a director of Hawaiian  Airlines since January 31,
1996 and  is the  Chairman  of the  Nominating Committee  and  a member  of  the
Compensation Committee.
 
    ROBERT  G. COO, 54, has been an independent financial consultant since 1995.
He  was  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Secretary  of   Pengo
Industries,  Inc., an industrial holding company, from  1990 until 1995. He is a
director of First National Bank in  San Diego, California and of Regency  Health
Services,  Inc.  in  Tustin, California.  He  has  been a  director  of Hawaiian
Airlines since January 31, 1996 and is the Chairman of the Audit Committee and a
member of the Nominating Committee.
 
    CAROL A. FUKUNAGA, 48, has been a Hawaii State Senator since 1992. She was a
Hawaii State  House of  Representative from  1978  until 1992.  She has  been  a
director  of Hawaiian  Airlines since  1991 and  is a  member of  the Nominating
Committee.
 
    WILLIAM BOYCE LUM, 58, is a psychologist and an attorney. He has been on the
faculty and  a  training  analyst  with the  Institute  for  Psychoanalysis  and
Psychotherapy of New Jersey since 1988. He has been Of Counsel with the law firm
of  Lum, Danzis, Drasco, Positan & Kleinberg in Roseland, New Jersey since 1981.
He was a director of The Summit Bancorporation from 1981 until 1996. He has been
a director of Hawaiian Airlines since January 31, 1996.
 
    RICHARD K. MATROS,  42, has been  Chief Executive Officer  and President  of
Regency  Health Services, Inc. since April  1994. He was Chief Executive Officer
and President of Care Enterprises, Inc.  from January 1994 until April 1994,  at
which  time Care Enterprises, Inc. was merged into Regency Health Care Services,
Inc. He was President and Chief Operating Officer of Care Enterprises, Inc. from
1991 until  January 1994  and Executive  Vice President  of Operations  of  Care
Enterprises,  Inc. from 1988 until 1991. He has been President of the California
Association of Health Facilities since 1995. He has been a director of  Hawaiian
Airlines  since  January  31,  1996  and is  the  Chairman  of  the Compensation
Committee.
 
    RENO F. MORELLA, 47, has been a  pilot for Hawaiian Airlines since 1978.  He
is  currently a Captain for DC-10 aircraft. He has been Chairman of the Hawaiian
Master Executive Council of ALPA since  1994. He was the First Officer  Category
Representative  for Council  102 of  ALPA from  1993 until  1994. He  has been a
director of Hawaiian Airlines since March 1, 1996.
 
                                       78
<PAGE>
    BRUCE R. NOBLES, 49, has been  the President and Chief Executive Officer  of
Hawaiian  Airlines since 1993. He was Chairman of the Board of Hawaiian Airlines
from September 1994  until February  1996. In 1991  he was  President and  Chief
Executive Officer of L'Express, Inc. in New Orleans, Louisiana. He was President
and  Chief Operating Officer of  Trump Shuttle, Inc. in  New York, New York from
1988 until 1990. He has been a director of Hawaiian Airlines since 1993.
 
    SAMSON POOMAIHEALANI, 55, is a ramp serviceman for United who has been on  a
leave of absence since 1987. He began working at United in 1963. He has been the
Assistant  General Chairman  of the Airline  Machinists District 141  of the IAM
since 1987, a director of  Hawaiian Airlines since 1990 and  is a member of  the
Compensation Committee.
 
    EDWARD  Z. SAFADY, 39, has been a Vice President of Smith Management Company
since October 1995.  He was  President and  Chief Executive  Officer of  Liberty
National  Bank in  Austin, Texas  from 1988 until  1995. He  currently serves as
Chairman of  the Board  of  Norwest Bank  Texas in  Austin,  Texas. He  is  also
Chairman  of the  Board of First  National Bank  in San Diego,  California and a
director of  U.S. Medical  Products, Inc.  He has  been a  director of  Hawaiian
Airlines since January 31, 1996 and is a member of the Audit Committee.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The  following  eleven  officers  comprise  the  Executive  Officers  of the
Company:
 
    BRUCE R. NOBLES, 49, has been  the President and Chief Executive Officer  of
Hawaiian  Airlines since  1993. See description  in "Directors"  above for other
principal occupations during the past five years.
 
    MICHAEL J.  MCQUAY, 47,  has been  Executive Vice  President-Operations  and
Chief  Operating  Officer  of Hawaiian  Airlines  since  June 15,  1996.  He was
employed by Continental from 1971  to 1996, where he  was Vice President of  Hub
Operations  from 1994 until 1996, Vice  President of Maintenance from 1992 until
1994 and Vice President of Customer  Service, Sales and Support from 1990  until
1992.
 
    JOHN L. GARIBALDI, 43, has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer  of Hawaiian Airlines since May 1, 1996. He was Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer for The Queen's Health Systems from 1992 until 1996 and Senior
Vice President-Finance  and  Planning  and Chief  Financial  Officer  for  Aloha
Airgroup, Inc./Aloha Airlines, Inc. from 1985 until 1992.
 
    PETER W. JENKINS, 55, has been Senior Vice President-Marketing and Sales for
Hawaiian  Airlines  since 1994.  He was  the Director  of Communications  at ITT
Sheraton Corporation from 1987 until 1994 in Honolulu, Hawaii.
 
    RAE A. CAPPS,  44, has been  Vice President, General  Counsel and  Corporate
Secretary  of Hawaiian Airlines since 1993. She  was an attorney at the law firm
of Goodsill Anderson Quinn & Stifel in Honolulu, Hawaii from 1990 until 1993.
 
    CLARENCE K.  LYMAN,  50,  has been  Vice  President-Finance,  Treasurer  and
Assistant  Corporate  Secretary of  Hawaiian Airlines  since  1991. He  was Vice
President-Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary  of the Company from  1989
until 1991.
 
    ALEXANDER  D. JAMILE, 56,  has been Vice  President-Government and Community
Affairs of Hawaiian Airlines since 1993. He was Vice
President-Administration/Governmental and Community Affairs of the Company  from
1992  until  1993. From  1987 until  1992, he  was Director-Operations  at Young
Bros., Ltd. in Honolulu, Hawaii.
 
    JOHN P. SOLOMITO, 58, has been Vice President-Customer Services of  Hawaiian
Airlines  since 1992. He was the General  Manager of Pan American World Airways,
Inc. in Los Angeles, California from 1988 until 1992.
 
                                       79
<PAGE>
    JAMES H.  DAVIS,  JR., 58,  has  been Vice  President-Flight  Operations  of
Hawaiian  Airlines since  1995. He  was Vice  President of  Operations of Hawaii
Aviation Contract Services, Inc. from 1990 until  1994. He has been a pilot  for
Hawaiian  Airlines since 1968, and  was also the DC-10  Chief Pilot of Japan Air
Charter from 1990 until 1994 (when on leave of absence from the Company).
 
    GLEN L. STEWART, 53, has  been Vice President-Transpacific and  Southpacific
Marketing    of   Hawaiian   Airlines   since   1993.   He   was   Senior   Vice
President-Transpacific  of  the   Company  from  1991   to  1993,  Senior   Vice
President-North American Sales of the Company in 1991 and Senior Vice President-
Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Hawaiian Airlines from 1989 until 1991.
 
    GLENN  G.  TANIGUCHI,  53,  has been  Vice  President-Schedule  Planning and
Reservations  of   Hawaiian   Airlines   since   1995.   He   was   Staff   Vice
President-Schedule  Planning and  Reservations for  the Company  from 1991 until
1995 and Director-Schedule Planning  and Reservations of  the Company from  1986
until 1991.
 
    The  Company's former Chief Operating Officer,  Frank L. Forster, retired in
June 1996 and was succeeded by Mr. McQuay. The Company's former Chief  Financial
Officer,  C.J.  David Davies,  retired  in May  1996  and was  succeeded  by Mr.
Garibaldi.
 
    All officers are appointed annually by  the Board of Directors at the  Board
of  Directors' first  meeting after  the annual  meeting of  the shareholders at
which the Board of Directors is elected. No executive officer or director of the
Company bears  any relationship  by blood,  marriage or  adoption to  any  other
executive officer or director, except for Mr. Adams and Mr. Coo, who are related
through marriage.
 
    In  September 1993, the Company, HAL, INC. and West Maui Airport, Inc. filed
a voluntary petition of relief under Chapter 11. At the time or within two years
before the time of the Chapter 11 filing, the present executive officers of  the
Company  except Messrs.  Garibaldi, Forster,  Jenkins, Taniguchi  and Davis were
executive officers of the Company, HAL, INC. and/or West Maui Airport, Inc.  and
Messrs. Nobles and Poomaihealani and Ms. Fukunaga were directors of the Company,
HAL, INC. and/or West Maui Airport, Inc.
 
                                       80
<PAGE>
                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    Two of the Company's directors, Messrs. John W. Adams and Richard F. Conway,
are  executive officers of the general partner of  AIP and Mr. Adams is the sole
stockholder of  the  general  partner.  In  the  AIP  Investment,  AIP  acquired
18,181,818  shares of Common Stock and four shares of special preferred stock at
a price of $1.10, which was a  substantial discount to the then-market price  of
the  Common Stock. Pursuant to the Bylaws, AIP  has the right to nominate six of
the 11 nominees to stand from time  to time for election to the Company's  Board
of  Directors. See "Principal Shareholders -- Control of the Board of Directors"
and "Description of Capital Stock -- Preferred Stock."
 
    As part of the AIP Investment, AIP received registration rights that entitle
AIP, on up to two occasions, to require  the Company to use its best efforts  to
register  all or  any portion of  AIP's shares  under the Securities  Act at the
Company's expense. In addition, if the Company registers any other shares of its
common stock for  public sale  under the  Securities Act  at any  time prior  to
January 2006, AIP would have the right to include shares in the registration.
 
    The Company has agreed to extend loans to the 11 Holders of Options, all but
two  of whom are  executive officers of  the Company, to  enable such Holders to
exercise the Options.  Assuming that  each such  Holder borrows  money from  the
Company  to pay  the aggregate  Subscription Price  with respect  to all  of his
Options, the principal amount to be  loaned to any executive officer where  such
amount  would  exceed $60,000  and  the principal  amount  to be  loaned  to all
executive officers as a group would be as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>
Bruce R. Nobles................................................  $  975,000
Michael J. McQuay..............................................     162,500
John L. Garibaldi..............................................     186,875
Peter W. Jenkins...............................................     130,000
Clarence K. Lyman..............................................     162,500
All executive officers as a group (9 persons)..................   1,714,375
</TABLE>
 
    In addition, the Company will loan  the holders the Withholding Amount  that
each holder will be required to pay upon the exercise of his or her Options.
 
    Each loan will be evidenced by a promissory note delivered to the Company by
the  Option Holder to whom  the loan is made, which  note will be fully recourse
and secured by the Rights  Shares issued to such  Option Holder. Each note  will
bear  interest at a variable rate equal to the prime rate in effect from time to
time and will  be due  and payable upon  the earlier  of (i) the  date that  the
Option  Holder sells the Rights Shares securing  the note or (ii) the expiration
date of such Holder's options under the 1994 Stock Option Plan. All such options
expire in 2005 except for those of Mr. Garibaldi, which expire in 2006.  Because
Mr.  McQuay does not hold any options under the 1994 Stock Option Plan, his note
will be due  and payable  upon the earlier  of (i)  the date that  he sells  his
Rights  Shares or (ii) the  tenth anniversary of the  Expiration Date. The notes
may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time without penalty.
 
    Certain of the directors of the Company may purchase shares of Common  Stock
in the Investor Offering.
 
                                       81
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
 
SECURITIES OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
    The  following  table  sets  forth information  relating  to  the beneficial
ownership, as of  July 3, 1996,  of the  Company's voting stock  of each  person
known to the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of the
outstanding  shares of Common Stock, Series  B Special Preferred Stock, Series C
Special Preferred Stock, Series D Special  Preferred Stock and Series E  Special
Preferred  Stock. This table also lists the  beneficial ownership, as of July 3,
1996, of the Company's  Common Stock by  each of the directors,  by each of  the
named  executive  officers, and  by all  directors and  executive officers  as a
group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     NUMBER OF SHARES
NAME AND ADDRESS (1)                                        (2)                       PERCENT AND CLASS OF STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------  -------------------   --------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>                   <C>
AIP General Partner, Inc. ........................           18,181,818(3)               68.9% of Common Stock
 885 Third Avenue                                               (3)   4        100% of Series B Special Preferred Stock
 34th Floor
 New York, New York 10022
Airline Investors Partnership, L.P. ..............           18,181,818(3)               68.9% of Common Stock
 885 Third Avenue                                               (3)   4        100% of Series B Special Preferred Stock
 34th Floor
 New York, New York 10022
Association of Flight Attendants .................                    1        100% of Series C Special Preferred Stock
 National Office
 1625 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.
 Washington, D.C. 20036
International Association of Machinists ..........                    1        100% of Series D Special Preferred Stock
 and Aerospace Workers
 1001 Dillingham Boulevard, Ste 204
 Honolulu, Hawaii 96817
Hawaiian Master Executive Council ................                    1        100% of Series E Special Preferred Stock
 c/o Airline Pilots Association
 5959 West Century Boulevard, Ste 576
 Los Angeles, California 90045
 Attn: Master Chairman, Hawaiian MEC
John W. Adams.....................................           18,181,818(3)               68.9% of Common Stock
                                                                (3)   4        100% of Series B Special Preferred Stock
Todd G. Cole......................................                   --                           --
Richard F. Conway.................................                   --                           --
Robert G. Coo.....................................                   --                           --
Carol A. Fukunaga.................................                   --                           --
William Boyce Lum.................................                   --                           --
Richard K. Matros.................................                   --                           --
Reno F. Morella...................................              (42,141)(5)                   Common Stock*
Bruce R. Nobles...................................              304,343(6)(5)               1.1 % of Common Stock
Samson Poomaihealani..............................                   --                           --
Edward Z. Safady..................................                   --                           --
Peter W. Jenkins..................................              (40,0007)                   Common Stock*
John L. Garibaldi.................................              (8)  --                     Common Stock*
Michael J. McQuay.................................              (91,000)                    Common Stock*
Clarence K. Lyman.................................              (51,67110)(5)                   Common Stock*
All directors and executive officers .............           18,620,404(11)(5)               69.4% of Common Stock
 as a group including those named
 above (21 persons)
</TABLE>
 
                                       82
<PAGE>
- ------------------------
 (1) The address of each of the executive officers and directors is 3375 Koapaka
    Street, Suite G-350, Honolulu, Hawaii 96819.
 
 (2) Each executive officer  and director has sole  voting and investment  power
    with  respect to the shares  listed after his or  her name except for shares
    issued to  the Hawaiian  Airlines, Inc.  401(k) Savings  Plan (the  "Savings
    Plan"),  and the Hawaiian  Airlines, Inc. Pilots'  401(k) Plan (the "Pilots'
    Plan") or as otherwise indicated below. The shares owned by each person,  or
    by  the  group,  and the  shares  included  in the  total  number  of shares
    outstanding  have  been  adjusted,  and  the  percentage  owned  (where  the
    percentage   exceeds  1%)  have  been   computed  in  accordance  with  Rule
    13d-3(d)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Shares of
    the Common Stock allocated to participants' accounts in the Savings Plan are
    voted by the Vanguard Group, Inc. (the "Savings Plan Trustee"), pursuant  to
    written  directions of the participants, on matters presented at meetings of
    shareholders; shares with  respect to  which no  participant directions  are
    received  are voted according to the direction  of the majority of number of
    shares for which the Savings  Plan Trustee received written directions;  and
    unallocated  shares are  voted by  fiduciaries designated  under the Savings
    Plan. Shares of the Common Stock allocated to participants' accounts in  the
    Pilots' Plan are voted by Vanguard Group, Inc. (the "Pilots' Plan Trustee"),
    pursuant  to written directions of the participants, on matters presented at
    meetings of  shareholders;  shares  with respect  to  which  no  participant
    directions are received are voted according to the direction of the majority
    of  number of  shares for  which the  Pilots' Plan  Trustee received written
    directions; and unallocated shares are voted by fiduciaries designated under
    the Pilots' Plan.
 
 (3) The shares reported as owned by AIP, of which AIP General Partner, Inc.  is
    its  general partner and John  W. Adams is AIP  General Partner, Inc.'s sole
    shareholder, include  the  shares  reported as  beneficially  owned  by  AIP
    General  Partner, Inc.  and John W.  Adams. According to  their Schedule 13D
    dated January 31,  1996, AIP, AIP  General Partner, Inc.  and John W.  Adams
    exercise sole voting and dispositive power with respect to all such shares.
 
 (4)  Consists entirely of 2,141  shares issued to the  Pilots' Plan. Excludes a
    corresponding number of Rights Shares underlying Rights to be distributed in
    the Rights Offering.
 
 (5) An investment in the  Pilots' Plan or the Savings  Plan is tracked using  a
    unit  value accounting  method, similar to  a mutual fund.  To determine the
    equivalent number of whole shares represented by the fund units, the  market
    value  of the shareholder's balance in the  Pilot's Plan or Savings Plan was
    divided by the share price of the Company's Common Stock.
 
 (6) Includes fully vested and exercisable Options to purchase 300,000 shares of
    Common Stock granted on  February 2, 1995 under  the 1994 Stock Option  Plan
    and  expiring ten years from  the date of grant;  and 4,344 shares issued to
    the  Savings  Plan.  Excludes  a  corresponding  number  of  Rights   Shares
    underlying Rights to be distributed in the Rights Offering.
 
 (7)  Consists  entirely of  fully vested  and  exercisable Options  to purchase
    40,000 shares of  Common Stock granted  on February 2,  1995 under the  1994
    Stock  Option Plan and expiring ten years from the date of grant. Excludes a
    corresponding number of Rights Shares underlying Rights to be distributed in
    the Rights Offering.
 
 (8) Excludes Options to purchase 7,500 shares of Common Stock granted on May 1,
    1996 under the
    1994 Stock Option Plan and expiring on  May 1, 2006, which Options will  not
    vest  until May 1, 1997,  and 57,500 Rights Shares  underlying Options to be
    granted in the Rights Offering.
 
 (9) Excludes  50,000 Rights  Shares underlying  Options to  be granted  in  the
    Rights Offering.
 
(10)  Includes fully vested and exercisable Options to purchase 50,000 shares of
    Common Stock granted on  February 2, 1995 under  the 1994 Stock Option  Plan
    and  expiring ten years from  the date of grant;  and 1,671 shares issued to
    the  Savings  Plan.  Excludes  a  corresponding  number  of  Rights   Shares
    underlying Rights to be distributed in the Rights Offering.
 
(11) The number of shares reported includes the equivalent number of shares held
    by  certain directors and  officers through the Pilot's  Plan or the Savings
    Plan.
 
  * Less than 1%
 
                                       83
<PAGE>
CONTROL OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    Pursuant to the  Bylaws, AIP has  the right  to nominate six  of the  eleven
nominees  to stand from time  to time for election to  the Board of Directors so
long as it owns 35%  of the outstanding common stock  of the Company on a  fully
diluted basis. AIP's right to nominate directors will be reduced to five so long
as  it retains 25% of such  common stock, reduced to four  so long as it retains
10% of such common stock, and reduced to three so long as it retains 5% of  such
common  stock.  Thereafter,  AIP  will  not  have  the  right  to  nominate  any
individuals to the Board unless it reacquires  at least 5% of such common  stock
within 365 days. To the extent Board members are not required to be nominated by
AIP because of the reductions in AIP's stock holdings, such Board members are to
be outside directors.
 
    Pursuant to their respective collective bargaining agreement and the Bylaws,
each  of AFA, IAM and ALPA  has the right to nominate  one nominee to stand from
time to time for election  to the Board. Of  the two other remaining  directors,
(i)  one  is required  to be  an outside  director,  defined as  one who  is not
employed by the Company and is  not affiliated with the Company's labor  unions,
AIP  or  American, and  (ii) the  other is  required to  be a  senior management
official of the Company.
 
    AIP has agreed with each  of the labor unions that  so long as the right  to
have a representative on the Board is in the labor union's collective bargaining
agreement,  AIP will vote  its shares in  favor of such  union's nominee for the
Board of Directors.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 60,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share and 2,000,000 shares of preferred  stock,
par  value, $.01  per share. The  following statements are  summaries of certain
provisions applicable to the Company's capital stock.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    As of July 3, 1996, there were 26,409,421 shares of Common Stock outstanding
held by 955 record holders. The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote
per share on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Holders of  Common
Stock  are entitled to receive ratably such  dividends as may be declared by the
Board of Directors  out of  funds legally available  therefor. In  the event  of
liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of  the Company, holders of Common Stock
are entitled  to  share  ratably  in  all  assets  remaining  after  payment  of
liabilities,  and  after payment  in full  of any  preferential amount  to which
holders of preferred  stock may  be entitled. Holders  of Common  Stock have  no
preemptive  rights unless such  rights are specifically granted  by the Board of
Directors, and no such rights currently  exist. Holders of Common Stock have  no
redemption,  sinking fund or conversion rights. All of the currently outstanding
shares of Common  Stock are, and  the Rights Shares  and Committed Shares,  upon
their issuance in accordance with the terms of the Rights and the Stock Purchase
Agreements, respectively, will be, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Board of Directors has authority to issue 2,000,000 shares of preferred
stock in  one  or  more series  and  to  fix the  voting  powers,  designations,
preferences  and participating, optional, relative  or other special rights, and
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, without any further vote or
action by the Company's shareholders. The issuance of preferred stock in certain
circumstances may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a  change
of  control  of the  Company  without further  action  by the  shareholders, may
discourage bids for the Common Stock at  a premium over the market price of  the
Common  Stock and may adversely  affect the market price  of, and the voting and
other rights of the holders of, Common Stock.
 
    In connection with and upon consummation  of the AIP Investment, on  January
31,  1996, the  Company issued  shares of  four new  series of  preferred stock,
denominated Series B Special Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, Series C
Special Preferred Stock, par  value $.01 per share,  Series D Special  Preferred
Stock, par value $.01 per share, and Series E Special Preferred Stock, par value
$.01 per share (collectively, the four series of preferred stock are hereinafter
referred to as "Special
 
                                       84
<PAGE>
Preferred  Stock"). AIP holds  four shares of Series  B Special Preferred Stock,
and each of  AFA, IAM and  ALPA holds one  share of Series  C Special  Preferred
Stock,  Series D Special  Preferred Stock and Series  E Special Preferred Stock,
respectively, which shares comprise all of the issued and outstanding shares  of
each series of Special Preferred Stock.
 
    Pursuant  to the Bylaws, the holders of the Special Preferred Stock have the
right to nominate persons to stand from  time to time for election to the  Board
of Directors. See "Principal Shareholders -- Control of the Board of Directors."
In  addition,  holders  of  each  series of  Special  Preferred  Stock  have the
following rights, preferences and privileges:
 
        (i) a right to receive, out of the assets of the Company, $.01 per share
    before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders of
    the Common Stock in the event  of liquidation, dissolution or winding up  of
    the Company;
 
        (ii)  the right to  one vote per  share together with  the Common Stock,
    voting as  a single  class, with  respect to  any matters  submitted to  the
    holders of Common Stock, and as required by law;
 
       (iii) the right to fill a vacancy on the Board of Directors caused by the
    removal,  resignation or death of a director whom the holders of such series
    are entitled to  nominate pursuant  to the Bylaws,  if such  vacancy is  not
    filled by the Board of Directors within 30 days; and
 
       (iv)  a dividend per share, when and as declared and paid by the Board of
    Directors on the Common Stock, equal to twice the dividend per share paid on
    the Common Stock.
 
    The rights and  preferences of the  Special Preferred Stock  cease to  exist
once  the outstanding  shares are  converted into Common  Stock, on  a share for
share basis, which  occurs automatically  upon transfer  of such  shares to  any
person  who is not an  affiliate of the initial  holder of the Special Preferred
Stock; and in the case of the  Series B Special Preferred Stock, if such  holder
is  the holder  of record of  less than  five percent of  the outstanding common
equity interest of the Company for 365 consecutive days; and in the case of each
of the Series C  Special Preferred Stock, Series  D Special Preferred Stock  and
Series  E Special Preferred Stock, if the collective bargaining agreement by and
between the holders of such share and the Company is amended through  collective
bargaining  so that such agreement no longer entitles such holders to nominate a
representative to the Board of Directors.  The holders of shares of the  Special
Preferred  Stock  are not  entitled  to preemptive,  subscription  redemption or
sinking fund rights.
 
    In connection with the Company's shareholders' rights plan described  below,
the  Board of Directors has authorized  a series of preferred stock, denominated
Series A Junior Participating  Cumulative Preferred Stock,  par value $1.00  per
share (the "Series A Preferred Stock"). The 20,000 authorized shares of Series A
Preferred  Stock will be issuable in increments  of 1/1000th of a share upon the
exercise  of  purchase   rights  under  the   shareholders'  rights  plan.   See
"Shareholders' Rights Plan" below.
 
SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS PLAN
 
    In December 1994, the Board of Directors adopted a shareholders' rights plan
(the  "Rights Plan"). The Rights Agreement setting forth the terms of the Rights
Plan is an exhibit to the Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus is  a
part. See "Available Information."
 
    The  Rights  Plan  provides  that  one  preferred  stock  purchase  right (a
"Purchase  Right")  is  attached  to  each  share  of  Common  Stock   currently
outstanding  and a Purchase Right will be issued with each share of Common Stock
issued prior to the Purchase Rights Distribution Date (as defined below).  Prior
to   the  Purchase  Rights  Distribution  Date,  the  Purchase  Rights  are  not
exercisable, are attached to and  trade in tandem with  the Common Stock on  the
American  Stock Exchange and the Pacific Stock Exchange and are evidenced by the
same stock certificates that evidence the related shares of Common Stock. On the
Purchase Rights  Distribution Date,  the Purchase  Rights will  detach from  the
Common  Stock, will trade separately and  will be evidenced by separate Purchase
Rights certificates.
 
                                       85
<PAGE>
    The "Purchase Rights  Distribution Date"  will be  the earliest  of (i)  the
tenth  business day following a public announcement that a person has become the
beneficial owner of 10% or more of  the outstanding Common Stock (such a  person
being referred to as a "10% Shareholder" and the date of such announcement being
referred  to as the "10% Ownership Date"),  (ii) the tenth business day (or such
later day as may be designated by the Board of Directors) following the date  of
the commencement of, or the announcement of an intention to make, a tender offer
or  exchange offer, the consummation of which would cause any person to become a
10% Shareholder (the date of  such tenth business day  (or later day) being  the
"Tender/Exchange  Offer Date")  or (iii)  the first  date, on  or after  the 10%
Ownership Date, upon which the Company is acquired in a merger or other business
combination in which the  Company is not the  surviving corporation or in  which
the outstanding Common Stock is changed into or exchanged for stock or assets of
another  person, or upon which 50% or  more of the Company's consolidated assets
or earning power are sold (other than in transactions in the ordinary course  of
business)  (the date  of such  merger, combination,  sale or  transfer being the
"Flip-Over Date").
 
    Once the Purchase Rights Distribution Date has occurred, the Purchase Rights
will be  exercisable. Between  the  Purchase Rights  Distribution Date  and  the
earlier  to occur of the Flip-In Date  (as defined below) or the Flip-Over Date,
each Purchase Right will be exercisable to purchase from the Company 1/1000th of
a share of Series A Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $8.00.
 
    It is intended that each 1/1000th of a share of the Series A Preferred Stock
will have a  theoretical value  equal to  one share  of the  Common Stock.  Each
1/1000th  of a  share of  the Series  A Preferred  Stock will  be entitled  to a
preferential quarterly dividend,  subject to  the rights  of the  shares of  any
other  series of preferred stock  equal to the larger of  (i) an amount equal to
the dividend, if any, declared for a share of the Common Stock or (ii) $.001. In
the event of liquidation, the holder of each 1/1000th of a share of the Series A
Preferred Stock will be entitled to a preferential liquidation payment equal  to
the  larger of (i) an amount equal to  the amount to be distributed with respect
to each share of Common  Stock or (ii) $.001  plus accrued and unpaid  dividends
and  distributions on the Series A Preferred  Stock. Each 1/1000th of a share of
Series A Preferred  Stock will have  one vote  and will vote  together with  the
shares  of Common  Stock. In  the event  of any  merger, consolidation  or other
transaction in which shares  of Common Stock are  exchanged, each 1/1000th of  a
share  of the  Series A Preferred  Stock will  be entitled to  receive an amount
equal to that  received per  share of Common  Stock. These  Purchase Rights  are
protected  by customary  antidilution provisions.  The Series  A Preferred Stock
will be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock that may be authorized and
issued by  the  Company, unless  the  terms of  any  such other  series  provide
otherwise.  The Series A Preferred  Stock is issuable only  upon the exercise of
Purchase Rights  and  will  not be  redeemable.  Once  the shares  of  Series  A
Preferred  Stock are issued, the Articles of Incorporation may not be amended in
a manner  that would  materially  alter or  change  the powers,  preferences  or
special  rights of the Series  A Preferred Stock so  as to affect them adversely
without the  affirmative  vote of  the  holders of  two-thirds  or more  of  the
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class. At
any  time that dividends on the Series  A Preferred Stock in an aggregate amount
equal to dividends payable for six quarters  are in arrears, the holders of  the
Series  A Preferred Stock will have the right  to a separate class vote to elect
one director to the Board of Directors  ((or, in the event such other series  of
preferred  stock is entitled  to a greater  number of directors,  such number of
directors, which shall  be cumulative and  not in addition  to the one  director
provided  herein) (in addition  to the then authorized  number of directors)) at
the  next  annual  meeting  of  shareholders.  Upon  payment  of  all   dividend
arrearages,  the terms of the director(s) elected by the holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock will expire.
 
    Following the close of business on the tenth business day following the  10%
Ownership  Date (such day being the  "Flip-In Date"), each Purchase Right (other
than Purchase Rights held by the 10%  Shareholder, which shall be void) will  be
exercisable  to purchase, at  the then current exercise  price, shares of Common
Stock (or, in  certain circumstances, cash,  assets or other  securities of  the
Company)  having a  market value equal  to two  times the exercise  price of the
Purchase Right.
 
                                       86
<PAGE>
    If, on or after  the 10% Ownership  Date, (i) the Company  is acquired in  a
merger or other business combination transaction in which the Company is not the
surviving  corporation or the Common Stock is  changed or exchanged for stock or
assets of another person or (ii) 50  percent or more of the Company's assets  or
earning  power is sold, each Purchase Right  (other than Purchase Rights held by
the 10% Shareholder, which  shall be void) will  be exercisable to purchase,  at
the  then  current  exercise price,  shares  of  common stock  of  the surviving
corporation or  the  acquirer having  a  market value  equal  to two  times  the
exercise price of the Purchase Right.
 
    At  any time prior  to the earliest  of the Tender/Exchange  Offer Date, the
Flip-In Date or the Flip-Over Date, the Board of Directors serving prior to  the
date  the  event triggering  the Purchase  Right  may, at  its option,  call the
Purchase Rights for redemption in whole, but not in part, at a price of $.01 per
Purchase Right.  Immediately  upon  the  calling  of  the  Purchase  Rights  for
redemption,  the right to  exercise Purchase Rights will  terminate and the only
right of  the holders  of Purchase  Rights  thereafter will  be to  receive  the
redemption price.
 
    At  any  time after  the  10% Ownership  Date and  prior  to the  first date
thereafter upon which a 10% Shareholder  becomes the beneficial owner of 50%  or
more of the outstanding Common Stock, the Board of Directors may, at its option,
direct  the  Company  to  exchange  all  but not  less  than  all,  of  the then
outstanding Purchase Rights for Common Stock  at an exchange ratio per  Purchase
Right  equal to a number of  shares of Common Stock that,  as of the date of the
Board of Directors' action, has a  current market value equal to the  difference
between  the exercise price of a Purchase  Right and the current market price of
the shares that would otherwise be issuable upon exercise of a Purchase Right on
such date. Immediately upon such action by the Directors, the right to  exercise
Purchase  Rights will terminate  and the only  right of the  holders of Purchase
Rights thereafter will be to receive the number of shares of Common Stock to  be
issued in such exchange.
 
    The  Board of Directors may, from time  to time, without the approval of any
holder of Purchase Rights, supplement or amend any provision of the Rights Plan,
whether or not such supplement or amendment is adverse to any holder of Purchase
Rights;  provided,  however,   that  from   and  after  the   earliest  of   the
Tender/Exchange  Offer  Date,  the  10% Ownership  Date,  the  Flip-In  Date the
Flip-Over Date or the date of the redemption of the Purchase Rights, the  Rights
Plan  may not be supplemented or amended in any manner that would materially and
adversely affect any  holder of  outstanding Purchase  Rights other  than a  10%
Shareholder;  provided further, that from and  after the 10% Ownership Date, the
Rights Plan  may  not be  supplemented  or amended  in  any manner  without  the
approval of a majority of the directors who were directors prior to such date.
 
    Until  a Purchase Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have
no rights as  a shareholder of  the Company, including  without limitation,  the
right  to vote or to  receive dividends. While the  distribution of the Purchase
Rights will not be taxable to shareholders or to the Company, shareholders  may,
depending upon the circumstances, recognize taxable income in the event that the
Purchase  Rights  become  exercisable  for  shares  of  Common  Stock  (or other
consideration) or for common stock of the surviving corporation or the acquirer.
 
    The Purchase Rights  will expire  in December  2004 (unless  they have  been
earlier  redeemed  or exchanged)  unless the  Purchase Rights  Distribution Date
occurs prior to that time, in which case the Purchase Rights will expire on  the
tenth anniversary of the Purchase Rights Distribution Date.
 
    The  Purchase Rights  will have certain  anti-takeover effects  as they will
cause substantial dilution  to a  person or  group that  acquires a  substantial
interest  in the Company without  the prior approval of  the Board of Directors.
The effect of the Purchase Rights may be  to inhibit a change in control of  the
Company (including through a third party tender offer at a price that reflects a
premium  to  then  prevailing trading  prices)  that  may be  beneficial  to the
Company's shareholders.
 
    The consummation  of  the AIP  Investment  would  have rendered  AIP  a  10%
Shareholder.  However, the Board of Directors,  pursuant to authority granted to
it under the  Rights Plan,  made a  determination that AIP  would not  be a  10%
Shareholder and the Rights Plan was amended to so provide.
 
                                       87
<PAGE>
ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW AND CHARTER PROVISIONS
 
    In  addition to the Rights Plan, the Company is subject to Section 415-73 of
the Hawaii Business Corporation Act, which restricts mergers and consolidations.
Subject to certain exceptions, unless the Board of Directors and the holders  of
at  least 75%  of all  the issued  and outstanding  voting stock  of the Company
approve a merger or consolidation, Section 415-73 prohibits such a transaction.
 
    The Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws include a number of provisions that
may have  the  effect  of  discouraging  persons  from  pursuing  non-negotiated
takeover  attempts.  These provisions  include (i)  a  restriction on  action by
written consent by the  shareholders, unless such consent  is unanimous, (ii)  a
prohibition on cumulative voting, (iii) certain qualifications for directors and
(iv)  restrictions  on the  filling of  vacancies  of directors.  See "Principal
Shareholders -- Control of the Board of Directors."
 
                             THE FINANCIAL ADVISOR
 
    The Company  has  engaged Jefferies  to  act  as its  financial  advisor  in
connection  with  its  assessment  of  strategic  alternatives  and  the  Rights
Offering. The Financial Advisor  was engaged because  of its general  experience
and  expertise  in financial  matters.  The Financial  Advisor,  as part  of its
investment  banking  business,  is  continually  engaged  in  the  valuation  of
securities  in connection with acquisitions, negotiated underwritings, secondary
distributions  of  listed  and  unlisted  securities,  private  placements   and
valuations  for various  other purposes.  As specialists  in securities,  it has
experience in, and knowledge  of, the valuation of  airline enterprises. In  the
ordinary  course of its  business as broker-dealer,  it may, from  time to time,
purchase securities from, and sell securities  to, the Company and, as a  market
maker  in securities, it may from time to time have a long or short position in,
and buy or sell, debt  or equity securities of the  Company for its own  account
and for the accounts of its customers.
 
    In  its capacity as financial advisor, the Financial Advisor provided advice
to the Board  of Directors  of the Company  regarding the  determination of  the
Subscription  Price  and the  financial  impact of  the  Rights Offering  on the
Company from a  financial point of  view and discussed  with management and  the
Board  of Directors of the Company the  possible effects of the Rights Offering.
See "Purpose of the Rights Offering and Use of Proceeds." The Financial  Advisor
assisted  the  Company  in identifying  potential  Investors, but  has  not been
retained to, and will not, solicit Holders of Rights to purchase Common Stock in
connection with the Rights Offering. See "The Investor Offering."
 
    Under applicable law, Jefferies may bid for and purchase Rights for  certain
purposes. Such purchases will be subject to certain price and volume limitations
when  Jefferies owns Rights  without an offsetting short  position in the Common
Stock. Such limitations  provide, among  other things, that  subject to  certain
exceptions,  not more than one  bid to purchase Rights  may be maintained in any
one market at the  same price at  the same time and  that, with certain  limited
exceptions, the initial bid for or purchase of Rights may not be made at a price
higher  than the highest  current independent bid price  or the last independent
sales price on the AMEX or the PSE. Any such price may not be increased, subject
to certain exceptions, unless Jefferies has not purchased any Rights for a  full
business  day or  the independent  bid price for  such Rights  has exceeded such
price for a full business day.
 
    From the date  of this Prospectus,  Jefferies may offer  and sell shares  of
Common  Stock at prices it sets from time to time, which prices may be higher or
lower than the Subscription Price. Prior  to the Expiration Date, each of  these
prices  when set will  not exceed the higher  of the last  sale price or current
asked price of the Common Stock  on the AMEX or the  PSE plus, in each case,  an
amount  equal  to an  exchange commission,  and  any offering  price set  on any
calendar day will not be increased more than once during that day. Any  offering
by  Jefferies may  include shares  of Common  Stock acquired  or to  be acquired
through the exercise of  the Rights. As a  result of those offerings,  Jefferies
may  realize profits or losses independent of its financial advisory and capital
raising fees it receives.
 
                                       88
<PAGE>
    Jefferies will receive a capital raising fee equal to 5.5% of the  aggregate
gross  proceeds to the Company from (i) the Investor Offering as compensation in
connection with its efforts to arrange commitments of the Investors to  purchase
shares  of Common  Stock and (ii)  any other  offering of Common  Stock in which
Jefferies  provides  financial  advisory  services  to  the  Company  (I.E.,   a
Subsequent  Offering) and which is necessary in order that gross proceeds to the
Company from  the Rights  Offering,  the Investor  Offering and  any  Subsequent
Offering equal or exceed $25,000,000. In the event that the total gross proceeds
to  the  Company  from  the  Rights  Offering,  the  Investor  Offering  and any
Subsequent Offering equal or exceed $25,000,000, Jefferies will also receive (1)
a financial advisory fee equal  to 1.5% of the  aggregate gross proceeds to  the
Company  from  the Rights  Offering, the  Investor  Offering and  any Subsequent
Offering and  (2)  reimbursement by  the  Company for  Jefferies'  out-of-pocket
expenses, other than its reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, which the
Company  has agreed to reimburse  regardless of the amount  of proceeds from the
various offerings. In addition,  the Company has  agreed to indemnify  Jefferies
against certain liabilities.
 
    The  Financial  Advisor  has  provided investment  banking  services  to the
Company in  the past,  including  in connection  with  the AIP  Investment,  and
received  commissions in connection therewith and  may continue to perform these
and other services and receive fees  therefor in the future. In connection  with
the  AIP  Investment,  the  Company  paid Jefferies  fees  of  (i)  $150,000 for
rendering its December 7, 1995 fairness opinion regarding the AIP Investment and
(ii) $1.2 million  upon consummation  of the  AIP Investment.  The Company  also
reimbursed  Jefferies  for its  fees  and expenses  in  connection with  the AIP
Investment.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The tax matters  discussed under "Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences"
are  being  passed upon  for the  Company by  Gibson, Dunn  & Crutcher  LLP, Los
Angeles, California.  The validity  of  the authorization  and issuance  of  the
securities  offered hereby  are being  passed upon  for the  Company by Goodsill
Anderson Quinn & Stifel.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The financial statements of Hawaiian Airlines, Inc. as of December 31,  1995
and  1994, and for  the year ended  December 31, 1995,  the period September 12,
1994 through December 31, 1994, the period January 1, 1994 through September 11,
1994, and the year ended December 31, 1993, have been included herein and in the
registration statement in  reliance upon the  report of KPMG  Peat Marwick  LLP,
independent  certified  public  accountants,  dated  March  15,  1996, appearing
elsewhere herein, and upon the authority  of said firm as experts in  accounting
and auditing.
 
    The  report  of KPMG  Peat Marwick  LLP  dated March  15, 1996,  contains an
explanatory  paragraph  that  states  that  the  financial  statements  of   the
Reorganized  Company reflect the impact of adjustments to reflect the fair value
of assets and  liabilities under fresh  start accounting and,  as a result,  the
financial  statements  of  the  Reorganized Company  are  presented  on  a basis
different than those of the Predecessor Company.
 
    In addition,  the report  of KPMG  Peat Marwick  LLP dated  March 15,  1996,
contains  an  explanatory paragraph  that  states that  the  Company's recurring
losses  from  operations,  deficit  working  capital  and  limited  sources   of
additional  liquidity raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a
going concern.  The financial  statements do  not include  any adjustments  that
might result from the outcome of that uncertainty.
 
                                       89
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
  Independent Auditors' Report.............................................................................        F-2
 
  Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995..........................................................        F-3
 
  Statements of Operations for the Year ended December 31, 1993, the Period from January 1, 1994 to
   September 11, 1994, the Period from September 12, 1994 to December 31, 1994 and the Year ended December
   31, 1995................................................................................................        F-4
 
  Statements of Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) for the Year ended December 31, 1993, the Period from
   January 1, 1994 to September 11, 1994, the Period from September 12, 1994 to December 31, 1994 and the
   Year ended December 31, 1995............................................................................        F-5
 
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Year ended December 31, 1993, the Period from January 1, 1994 to
   September 11, 1994, the Period from September 12, 1994 to December 31, 1994 and the Year ended December
   31, 1995................................................................................................        F-6
 
  Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................        F-8
 
  Supplemental Financial Information: Unaudited Quarterly Financial Information for the Years ended
   December 31, 1994 and 1995..............................................................................       F-37
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996
 
  Condensed Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 (unaudited)..........................       F-38
 
  Condensed Statements of Operations for the Three Months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)........       F-39
 
  Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)........       F-40
 
  Notes to Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements........................................................       F-41
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Board of Directors
Hawaiian Airlines, Inc.:
 
    We  have audited the accompanying balance  sheets of Hawaiian Airlines, Inc.
as of December  31, 1995  and 1994, and  the related  statements of  operations,
shareholders'  equity (deficit) and  cash flows for the  year ended December 31,
1995, the  period September  12,  1994 through  December  31, 1994,  the  period
January  1, 1994  through September  11, 1994, and  the year  ended December 31,
1993. These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is  to express  an  opinion on  these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all material respects, the financial  position of Hawaiian Airlines, Inc. as
of December 31, 1995 and  1994, and the results of  its operations and its  cash
flows  for  the year  ended December  31,  1995, the  period September  12, 1994
through December 31,  1994, the  period January  1, 1994  through September  11,
1994, and the year ended December 31, 1993 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
    As  discussed in notes 1 and 2 to the financial statements, on September 12,
1994, Hawaiian Airlines, Inc. emerged from bankruptcy. The financial  statements
of the Reorganized Company reflect the impact of adjustments to reflect the fair
value  of assets and liabilities  under fresh start reporting.  As a result, the
financial statements of  the Reorganized  Company are presented  on a  different
basis  than those of the Predecessor  Company and, therefore, are not comparable
in all respects.
 
    The accompanying  financial  statements  have been  prepared  assuming  that
Hawaiian  Airlines, Inc. will continue as a  going concern. As discussed in note
16 to the financial statements, the Company's recurring losses from  operations,
deficit  working capital and  its limited sources  of additional liquidity raise
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's
plans in regard to these  matters are also described  in note 16. The  financial
statements  do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of
this uncertainty.
 
                                          /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
Honolulu, Hawaii
March 15, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995 (REORGANIZED COMPANY)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              REORGANIZED COMPANY
                                                                                              --------------------
                                                                                                1994       1995
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                           <C>        <C>
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................................................  $   3,501  $   5,389
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $500 in 1994 and $800 in
   1995.....................................................................................     16,275     18,178
  Inventories, net of allowance for obsolescence of $315 in 1994 and 1995...................      6,234      7,648
  Assets held for sale......................................................................      1,594      1,344
  Prepaid expenses..........................................................................      6,079      5,804
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
    Total current assets....................................................................     33,683     38,363
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
Property and Equipment
  Flight equipment..........................................................................     34,702     40,659
  Ground equipment, buildings and leasehold improvements....................................      3,976      5,775
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
    Total...................................................................................     38,678     46,434
  Accumulated depreciation and amortization.................................................       (922)    (5,043)
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
    Property and equipment, net.............................................................     37,756     41,391
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
Other Assets:
  Assets held for sale......................................................................     11,789      8,336
  Lease security and other deposits.........................................................        603      1,053
  Long-term prepayments and other...........................................................      8,536      5,164
  Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets, net...........     70,934     67,333
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
    Total other assets......................................................................     91,862     81,886
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
    Total Assets............................................................................  $ 163,301  $ 161,640
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
                                       LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt.........................................................  $   6,394  $   6,027
  Current portion of capital lease obligations..............................................      2,907      2,662
  Accounts payable..........................................................................     17,529     35,182
  Air traffic liability.....................................................................     40,382     30,461
  Other accrued liabilities.................................................................      4,916      8,293
  Current portion of accrued vacation liability.............................................      5,040      5,052
  Accrued salaries and wages................................................................      2,342      2,385
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
    Total current liabilities...............................................................     79,510     90,062
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
Long-Term Debt..............................................................................     14,152      5,523
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
Capital Lease Obligations...................................................................     12,764     10,102
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
Other Liabilities and Deferred Credits:
  Noncurrent portion of accrued vacation liability..........................................        485        425
  Accumulated pension and other postretirement benefit obligations..........................     22,013     25,259
  Other.....................................................................................        528      1,091
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
    Total other liabilities and deferred credits............................................     23,026     26,775
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
Shareholders' Equity:
  Class A Common Stock -- $.01 par value, 20,000,000 and 40,000,000 shares authorized in
   1994 and 1995, respectively, no shares and 6,845,105 shares issued and outstanding in
   1994 and 1995, respectively (636,247 shares issuable in 1996)............................     --             75
  Class B Common Stock -- $.01 par value, no shares and 3,050,000 shares authorized in 1994
   and 1995, respectively, no shares and 1,894,955 shares issued and outstanding in 1994 and
   1995, respectively.......................................................................     --             19
  Capital in excess of par value............................................................     --         41,193
  Warrants..................................................................................     --            900
  Unearned compensation.....................................................................     --           (182)
  Minimum pension liability.................................................................     --         (1,170)
  Common Stock, warrants and options issuable...............................................     40,000     --
  Accumulated deficit.......................................................................     (6,151)   (11,657)
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
    Shareholders' equity....................................................................     33,849     29,178
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
  Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (Notes 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 13 and 15)
  Subsequent Events (Notes 1 and 16)
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity..............................................  $ 163,301  $ 161,640
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                 See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 (PREDECESSOR), THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1,
1994 TO SEPTEMBER 11, 1994 (PREDECESSOR), THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 12, 1994 TO
  DECEMBER 31, 1994 (REORGANIZED COMPANY) AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                             (REORGANIZED COMPANY)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PREDECESSOR             REORGANIZED COMPANY
                                                           --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                                         PERIOD FROM    PERIOD FROM
                                                                         JANUARY 1,    SEPTEMBER 12,
                                                                           1994 TO        1994 TO
                                                                        SEPTEMBER 11,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              1993          1994           1994          1995
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
Operating Revenues:
  Passenger..............................................  $   273,386   $   199,502    $    80,675   $   297,527
  Charter................................................        7,169           135            536        22,200
  Cargo..................................................       15,000        11,039          5,300        18,169
  Other..................................................        8,554         6,147          2,646         9,008
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
    Total................................................      304,109       216,823         89,157       346,904
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
Operating Expenses:
  Flying operations......................................      107,959        71,768         28,650       104,847
  Maintenance............................................       65,963        47,281         21,547        79,156
  Passenger service......................................       33,748        25,224         10,647        39,210
  Aircraft and traffic servicing.........................       44,135        34,324         16,720        54,616
  Promotion and sales....................................       35,563        28,499         10,892        43,162
  General and administrative.............................       21,610        12,063          4,696        18,377
  Depreciation and amortization..........................        5,969         4,085          2,273         7,437
  Early retirement provision.............................      --            --             --              2,000
  Restructuring charges..................................       14,000       --             --            --
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
    Total................................................      328,947       223,244         95,425       348,805
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
    Operating Loss.......................................      (24,838)       (6,421)        (6,268)       (1,901)
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
Nonoperating Income (Expense):
  Interest and amortization of debt expense..............       (5,066)       (1,150)        (1,286)       (4,341)
  Interest income........................................          360           300            318           762
  Gain (loss) on disposition of equipment................         (659)           45            558          (233)
  Other, net.............................................        1,312           502            527           207
  Reorganization expenses................................      (52,637)      (13,950)       --            --
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
    Total................................................      (56,690)      (14,253)           117        (3,605)
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
Loss Before Extraordinary Items..........................      (81,528)      (20,674)        (6,151)       (5,506)
Extraordinary gain, net..................................       12,104       190,063        --            --
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
Net Income (Loss)........................................  $   (69,424)  $   169,389    $    (6,151)  $    (5,506)
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
Pro Forma Loss Per Common Share (Unaudited):
  Before extraordinary items.............................  $       N/M*  $       N/M*   $     (0.65)** $     (0.59)**
  Extraordinary gain, net................................          N/M*          N/M*       --**          --**
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
Net Income (Loss)........................................  $       N/M  $        N/M   $      (0.65 )** $     (0.59)**
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding.....        6,170         7,137          9,400**       9,400**
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
                                                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 * Not Meaningful --  Per share data  is not meaningful  as the Predecessor  was
   recapitalized and adopted fresh start reporting as of September 12, 1994.
** Proforma  per share  data has been  calculated assuming  that the Reorganized
   Company will issue approximately 9.4 million shares of Common Stock  pursuant
   to the Reorganization Plan.
 
                 See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                  STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 (PREDECESSOR), THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1,
                   1994 TO SEPTEMBER 11, 1994 (PREDECESSOR),
 THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 12, 1994 TO DECEMBER 31, 1994 (REORGANIZED COMPANY)
           AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 (REORGANIZED COMPANY)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       CAPITAL IN
                                                              COMMON        CLASS A        CLASS B      EXCESS OF
                                                               STOCK     COMMON STOCK   COMMON STOCK    PAR VALUE    WARRANTS
                                                            -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
PREDECESSOR
Balance, December 31, 1992................................   $  37,622     $  --          $  --         $  12,479    $  --
Net loss..................................................      --            --             --            --           --
Exercise of warrants for 1,075,268 shares of Common
 Stock....................................................          11        --             --            --           --
Issuance of 348,038 shares of Common Stock to the Employee
 Stock Ownership Plans....................................       2,871        --             --            --           --
Accretion in value of Class B Preference Stock............      --            --             --            --           --
                                                            -----------          ---            ---    -----------       -----
Balance, December 31, 1993................................      40,504        --             --            12,479       --
Net income................................................      --
Fresh start adjustments, net..............................     (40,504)       --             --           (12,479)      --
                                                            -----------          ---            ---    -----------       -----
REORGANIZED COMPANY
Balance, September 12, 1994...............................      --            --             --            --           --
Net loss..................................................      --            --             --            --           --
                                                            -----------          ---            ---    -----------       -----
Balance, December 31, 1994................................      --            --             --            --           --
Net loss..................................................      --            --             --            --           --
Issuance of 6,845,105 shares of Class A Common Stock and
 1,894,955 shares of Class B Common Stock (636,247 shares
 of Class A Common Stock issuable)........................      --                75             19        39,006       --
Issuance of warrants to acquire 989,011 shares of Class A
 Common Stock.............................................      --            --             --            --              900
Grant of options to acquire 592,500 shares of Class A
 Common Stock.............................................      --            --             --             2,187       --
Amortization of Unearned Compensation on options to
 acquire 592,500 shares of Class A Common Stock...........      --            --             --            --           --
Recordation of minimum pension liability..................      --            --             --            --           --
                                                            -----------          ---            ---    -----------       -----
Balance, December 31, 1995................................   $  --         $      75      $      19     $  41,193    $     900
                                                            -----------          ---            ---    -----------       -----
                                                            -----------          ---            ---    -----------       -----
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           COMMON
                                                                                           STOCK,
                                                                             MINIMUM    WARRANTS AND
                                                              UNEARNED       PENSION      OPTIONS     ACCUMULATED
                                                            COMPENSATION    LIABILITY     ISSUABLE      DEFICIT
                                                            -------------  -----------  ------------  ------------
 
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
PREDECESSOR
Balance, December 31, 1992................................    $  --         $  --        $   --        $ (192,822)
Net loss..................................................       --            --            --           (69,424)
Exercise of warrants for 1,075,268 shares of Common
 Stock....................................................       --            --            --            --
Issuance of 348,038 shares of Common Stock to the Employee
 Stock Ownership Plans....................................       --            --            --            --
Accretion in value of Class B Preference Stock............       --            --            --              (619)
                                                            -------------  -----------  ------------  ------------
Balance, December 31, 1993................................       --            --            --          (262,865)
Net income................................................                                                169,389
Fresh start adjustments, net..............................       --            --            40,000        93,476
                                                            -------------  -----------  ------------  ------------
REORGANIZED COMPANY
Balance, September 12, 1994...............................       --            --            40,000        --
Net loss..................................................       --            --            --            (6,151)
                                                            -------------  -----------  ------------  ------------
Balance, December 31, 1994................................       --            --            40,000        (6,151)
Net loss..................................................       --            --            --            (5,506)
Issuance of 6,845,105 shares of Class A Common Stock and
 1,894,955 shares of Class B Common Stock (636,247 shares
 of Class A Common Stock issuable)........................       --            --           (39,100)       --
Issuance of warrants to acquire 989,011 shares of Class A
 Common Stock.............................................       --            --              (900)       --
Grant of options to acquire 592,500 shares of Class A
 Common Stock.............................................       (2,187)       --            --            --
Amortization of Unearned Compensation on options to
 acquire 592,500 shares of Class A Common Stock...........        2,005        --            --            --
Recordation of minimum pension liability..................       --            (1,170)       --            --
                                                            -------------  -----------  ------------  ------------
Balance, December 31, 1995................................    $    (182)    $  (1,170)   $   --        $  (11,657)
                                                            -------------  -----------  ------------  ------------
                                                            -------------  -----------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                 See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 (PREDECESSOR), THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1,
1994 TO SEPTEMBER 11, 1994 (PREDECESSOR), THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 12, 1994 TO
  DECEMBER 31, 1994 (REORGANIZED COMPANY) AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                             (REORGANIZED COMPANY)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PREDECESSOR           REORGANIZED COMPANY
                                                                 ------------------------  ------------------------
                                                                             PERIOD FROM    PERIOD FROM
                                                                             JANUARY 1,    SEPTEMBER 12,
                                                                               1994 TO        1994 TO
                                                                            SEPTEMBER 11,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   1993         1994           1994         1995
                                                                 ---------  -------------  -------------  ---------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
  Net income (loss)............................................  $ (69,424)  $   169,389     $  (6,151)   $  (5,506)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
   provided by (used in) operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization..............................      5,969         4,085         1,183        3,836
    Amortization of reorganization value in excess of
     identifiable assets.......................................     --           --              1,090        3,601
    Amortization of debt discount..............................     --           --                136          557
    Allowance for doubtful accounts............................      4,811           422        --              719
    Net periodic postretirement benefit cost...................      2,916         1,988           903        3,309
    Stock option compensation..................................     --           --             --            2,005
    Early retirement provision.................................     --           --             --            2,000
    (Gain) loss from disposition of equipment..................        659           (45)         (558)         233
    Extraordinary items........................................    (12,104)     (190,063)       --           --
    (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable.................         44        (6,223)        3,401       (2,622)
    (Increase) decrease in inventories.........................       (419)          497           220       (1,414)
    (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses....................       (406)       (1,133)       (2,233)         275
    (Decrease) increase in accounts payable....................    (22,923)        5,774        (1,966)      17,653
    (Decrease) increase air traffic liability..................    (14,319)       10,602          (319)      (9,921)
    (Decrease) increase in accrued liabilities.................     66,408          (734)       (1,323)       3,432
    Other, net.................................................         60           738           352          631
                                                                 ---------  -------------  -------------  ---------
      Net cash provided by (used in) operations before
       reorganization expenses.................................    (38,728)       (4,703)       (5,265)      18,788
    Reorganization expenses....................................     52,637        10,799        --           --
                                                                 ---------  -------------  -------------  ---------
      Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities......     13,909         6,096        (5,265)      18,788
                                                                 ---------  -------------  -------------  ---------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
  Return (issuance) of security deposits.......................     (3,800)       (3,007)        6,979       --
  Additions to property and equipment..........................     (7,037)       (3,682)       (3,603)      (9,165)
  Net proceeds from disposition of equipment...................        992           817           673        4,225
                                                                 ---------  -------------  -------------  ---------
      Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities......     (9,845)       (5,872)        4,049       (4,940)
                                                                 ---------  -------------  -------------  ---------
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
  Issuance of long-term debt...................................     --           --              5,393        1,591
  Repayment of long-term debt..................................     (1,730)         (689)       (2,095)     (10,644)
  Repayment of capital lease obligations.......................     --            (1,345)       (1,044)      (2,907)
  Issuance of Common Stock.....................................         11       --             --           --
                                                                 ---------  -------------  -------------  ---------
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities......     (1,719)       (2,034)        2,254      (11,960)
                                                                 ---------  -------------  -------------  ---------
      Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.....      2,345        (1,810)        1,038        1,888
Cash and cash equivalents -- Beginning of Year or Period.......      1,928         4,273         2,463        3,501
                                                                 ---------  -------------  -------------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents -- End of Year or Period.............  $   4,273   $     2,463     $   3,501    $   5,389
                                                                 ---------  -------------  -------------  ---------
                                                                 ---------  -------------  -------------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                 See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 (PREDECESSOR), THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1,
1994 TO SEPTEMBER 11, 1994 (PREDECESSOR), THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 12, 1994 TO
  DECEMBER 31, 1994 (REORGANIZED COMPANY) AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                             (REORGANIZED COMPANY)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PREDECESSOR           REORGANIZED COMPANY
                                                                 ------------------------  ------------------------
                                                                             PERIOD FROM    PERIOD FROM
                                                                             JANUARY 1,    SEPTEMBER 12,
                                                                               1994 TO        1994 TO
                                                                            SEPTEMBER 11,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   1993         1994           1994         1995
                                                                 ---------  -------------  -------------  ---------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest paid..................................................  $   1,584   $     1,009     $     988    $   3,824
Reorganization expenses paid...................................        535         3,151        --           --
 
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH ACTIVITIES:
Reclassification of liabilities subject to compromise..........    161,039       --             --           --
Reclassification of redeemable Preferred and Preference Stock
 subject to compromise.........................................      5,973       --             --           --
 
Other capital transactions:
  Reclassification of Common Stock, warrants and options
   issuable to Class A Common Stock............................     --           --             --               75
  Reclassification of Common Stock, warrants and options
   issuable to Class B Common Stock............................     --           --             --               19
  Reclassification of Common Stock, warrants and options
   issuable to Capital in excess of par value..................     --           --             --           39,006
  Reclassification of Common Stock, warrants and options
   issuable to Warrants........................................     --           --             --              900
  Grant of options to acquire 592,500 shares of Class A Common
   Stock.......................................................     --           --             --            2,187
  Recordation of minimum pension liability.....................     --           --             --            1,170
  Exercise of warrants for Common Stock........................      8,000       --             --           --
  Issuance of 348,038 shares of Common Stock to the Employee
   Stock Ownership Plans.......................................      2,871       --             --           --
  Class B Preference Stock accretion...........................        619       --             --           --
</TABLE>
 
                 See accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS
    Hawaiian  Airlines, Inc. was incorporated in  January 1929 under the laws of
the Territory of Hawaii and maintains its principal offices in Honolulu, Hawaii.
Based on  operating revenues,  Hawaiian Airlines,  Inc. is  the largest  airline
headquartered in Hawaii and is engaged primarily in the scheduled transportation
of  passengers, cargo and mail over a  route system which services the six major
islands of the State of Hawaii, several cities primarily in the U.S. West  Coast
region and certain destinations in the South Pacific.
 
    The  Company's passenger  airline business is  its chief  source of revenue.
Scheduled passenger service consists of,  on average, approximately 150  flights
per  day among  the six  major islands of  the State  of Hawaii ("Interisland"),
daily service to four U.S. West Coast cities and Las Vegas ("Transpac"), and two
flights per  week to  Pago  Pago, American  Samoa and  one  flight per  week  to
Papeete,  Tahiti in  the South Pacific  ("Southpac"). The  Company also provides
charter service to Las Vegas.
 
    On September 21, 1993, Hawaiian  Airlines together with HAL, INC.,  Hawaiian
Airlines'  parent company,  and West  Maui Airport,  Inc., another  wholly owned
subsidiary  of   HAL,   INC.   (collectively   the   "Predecessor"),   commenced
reorganization  cases by filing voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11,
Title 11 of the United States Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District
of Hawaii.  Concurrently therewith,  the Debtors  filed a  Consolidated Plan  of
Reorganization  dated September  21, 1993  (as amended  through the  most recent
amendment dated April 20,  1995, the "Reorganization Plan"  or the "Plan").  The
Company  emerged from  the Chapter 11  process less  than a year  later with the
Reorganization Plan becoming  effective on  September 12,  1994 (the  "Effective
Date").   The  Chapter  11  process  resulted  in  the  Company  recognizing  an
extraordinary gain of $190.1 million, representing the relief of $204.7  million
of  liabilities  net  of  offsets  and  certain  liabilities  that  survived the
reorganization. Further, pursuant to the  Reorganization Plan, on the  Effective
Date, first West Maui Airport, Inc. and then HAL, INC. were merged with and into
Hawaiian  Airlines with Hawaiian Airlines  being the sole surviving corporation.
Upon the effectiveness of the mergers, all of the outstanding equity  securities
of the Company, HAL, INC., and West Maui Airport, Inc. were canceled.
 
    Under  the  Plan,  the  Company  will  issue  and  distribute  approximately
9,400,000 shares of  its common  stock to all  of the  unsecured creditors  with
claims  allowed under the Plan. At December 31, 1995, the Company's common stock
consisted of two classes, one with full voting rights, Class A Common Stock, and
the other with limited voting  rights, Class B Common  Stock. On June 19,  1995,
the  Company commenced distribution of its Class  A and Class B Common Stock and
as of December 31, 1995, 6,845,105 shares of Class A Common Stock and  1,894,955
shares  of  Class  B  Common  Stock were  issued  and  outstanding.  The Company
anticipates issuing 636,247  shares of Class  A Common Stock  under the Plan  by
late  1996 in  satisfaction of  disputed claims  outstanding as  of December 31,
1995. Any shares withheld in excess of the amount distributed to the holders  of
such  claims will  be held  until all  disputed claims  have been  resolved. The
disputed claims  consist  of  an  aggregate  $534,000  for  alleged  prepetition
violations  and various other  claims asserted by  various governmental agencies
and $5.2 million for damages arising from the return of aircraft asserted by the
Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation, as  receiver.  Upon resolution  of  all
disputed  claims, there will  be a final distribution  of any remaining withheld
shares to all general unsecured creditors on a pro rata basis.
 
    Following the consummation  of the  AIP Investment, as  defined below,  each
share of the Class B Common Stock issued pursuant to the Reorganization Plan was
converted into one share of Class A Common Stock.
 
    Pursuant  to the  Reorganization Plan, the  Company (1)  granted warrants to
purchase an additional 989,011 shares of its Class A Common Stock (the "Existing
Warrants"), none of which have
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS (CONTINUED)
been exercised, and (2) reserved 600,000 shares of the Class A Common Stock  for
issuance  to certain  employees under the  Company's 1994 Stock  Option Plan, as
amended. The Class A Common Stock  began trading on the American Stock  Exchange
(the "AMEX") and the Pacific Stock Exchange on June 21, 1995.
 
    In  February 1995, the Company's Board of Directors began to explore options
to supplement the Company's capital base, reduce its reliance on short-term bank
debt  and  promotional  coupon  sales  and  increase  the  Company's   financial
flexibility.  The Company, with the assistance of its outside financial advisor,
identified  and  met  with  potential  investors,  including  Airline  Investors
Partnership,  L.P.  ("AIP"),  regarding  a  possible  equity  investment  in the
Company. AIP ultimately agreed  to make a $20.0  million cash investment in  the
Company  through the purchase of 18,181,818 shares  of Class A Common Stock, par
value $.01  per  share,  and four  shares  of  the Company's  Series  B  Special
Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "AIP Investment"). On January 31,
1996,  the  AIP Investment  and  a series  of  related transactions,  which were
dependent and effective upon one another, were consummated. Among other  things,
the related transactions included:
 
    -   Certain  agreements  and  arrangements   with  American  Airlines,  Inc.
     ("American"), including amendment to the long-term aircraft lease agreement
     pursuant to which American  leases DC-10-10 aircraft  to the Company,  (the
     "Aircraft  Lease Agreement"),  which provide  for, among  other things, the
     making of  $10.0  million  of  previously  deferred  rent  and  maintenance
     payments  and  interest  thereon  with  a  secured  promissory  note,  rent
     reduction and the release of a $2.0 million security deposit in the form of
     a letter of  credit. In addition,  the Company issued  to AMR  Corporation,
     American's parent company ("AMR"), warrants (the "AMR Warrants") to acquire
     up to 1,897,946 shares of Class A Common Stock at $1.10 per share. One-half
     of  the AMR Warrants are immediately  exercisable but the balance will only
     be exercisable  if American  and  the Company  enter  into a  code  sharing
     agreement  by January  1, 1997  regarding the  placement of  the two letter
     flight designator code for American's flights on the Company's  Interisland
     flights. The AMR Warrants expire on September 11, 2001; and
 
    -  Agreements  with each  of the  Company's  labor unions  regarding certain
     modifications to their  respective collective  bargaining unit  agreements.
     These  modifications include certain wage  concessions, which will generate
     significant annual cost savings to the Company.
 
See Note 16.
 
2.  FRESH START REPORTING
    The fresh start reporting common equity value of approximately $40.0 million
was determined by  the Reorganized  Company's management and  was calculated  by
employing  a methodology  based on  a multiple  of earnings  before interest and
taxes. Analyses of publicly available information of other companies believed to
be comparable to  the Reorganized Company  were used in  determining a  multiple
which  was then  applied to  financial projections  of the  Reorganized Company.
Management's estimate  of common  equity value  considered a  number of  factors
including   relevant   industry   and  economic   conditions,   expected  future
performance, and the  amount of  available cash and  current market  conditions.
Under  fresh  start  reporting,  the  reorganization  value  of  the  entity was
allocated to  the  Reorganized  Company's  assets and  liabilities  on  a  basis
substantially  consistent with the purchase method of accounting. The portion of
reorganization value  not  attributable  to specific  tangible  or  identifiable
intangible  assets of  the Reorganized  Company is  reflected as "Reorganization
value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets" in the accompanying
balance sheets.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2.  FRESH START REPORTING (CONTINUED)
    The effects of  the Plan and  fresh start reporting  in accordance with  the
provisions  of the American Institute  of Certified Public Accountants Statement
of Position (the "SOP") 90-7, "Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization
Under the Bankruptcy Code" on the Reorganized Company's balance sheet as of  the
Effective Date are as follows, in thousands:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      REORGANIZED
                                                              PREDECESSOR                              COMPANY'S
                                                             BALANCE SHEET     DEBT     FRESH START  BALANCE SHEET
                                                             SEPTEMBER 11,  DISCHARGE   ADJUSTMENTS  SEPTEMBER 11,
                                                                 1994          (A)          (B)          1994
                                                             -------------  ----------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>         <C>          <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents................................   $     2,463   $   --       $  --        $     2,463
  Accounts receivable, net.................................        20,052       --            (376)        19,676
  Inventories, net.........................................        10,714       --          (4,260)         6,454
  Assets held for sale.....................................       --            --           1,594          1,594
  Prepaid expenses and other...............................         5,048         (549)       (653)         3,846
                                                             -------------  ----------  -----------  -------------
    Total current assets...................................        38,277         (549)     (3,695)        34,033
Property and equipment, net................................        48,516       --         (15,204)        33,312
Nonoperating assets........................................        25,818      (20,968)     (4,850)       --
Assets held for sale.......................................       --            --          11,925         11,925
Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to
 identifiable assets.......................................       --            --          72,024         72,024
Other assets...............................................        15,172         (882)      1,627         15,917
                                                             -------------  ----------  -----------  -------------
      Total assets.........................................   $   127,783   $  (22,399)  $  61,827    $   167,211
                                                             -------------  ----------  -----------  -------------
                                                             -------------  ----------  -----------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2.  FRESH START REPORTING (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      REORGANIZED
                                                              PREDECESSOR                              COMPANY'S
                                                             BALANCE SHEET     DEBT     FRESH START  BALANCE SHEET
                                                             SEPTEMBER 11,  DISCHARGE   ADJUSTMENTS  SEPTEMBER 11,
                                                                 1994          (A)          (B)          1994
                                                             -------------  ----------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>         <C>          <C>
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt........................   $     1,416   $    4,418   $    (145)   $     5,689
  Current portion of capital lease obligations.............         2,121       --          --              2,121
  Accounts payable.........................................        34,787      (14,789)       (504)        19,494
  Accrued liabilities......................................        12,774         (129)        439         13,084
  Air traffic liability....................................        40,639       --              61         40,700
                                                             -------------  ----------  -----------  -------------
    Total current liabilities..............................        91,737      (10,500)       (149)        81,088
Long-term debt.............................................         2,684        8,737      --             11,421
Capital lease obligations..................................        12,591       --          --             12,591
Other liabilities and deferred credits.....................        31,789       --          (9,678)        22,111
                                                             -------------  ----------  -----------  -------------
    Total liabilities not subject to compromise............       138,801       (1,763)     (9,827)       127,211
Total liabilities subject to compromise....................       204,726     (204,726)     --            --
                                                             -------------  ----------  -----------  -------------
      Total liabilities....................................       343,527     (206,489)     (9,827)       127,211
                                                             -------------  ----------  -----------  -------------
Redeemable Preferred and Preference Stock Subject to
 Compromise................................................         5,973       (5,973)     --            --
Shareholders' Equity (Deficit):
  Common stock.............................................        40,504       --         (40,504)       --
  Capital in excess of par value...........................        12,479       --         (12,479)       --
  Common stock, warrants and options issuable..............       --            --          40,000         40,000
  Accumulated deficit......................................      (274,700)     190,063      84,637        --
                                                             -------------  ----------  -----------  -------------
      Shareholders' equity (deficit).......................      (221,717)     190,063      71,654         40,000
                                                             -------------  ----------  -----------  -------------
      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
       (deficit)...........................................   $   127,783   $  (22,399)  $  61,827    $   167,211
                                                             -------------  ----------  -----------  -------------
                                                             -------------  ----------  -----------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(a) To  record the discharge or reclassification  of obligations pursuant to the
    Plan. Substantially all of  these obligations are  only entitled to  receive
    such  distributions of Common Stock as  provided under the Plan. Portions of
    these obligations were restructured and  will continue, as restructured,  to
    be liabilities of the Reorganized Company.
 
(b) To  record adjustments to  reflect assets and  liabilities at estimated fair
    value (including  the establishment  of Reorganization  value in  excess  of
    amounts   allocable  to  identifiable  assets),  the  establishment  of  the
    Reorganized Company's equity value of $40.0 million and the cancellation  of
    the Predecessor's equity.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The  Company's financial statements, up to and including the Effective Date,
included herein have been prepared in  accordance with SOP 90-7. For  accounting
purposes,  the Effective Date of the Plan and inception date for the Reorganized
Company is deemed  to be September  12, 1994. Under  fresh start reporting,  the
reorganization  value  of  the  entity has  been  allocated  to  the Reorganized
Company's assets and liabilities  on a basis  substantially consistent with  the
purchase   method  of  accounting.  The  portion  of  reorganization  value  not
attributable to  specific  tangible or  identifiable  intangible assets  of  the
Company  is reflected as "Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to
identifiable assets" in the accompanying balance sheets.
 
    Because  of  the  application  of  fresh  start  reporting,  the   financial
statements  for periods after reorganization are not comparable to the financial
statements for periods prior to the reorganization.
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The Company considers all investments purchased with an original maturity of
three months or  less to  be cash  equivalents. Short-term  cash investments  at
December  31, 1994 and  1995 were valued at  cost and amounted  to $2.6 and $2.5
million, respectively.
 
    INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories consisting of  flight equipment, expendable  parts and  supplies
are stated at average cost, less an allowance for obsolescence.
 
    ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
 
    Assets  held for sale  consisting of expendable  inventory parts and rotable
flight equipment  are stated  at the  lower of  average cost  or net  realizable
value.  As of December  31, 1994 and  1995, the Company  had approximately $13.4
million and  $9.7  million,  respectively, of  expendable  inventory  parts  and
rotable flight equipment held for sale internally or on a consignment basis with
a third party.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Owned property and equipment are stated at cost. Costs of major improvements
are  capitalized. Depreciation and amortization  are provided on a straight-line
basis over the following estimated useful lives:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>
Flight equipment..............  12-15 years, 15% residual value
Ground equipment..............  5-15 years
Airport terminal facility.....  30 years
Buildings.....................  15-20 years
Leasehold improvements........  Shorter of lease term or useful life
</TABLE>
 
    Maintenance and repairs are charged  to operations as incurred, except  that
(1)  costs of  overhauling engines  are charged  to operations  in the  year the
engines are removed for overhaul and  (2) scheduled heavy airframe overhauls  on
DC-9-50  aircraft are  recorded under  the deferral  method whereby  the cost of
overhaul is capitalized and amortized over  the shorter of the period  benefited
or  the lease term.  Additionally, provision is  made for the  estimated cost of
scheduled heavy airframe overhauls  required to be  performed on leased  DC-9-50
aircraft  prior to their return to  lessors. Maintenance and repairs on DC-10-10
aircraft are charged to operations on a flight hour basis.
 
    REORGANIZATION VALUE IN EXCESS OF AMOUNTS ALLOCABLE TO IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS
 
    Reorganization value in excess of  amounts allocable to identifiable  assets
is amortized on a straight-line basis over 20 years. Accumulated amortization at
December 31, 1994 and 1995 totaled
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
approximately  $1.1 and $4.7 million, respectively. The Company will continue to
assess and evaluate  whether the  remaining useful  life of  the asset  requires
revision  or, through the  use of estimated future  undiscounted cash flows over
the remaining life of the asset, whether the remaining balance of the asset  may
not  be recoverable.  The assessment  of the  recoverability of  the unamortized
amount will  be  impacted if  estimated  future  operating cash  flows  are  not
achieved.
 
    OTHER ASSETS
 
    Material  preoperating costs associated with  the introduction of new flight
equipment are amortized on a straight-line  basis over the shorter of the  lease
period or five years.
 
    ACCRUED VACATION LIABILITY
 
    Accrued  vacation in excess of the amount  expected to be taken by employees
during the following year are classified as a noncurrent liability.
 
    FREQUENT FLYER AWARDS
 
    A liability for frequent flyer awards is recognized on the incremental  cost
basis  in the period during which passengers have accumulated sufficient mileage
for award redemption. Incremental costs primarily include fuel and catering.
 
    PASSENGER REVENUES
 
    Passenger fares are recorded as  operating revenues when the  transportation
is  provided. The value of  unused passenger tickets is  included as Air traffic
liability.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    Income taxes  are  accounted  for  under the  asset  and  liability  method.
Deferred  tax assets and liabilities are  recognized for future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts  of
existing  assets and  liabilities and their  respective tax  bases and operating
loss and  tax credit  carryforwards.  Deferred tax  assets and  liabilities  are
measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in years in
which  those temporary differences are expected  to be recovered or settled. The
effect on  deferred tax  assets and  liabilities of  a change  in tax  rates  is
recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
 
    INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
    Income  (loss) per share is  based on the weighted  average number of common
stock shares and, if dilutive, common stock equivalents outstanding during  each
year.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported amounts  of  assets and  liabilities and
disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the  financial
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting  period.  Actual  results   could  differ  significantly  from   those
estimates.
 
    Material  estimates that are particularly  susceptible to significant change
relate to the determination  of Air traffic liability  and the amounts  reported
for Accumulated pension and other postretirement benefit obligations. Management
believes  that such estimates have  been appropriately established in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
    NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB")  issued
Statement  of Financial Accounting  Standards (the "SFAS")  No. 121, "Accounting
for the Impairment of Long-
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Lived Assets  and  Long-Lived Assets  to  Be  Disposed Of."  This  Statement  is
effective  for years beginning after December 15, 1995 and applies to long-lived
assets and certain identifiable intangible assets whether held and used or to be
disposed of, and goodwill.
 
    SFAS No. 121 requires that a review be made of long-lived assets and certain
identifiable intangible  assets to  be  held and  used for  impairment  whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset
may  not be recoverable. If the future cash flows expected to result from use of
the asset (undiscounted and without interest charges) are less than the carrying
amount of the asset, an impairment  loss is recognized. Such impairment loss  is
measured  as the amount  by which the  carrying amount of  the asset exceeds the
fair value of the asset. In  instances where goodwill is identified with  assets
that are subject to an impairment loss, such goodwill should be allocated to the
assets  tested for recoverability  on a pro  rata basis using  the relative fair
values of the assets acquired in the transaction generating the goodwill.
 
    SFAS No. 121 also requires  that long-lived assets and certain  identifiable
intangible  assets  to be  disposed of  be reported  at the  lower of  the asset
carrying amount or fair value, less cost to sell.
 
    The Company plans to adopt SFAS  No. 121 in 1996. Restatement of  previously
issued  financial statements is not permitted. The Company does not believe that
adoption of SFAS No. 121 will have a material impact on its financial  condition
or results of operations.
 
    In  October 1995, the FASB issued  SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation." SFAS  No. 123  establishes  a new,  fair  value based  method  of
accounting for stock-based compensation, but does not require an entity to adopt
the  new method  for purposes of  preparing its basic  financial statements. For
entities not adopting the new method, SFAS No. 123 requires footnote  disclosure
of  pro forma net income and earnings per share information as if the fair value
based method had been adopted. The  disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123  are
effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
1995.  The Company will comply with the  disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123
in its 1996 financial statements.
 
4.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    The carrying  amounts of  Cash and  cash equivalents,  Accounts  receivable,
Lease  security and other deposits, Accounts payable, Other accrued liabilities,
Accrued vacation liability and Accrued salaries and wages approximate fair value
due to the short maturity of those instruments.
 
    The estimated fair values  of Long-term debt amounted  to $20.5 million  and
$11.4  million at  December 31, 1994  and 1995, respectively,  and Capital lease
obligations amounted to $14.9 million and $12.2 million at December 31, 1994 and
1995, respectively. These fair values  were estimated by discounting the  future
cash  flow requirements  of each  instrument at  rates currently  offered at the
respective year-end dates to the Company for similar debt and lease  instruments
of comparable maturities.
 
5.  FLIGHT EQUIPMENT
    All  of  the  Company's aircraft  are  leased  except for  two  DC-9-50s. At
December 31, 1994 and 1995, the  composition of the Company's aircraft fleet  is
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1994                      1995
                                                            ------------------------  ------------------------
AIRCRAFT TYPE                                                 LEASED        OWNED       LEASED        OWNED
- ----------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
DC-10-10..................................................           7       --                8       --
DC-9-50...................................................          12            1           11            2
                                                                    --           --           --           --
  Total...................................................          19            1           19            2
                                                                    --           --           --           --
                                                                    --           --           --           --
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6.  LEASES
 
    AIRCRAFT LEASES
 
    Six  DC-10-10 aircraft  are leased  under operating  leases which  expire in
2001. Two DC-10-10 aircraft are leased  under short term operating leases  which
expire in 1996. Seven and four DC-9-50 aircraft and related flight equipment are
leased  under operating  and capital  leases, respectively,  for various periods
ranging through the year 2004.
 
    Most of the aircraft under operating leases include renewal options and fair
market value purchase options at the end of the lease period.
 
    OTHER LEASES
 
    The Company leases  office space for  its headquarters, airport  facilities,
ticket offices and certain ground equipment in varying terms to 2008.
 
    GENERAL
 
    Rent  expense for aircraft, office space,  real property and other equipment
during 1993, 1994 and 1995 was  $36.6 million, $33.6 million and $25.5  million,
respectively,  net of sublease  rental income from  operating leases of $48,000,
$368,000 and $75,000, respectively.
 
    Scheduled future  minimum  lease  commitments under  operating  and  capital
leases for the Company as of December 31, 1995, in thousands, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         OPERATING   CAPITAL
                                                                          LEASES     LEASES
                                                                         ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>
1996...................................................................  $  17,414  $   3,715
1997...................................................................     16,405      3,643
1998...................................................................     15,786      3,281
1999...................................................................     15,215      3,281
2000...................................................................     12,302      1,501
Thereafter.............................................................     19,095     --
                                                                         ---------  ---------
  Total minimum lease payments.........................................  $  96,217  $  15,421
                                                                         ---------
                                                                         ---------
  Less amount representing interest....................................                 2,657
                                                                                    ---------
  Present value of capital lease obligations...........................                12,764
  Less current portion of capital lease obligations....................                 2,662
                                                                                    ---------
  Capital lease obligations, excluding current portion.................             $  10,102
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
    In  addition  to scheduled  future minimum  lease  payments, the  Company is
required to pay for, under agreement with American, monthly DC-10-10 maintenance
charges. These charges are based on estimated flight hours for the month and are
expensed as  incurred. For  the years  ended  December 31,  1994 and  1995,  the
Company  incurred $8.9 million  and $37.6 million,  respectively, in maintenance
charges under such agreement.
 
    Commencing October 1994 and throughout  1995, the Company was delinquent  in
making  certain payments due American under  the Aircraft Lease Agreement. As of
December 31, 1995, the Company was delinquent on scheduled payments amounting to
approximately $9.7  million  under  this lease  arrangement.  Although  American
notified  the Company that  the failure to  make these certain  rent and prepaid
maintenance payments constituted an event of default under the lease  agreement,
it  did not  declare the  lease agreement  in default  or exercise  any remedies
available to  it.  Certain additional  payments  were  made by  the  Company  to
American  and amendments to the Aircraft Lease Agreement providing for deferrals
of payment  of  any  remaining  delinquent amounts  owed  by  the  Company  over
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6.  LEASES (CONTINUED)
scheduled  dates were effected throughout 1995.  Effective January 31, 1996, the
Company and American agreed  to terms for the  satisfaction of these  delinquent
amounts.  In  addition, effective  January 31,  1996,  the Company  and American
agreed to a reduction in basic rents due on DC-10-10 operating leases. The above
schedule of future minimum  lease commitments does  not reflect such  reduction.
See Notes 12 and 16.
 
    The  net book value of property held under capital leases as of December 31,
1994 and 1995 totaled $17.3 million and $15.5 million, respectively.
 
7.  DEBT
    At December  31, 1994  and  1995, the  Company's long-term  debt,  including
obligations under capital leases, consists of the following, in thousands:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1994       1995
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>
Secured obligations due 1996-1999................................................  $  13,537  $   8,542
Tax obligations due 1996-2000....................................................        668        158
Unsecured obligations due 1996-1997..............................................      6,341      2,850
Capital lease obligations due 1996-2000..........................................     15,671     12,764
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                      36,217     24,314
Current portion..................................................................     (9,301)    (8,689)
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
  Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, excluding current portion........  $  26,916  $  15,625
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Secured obligations due 1996-1999 are as follows:
 
    - A  note  payable  executed  in  1994  in  settlement  of  $6.0  million of
      administrative claims  related to  unpaid prepetition  L-1011 and  DC-9-50
      aircraft  rents. The note is due in 1999, bears interest at 8.0% per annum
      and is  payable  in monthly  installments  of principal  and  interest  of
      $121,658.  At December  31, 1994 and  1995, $5.8 million  and $4.7 million
      were outstanding, respectively;
 
    - A secured note payable executed in 1992 pursuant to a settlement agreement
      with the Government of  Canada related to two  DHC-7 aircraft and  related
      flight  equipment. The note is due in  1996 and is payable in installments
      of $50,000 per  month. As the  note bears no  interest, interest has  been
      imputed  as of the Effective  Date at 10.0% per  annum. As of December 31,
      1994 and 1995, $1.0 million  and $569,000 were outstanding,  respectively.
      In January 1996, the note was paid in full;
 
    - A  secured note executed  in 1993 for  the purchase of  a DC-9-50 aircraft
      from a lessor. The mortgage note is due in 1999 and is payable in  monthly
      installments  of principal  and interest  of $59,876.  Interest accrues at
      10.315% per annum. At  December 31, 1994 and  1995, $2.6 million and  $2.1
      million were outstanding, respectively; and
 
    - The  Company has available a credit  facility provided by CIT Group/Credit
      Finance, Inc.  (the Credit  Facility). At  December 31,  1995, the  Credit
      Facility  consisted of an  $8.15 million secured  revolving line of credit
      including up to $3.0  million of letters of  credit. Borrowings under  the
      revolving  line of credit have been  recorded net of discount representing
      the fair value of the Existing Warrants as discussed in Note 11. Available
      credit  is  subject  to  reduction  determined  by  recalculation  of  the
      borrowing  base and repayments arising  from disposition of collateral. At
      December 31, 1994, $4.1 million and $2.1 million of borrowings and letters
      of credit, respectively, were  outstanding. As of  December 31, 1995,  the
      total  availability under  the Credit  Facility amounted  to approximately
      $3.4  million,   which   amount  was   fully   drawn  in   the   form   of
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  DEBT (CONTINUED)
     $1.3  million in borrowings  and $2.1 million  in letters of  credit. As of
      March  15,  1996,  $2.0  million  of  additional  borrowing  capacity  was
      available  due to American's release of  $2.0 million in letters of credit
      in conjunction with the consummation of the AIP Investment and its related
      transactions. See Note 16.
 
    Tax obligations  due 1996-2000  represent allowed  priority tax  claims  for
various  taxing jurisdictions,  which in accordance  with the  provisions of the
Plan, bear  interest  at  7.0%  per  annum  and  are  payable  in  24  quarterly
installments  commencing  on  the  first  through  sixth  anniversaries  of  the
Effective Date. The  Company is  currently in negotiations  with respective  tax
jurisdictions  regarding approximately $500,000 of  tax obligations. At December
31, 1995,  the $500,000  is included  in Accounts  payable in  the  accompanying
balance sheets.
 
    Unsecured obligations due 1996-1997 are as follows:
 
    - A  note executed in  1994 in settlement of  $4.7 million of administrative
      claims related to unpaid postpetition  L-1011 aircraft rents. The note  is
      due  in 1996,  bears interest  at prime plus  3.0% (11.5%  at December 31,
      1995) and is payable in monthly installments of principal and interest  of
      $194,010.  At December  31, 1994 and  1995, $3.9 million  and $1.6 million
      were outstanding, respectively;
 
    - A note executed in  1994 in settlement of  $2.8 million of  administrative
      claims related to unpaid prepetition airport use and occupancy fees to the
      State  of  Hawaii. The  note  is due  in 1997  and  is payable  in monthly
      installments of $100,000.  The note bears  no interest; however,  interest
      has  been imputed at  10.0% per annum.  As of December  31, 1994 and 1995,
      $2.2 million and $1.2 million were outstanding, respectively; and
 
    - A note executed in 1994 in settlement of $276,000 of administrative claims
      related to unpaid L-1011 aircraft rents. The note is due in 1996,  accrues
      interest  at prime plus 3.0% per annum (11.5% at December 31, 1995) and is
      payable in monthly principal installments of $11,518. At December 31, 1994
      and 1995, $254,000 and $115,000 were outstanding, respectively.
 
    Obligations under capital  leases represent the  present value of  aggregate
future  minimum lease payments discounted using interest rates ranging from 8.5%
to 9.0%. See Note 6.
 
    The following table represents a summary  of the Company's assets which  are
pledged as security for the indicated obligations as of December 31, 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         NET BOOK VALUE OF
                                      SECURITY AS OF DECEMBER                                    BALANCE OF OBLIGATION AS OF
     ASSET/NATURE OF SECURITY                31, 1995                      CREDITOR                   DECEMBER 31, 1995
- -----------------------------------  -------------------------  ------------------------------  ------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                        <C>                             <C>
Security interest in certain DC-9          $6.1 million         GPA Group PLC and AEROUSA, INC  $4.7 million note due 1999
 rotable parts
 
Security interest in certain ground        $1.0 million              Canadian Government        $569,000 note due 1996
 and flight equipment, $15.0
 million stipulated judgment to be
 filed upon default of payments due
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  DEBT (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         NET BOOK VALUE OF
                                      SECURITY AS OF DECEMBER                                    BALANCE OF OBLIGATION AS OF
     ASSET/NATURE OF SECURITY                31, 1995                      CREDITOR                   DECEMBER 31, 1995
- -----------------------------------  -------------------------  ------------------------------  ------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                        <C>                             <C>
Mortgage interest in DC-9-50               $2.7 million            GATX Capital Corporation     $2.1 million mortgage note due
 aircraft                                                                                        1999
 
First priority security interest in         Unspecified         CIT Group/Credit Finance, Inc   $1.3 million revolving credit
 substantially all assets, with                                                                  facility obligation due 1996,
 certain limited exceptions                                                                      $2.1 million letters of
 including prior liens contemplated                                                              credit
 by the Plan, $2.0 million letters
 of credit (See Note 11)
</TABLE>
 
8.  REORGANIZATION AND NONRECURRING OPERATING ITEMS
    During  1993, the Predecessor  returned or terminated  the respective leases
under five of its DC-9-50 aircraft. As a result, the Company provided for  $14.0
million  in anticipated aircraft rental and return costs. In accordance with SOP
90-7, the Predecessor classified reorganization and other costs associated  with
the  bankruptcy proceeding as nonoperating  reorganization expenses. The balance
for the period from  September 22, 1993 through  December 31, 1993 includes  the
following, in thousands:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Provisions for claims related to rejection of L-1011 and DHC-7
 aircraft leases..................................................  $  51,456
Provisions for claims related to various contract disputes,
 litigation and other matters.....................................        346
Professional fees and expenses related to reorganization
 proceedings......................................................        835
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    $  52,637
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Charter  revenues in  1993 include $3.9  million received  from the Military
Airlift Command in May 1993 following  a settlement with the Predecessor on  its
claim  for  additional  compensation for  charter  operations  during Operations
Desert Shield and Desert Storm in 1991 and 1990.
 
    The following reorganization and other items associated with the  bankruptcy
proceeding  were incurred by  the Predecessor during the  period from January 1,
1994 to September 11, 1994, in thousands:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Reorganization Items:
  Professional fees.......................................................  $   5,744
  Employee share of common stock distribution.............................      7,568
  Other...................................................................        268
Revaluation of assets and liabilities.....................................        370
                                                                            ---------
                                                                            $  13,950
                                                                            ---------
                                                                            ---------
</TABLE>
 
    In 1993, the Predecessor entered  into new collective bargaining  agreements
with the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers (AFL-CIO)
(IAM),  the Air  Line Pilots  Association, International  (ALPA), Association of
Flight Attendants (AFA) and Transport Workers Union
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
8.  REORGANIZATION AND NONRECURRING OPERATING ITEMS (CONTINUED)
(TWU) and made  certain changes  to the  compensation and  benefits of  salaried
employees.  These new agreements  contemplated that employees  would have claims
relating to ratified concessions which  would be satisfied through the  issuance
of  the new Common Stock of the Reorganized Company. A charge of $7.6 million in
1994 was included as a reorganization item in satisfaction of these claims.
 
    Operating expenses in 1995 were reduced  by the reversal of $1.8 million  in
preconfirmation  contingency accruals  initially provided  for on  the Effective
Date.
 
9.  INCOME TAXES
    As a result  of net operating  losses (NOLs)  in the current  year and  NOLs
carried  forward  from prior  years, the  Company and  the Predecessor  were not
required to provide for federal and state income taxes for 1993, 1994 and 1995.
 
    The tax  effects of  temporary  differences that  give rise  to  significant
portions  of the Company's  deferred tax assets and  deferred tax liabilities at
December 31, 1994 and 1995 are presented below, in thousands:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1994        1995
                                                                                 ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                              <C>         <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Accounts receivable, principally due to allowance for doubtful accounts......  $      198  $      320
  Accrued pension and post-retirement benefits.................................      10,448      10,104
  Accrued vacation.............................................................       1,644       1,646
  Net operating loss carryforwards.............................................      34,181      20,115
  Investment tax credit carryforwards..........................................       2,569       2,569
  Airframe return provision....................................................          76         964
  Other........................................................................       3,813       4,564
                                                                                 ----------  ----------
    Total gross deferred tax assets............................................      52,929      40,282
    Less valuation allowance...................................................     (47,086)    (34,167)
                                                                                 ----------  ----------
    Net deferred tax assets....................................................       5,843       6,115
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Plant and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation..........      (5,843)     (6,115)
  Other........................................................................      --          --
                                                                                 ----------  ----------
    Total gross deferred tax liability.........................................      (5,843)     (6,115)
                                                                                 ----------  ----------
    Net deferred taxes.........................................................  $   --      $   --
                                                                                 ----------  ----------
                                                                                 ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The valuation allowance for  deferred tax assets as  of January 1, 1994  and
1995  was $66.4 million and  $47.1 million, respectively. The  net change in the
total valuation allowance for the years ended  December 31, 1994 and 1995 was  a
decrease  of $19.3  million and  a decrease  of $12.9  million, respectively. In
assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether
it is more likely than not that some  portion or all of the deferred tax  assets
is  dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in
which those temporary  differences become deductible.  Management considers  the
scheduled  reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income
and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.
 
    The Chapter 11 reorganization of the Company resulted in an ownership change
of the  Company under  Section 382  of the  Internal Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
amended (the "Code"), which resulted in a
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
9.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
limitation  on the use of its NOL  carryforwards. In order to preserve a portion
of the Company's NOLs in  the event of an ownership  change within two years  of
its  bankruptcy reorganization, the Company made  a special election in its 1994
federal income tax return to have its NOLs be subject to Section 382 of the Code
following its bankruptcy  reorganization (the Section  382(l)(6) election).  The
purpose  of the Section 382(l)(6) election was to preserve the Company's ability
to utilize a portion of its NOLs even if it underwent an ownership change within
two  years   from   the  ownership   change   resulting  from   its   bankruptcy
reorganization.  Absent  that election,  if the  Company underwent  an ownership
change within  two  years following  the  ownership change  resulting  from  its
bankruptcy  reorganization, it  would have  been precluded  from using  any NOLs
incurred prior to  that second  ownership change  to offset  taxable income  for
periods following that ownership change.
 
    As   a  result  of  the  Section  382(l)(6)  election,  the  Company's  NOLs
attributable to the  period prior  to the  ownership change  resulting from  its
bankruptcy  reorganization,  as  computed  for  federal  and  state  income  tax
purposes, available to  be used to  offset future taxable  income generally  was
limited  to an annual amount (the Section  382 Limitation) equal to the value of
the Company's equity immediately after  that ownership change multiplied by  the
then long-term tax-exempt rate. The Section 382 Limitation may also be increased
by certain built-in income items recognized following an ownership change. Based
on  values used by the Company in  preparing its 1994 federal income tax return,
the Company's  Section  382  Limitation  that  generally  applied  to  all  NOLs
attributable  to the period prior to the ownership change that resulted from the
Company's bankruptcy  reorganization was  approximately $2.4  million, plus  any
built-in income items as previously discussed. NOLs incurred following that time
were  not subject to that  limitation. In general, to  the extent taxable income
for a year is less than the Section 382 Limitation applicable to that year,  the
excess Section 382 Limitation increases the Section 382 Limitation available for
the  immediately succeeding year. To the extent the Company's taxable income for
a year exceeds  the Section  382 Limitation applicable  to that  year, plus  the
amount  of any  unused NOLs  not subject  to the  Section 382  Limitation (e.g.,
because they are Post-Change NOLs), the Company will have federal taxable income
subject to tax at  a maximum rate  of 35.0% (plus  any applicable state  taxes).
Unused NOLs generally expire 15 years after they are incurred.
 
    At  December 31, 1995,  the Company has approximately  $50.3 million of NOLs
(and equivalent tax credit carryforwards) available to offset future federal and
state taxable income, subject to the application of Section 382 of the Code,  as
discussed  above. If the Company,  in future tax periods,  were to recognize tax
benefits attributable  to  tax  attributes  of  the  Predecessor  (such  as  net
operating loss and other carryforwards), any such benefit would first be applied
to  reduce the balance of Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to
identifiable assets.
 
    Subsequent to December 31, 1995,  a series of transactions were  consummated
which may have affected the Company's NOLs. See Note 16.
 
10. BENEFIT PLANS
 
    DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLANS
 
    The   Company  sponsors  several  defined  benefit  pension  plans  covering
substantially all  of its  employees hired  on or  prior to  September 1,  1992.
Pilots  and ground  personnel are  covered under  three defined  benefit pension
plans which provide benefits  based primarily on years  of service and  employee
compensation near retirement. The IAM and salaried defined benefit pension plans
were frozen effective October 1, 1993. Funding for the ground personnel plans is
based  on minimum Employee Retirement  Income Security Act requirements. Pension
cost for the pilot plan is funded on a
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
current basis based  on the amortization  of prior service  cost over 20  years.
Plan assets consist primarily of common stocks, government securities, insurance
contract deposits and cash management funds.
 
    The  following table  summarizes the  funded status  of the  defined benefit
plans of the Company as of December 31, 1994, in thousands:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                1994
                                                                                            ------------
<S>                                                                                         <C>
Fair value of plans assets................................................................  $    122,625
                                                                                            ------------
Accumulated benefit obligation:
  Vested..................................................................................      (108,119)
  Non-vested..............................................................................        (7,991)
                                                                                            ------------
                                                                                                (116,110)
Additional benefits based on future salary levels.........................................       (10,244)
                                                                                            ------------
Projected benefit obligation..............................................................      (126,354)
                                                                                            ------------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets.....................................        (3,729)
Unrecognized actuarial net loss...........................................................         5,956
                                                                                            ------------
    Prepaid pension cost..................................................................  $      2,227
                                                                                            ------------
                                                                                            ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The  projected   benefit  obligation   was  determined   using  an   assumed
weighted-average  discount rate of 8.25%  for 1994. The assumed weighted-average
rate of  compensation  increase  was  4.25% for  pilots  and  0.00%  for  ground
personnel  at December 31, 1994. The assumed weighted-average expected long-term
rate of return on plan assets was 9.0% for 1994.
 
    The following  table summarizes  the funded  status of  the defined  benefit
plans of the Company as of December 31, 1995, in thousands:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1995
                                                                         ------------------------------
                                                                           PLANS FOR       PLANS FOR
                                                                             WHICH        WHICH ASSETS
                                                                          ACCUMULATED        EXCEED
                                                                            BENEFITS      ACCUMULATED
                                                                         EXCEED ASSETS      BENEFITS
                                                                         --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                      <C>             <C>
Fair value of plans assets.............................................   $     88,877     $   50,736
                                                                         --------------  --------------
Accumulated benefit obligation:
  Vested...............................................................        (86,807)       (42,160)
  Non-vested...........................................................         (7,803)        (2,174)
                                                                         --------------  --------------
                                                                               (94,610)       (44,334)
Additional benefits based on future salary levels......................        (13,860)        --
                                                                         --------------  --------------
Projected benefit obligation...........................................       (108,470)       (44,334)
                                                                         --------------  --------------
Plan assets in excess of (less than) projected benefit obligation......        (19,593)         6,402
Unrecognized actuarial net loss........................................          8,149          3,435
Amount reflected as minimum pension liability..........................         (1,170)        --
                                                                         --------------  --------------
    Prepaid (accrued) pension cost.....................................   $    (12,614)    $    9,837
                                                                         --------------  --------------
                                                                         --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
    The   projected  benefit   obligation  was   determined  using   an  assumed
weighted-average discount rate  of 7.25%  for 1995.  At December  31, 1995,  the
assumed  weighted-average rate of compensation increase was 4.50% for pilots and
0.00% for ground personnel. The assumed weighted-average expected long-term rate
of return on plan assets was 9.0% for 1995.
 
    The provisions of SFAS No. 87, "Employers' Accounting for Pensions", require
the recognition of an additional minimum liability for each defined benefit plan
for which the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds plan assets. This amount is
recorded  as   a  long-term   liability  in   Accumulated  pension   and   other
postretirement  benefits obligations  and a separate  reduction of Shareholders'
Equity in the accompanying balance sheets.
 
    Net periodic pension  gain for  1993 included the  following components,  in
thousands:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             PREDECESSOR
                                                                                             -----------
                                                                                                1993
                                                                                             -----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Service cost-benefits earned during the year...............................................   $   5,740
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation..............................................       9,919
Actual return on plan assets...............................................................     (11,455)
Net amortization and deferral..............................................................         645
Curtailment gain...........................................................................     (12,104)
                                                                                             -----------
    Net periodic pension gain..............................................................   $  (7,255)
                                                                                             -----------
                                                                                             -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The  net  periodic pension  cost  in 1993  was  determined using  an assumed
weighted-average discount rate of 7.25%.
 
    Curtailment gain of $12.1 million represents the actuarial equivalent of the
reduction in the net accrued pension benefit obligation as of September 30, 1993
and is reflected in  the accompanying financial  statements as an  extraordinary
item.  The gain results  from the cessation  of future pay  and credited service
increases due to the  aforementioned freezing of the  IAM and salaried  employee
defined benefit pension plans as of October 1, 1993.
 
    Net periodic pension (gain) cost for 1994 included the following components,
in thousands:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         REORGANIZED
                                                                     PREDECESSOR           COMPANY
                                                                  ------------------  ------------------
                                                                     PERIOD FROM         PERIOD FROM
                                                                   JANUARY 1, 1994    SEPTEMBER 12, 1994
                                                                          TO                  TO
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 11, 1994  DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                                  ------------------  ------------------
<S>                                                               <C>                 <C>
Service cost-benefits earned during the period..................      $    2,326          $      818
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation...................           6,828               2,831
Actual return on plan assets....................................          (2,244)              3,109
Net amortization and deferral...................................          (5,515)             (6,366)
Fresh start adjustment..........................................          (8,284)             --
                                                                         -------             -------
    Net periodic pension (gain) cost............................      $   (6,889)         $      392
                                                                         -------             -------
                                                                         -------             -------
</TABLE>
 
    The  net  periodic pension  cost  in 1994  was  determined using  an assumed
weighted-average discount rate of 7.25% and 8.25% for the period from January 1,
1994 to September 11, 1994  and the period from  September 12, 1994 to  December
31, 1994, respectively.
 
    In  the  third  quarter  of  1994,  ALPA  further  ratified  certain funding
assumption changes  to  its  defined  benefit pension  plan  which  resulted  in
decreased  required cash contributions to the plan. The changes were ratified by
ALPA  in  exchange  for  1)  an  additional  allowed  general  unsecured   claim
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED) (CONTINUED)
under  the  Predecessor's  Chapter 11  process;  2) payment  by  the Reorganized
Company  of  the  pilots'  pension   plan  investment  and  advisory  fees   and
administrative  expenses  in  1994  and 1995,  with  payments  being  limited to
$100,000 in 1994; 3) if applicable,  future payment directly by the  Reorganized
Company  for  retirement benefits  accrued in  excess of  statutory compensation
limits; and 4) forgiveness of certain immaterial fees due from ALPA.
 
    Fresh start adjustment of  $8.3 million represents the  net effect of  fresh
start  accounting, as applied by the Company in accordance with SOP 90-7, on the
pension benefit obligation as of September 12, 1994.
 
    Net periodic pension  cost for  1995 included the  following components,  in
thousands:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             REORGANIZED
                                                                                               COMPANY
                                                                                             -----------
                                                                                                1995
                                                                                             -----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Service cost-benefits earned during the year...............................................   $   3,248
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation..............................................      10,411
Actual return on plan assets...............................................................     (24,180)
Net amortization and deferral..............................................................      12,868
Early retirement provision.................................................................       1,496
                                                                                             -----------
    Net periodic pension cost..............................................................   $   3,843
                                                                                             -----------
                                                                                             -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The  net  periodic pension  cost  in 1995  was  determined using  an assumed
weighted-average discount rate of 8.25%.
 
    In the first quarter of 1995, an early retirement program was offered by the
Company to qualified participants of the IAM and salaried defined benefit plans.
The Company recognized a $2.0 million charge to operations in 1995 which  amount
includes the impact of the early retirement program on the estimated accumulated
benefit obligations of the IAM and salaried defined benefit plans.
 
    POSTRETIREMENT PLANS
 
    In  addition  to providing  pension benefits,  the Company  sponsors defined
benefit postretirement plans.  Employees in  the Company's  non-pilot group  are
eligible  for certain medical benefits  under one plan if  they meet certain age
and service requirements at the time  of retirement. Employees in the  Company's
pilot group are eligible for certain medical, dental and life insurance benefits
under  another plan if they become disabled or reach normal retirement age while
working for the  Company. The  Company continues to  fund the  cost of  medical,
dental and life insurance benefits in the year incurred.
 
    The  Company's postretirement benefit plans' combined benefit obligations as
of December 31, 1994 and 1995 are as follows, in thousands:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1994        1995
                                                                                 ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                              <C>         <C>
Accumulated benefit obligation:
  Retirees and dependents......................................................  $   (5,278) $   (5,848)
  Fully eligible active plan participants......................................        (346)       (341)
  Other active plan participants...............................................     (16,391)    (12,735)
                                                                                 ----------  ----------
Unfunded accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.........................     (22,015)    (18,924)
Unrecognized net (gain) loss...................................................           2      (6,398)
                                                                                 ----------  ----------
    Accrued postretirement benefit obligation..................................  $  (22,013) $  (25,322)
                                                                                 ----------  ----------
                                                                                 ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED) (CONTINUED)
    The accumulated postretirement  benefit obligation was  determined using  an
assumed  weighted-average discount  rate of 8.25%  and 7.25% for  1994 and 1995,
respectively.
 
    Net periodic  postretirement benefit  cost in  1993 included  the  following
components, in thousands:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             PREDECESSOR
                                                                                             -----------
                                                                                                1993
                                                                                             -----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Service cost-benefits attributed to service during the year................................   $   1,480
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.............................       1,479
Net amortization and deferral..............................................................         (43)
                                                                                             -----------
    Net periodic postretirement benefit cost...............................................   $   2,916
                                                                                             -----------
                                                                                             -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Net  periodic postretirement  benefit cost in  1993 was  determined using an
assumed weighted-average discount rate of 7.25%.
 
    Net periodic  postretirement benefit  cost in  1994 included  the  following
components, in thousands:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PREDECESSOR      REORGANIZED COMPANY
                                                                  ------------------  -------------------
                                                                     PERIOD FROM          PERIOD FROM
                                                                   JANUARY 1, 1994    SEPTEMBER 12, 1994
                                                                          TO                  TO
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 11, 1994   DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                                  ------------------  -------------------
<S>                                                               <C>                 <C>
Service cost-benefits attributed to service during the period...      $    1,074           $     444
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit
 obligation.....................................................             986                 459
Net amortization and deferral...................................             (72)             --
                                                                         -------               -----
    Net periodic postretirement benefit cost....................      $    1,988           $     903
                                                                         -------               -----
                                                                         -------               -----
</TABLE>
 
    A  weighted average discount rate of 7.25% and 8.25% was used for the period
from January 1, 1994  to September 11,  1994 and the  period from September  12,
1994 to December 31, 1994, respectively.
 
    Net  periodic  postretirement benefit  cost in  1995 included  the following
components, in thousands:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             REORGANIZED
                                                                                               COMPANY
                                                                                             -----------
                                                                                                1995
                                                                                             -----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Service cost-benefits attributed to service during the year................................   $   1,593
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.............................       1,785
Early retirement provision.................................................................         411
                                                                                             -----------
    Net periodic postretirement benefit cost...............................................   $   3,789
                                                                                             -----------
                                                                                             -----------
</TABLE>
 
    A weighted  average discount  rate of  8.25%  was used  for the  year  ended
December 31, 1995.
 
    As  noted above, in the  first quarter of 1995,  an early retirement program
was offered by  the Company to  qualified participants of  the IAM and  salaried
defined  benefit pension plans. The Company  recognized a $2.0 million charge to
operations in 1995 for the combined  effects of the early retirement program  on
the estimated accumulated pension and postretirement benefit obligations.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED) (CONTINUED)
    For  measurement purposes, the following ranges of graded rates were used in
the per capita cost of covered medical benefits:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          PREDECESSOR                     REORGANIZED COMPANY
                                               ----------------------------------  ----------------------------------
                                                                 PERIOD FROM            PERIOD FROM
                                                               JANUARY 1, 1994      SEPTEMBER 12, 1994
                                                                     TO                     TO
                                                  1993       SEPTEMBER 11, 1994      DECEMBER 31, 1994       1995
                                               -----------  ---------------------  ---------------------  -----------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Initial rates................................       14.0%             14.0%                  15.0%             14.0%
Termination rates............................        5.0%              5.0%                   6.0%              5.0%
</TABLE>
 
    The medical  cost trend  rate assumption  has a  significant effect  on  the
amounts reported. To illustrate, increasing the assumed medical cost trend rates
by  1.0%  in each  year would  increase  the accumulated  postretirement benefit
obligation as of December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 by $3.5 million, $3.7  million
and  $2.9 million, respectively,  and the aggregate of  the service and interest
cost components of net periodic postretirement  benefit cost for the years  then
ended by $593,000, $584,000 and $632,000, respectively.
 
    OTHER
 
    The  Company also sponsors separate deferred compensation plans (401(k)) for
its pilots, flight attendants and  ground and salaried personnel.  Participating
employer  cash contributions  are not  required under  the terms  of the pilots'
plan. However, the Company made contributions of 7.0% in 1993, 5.0% in 1994  and
5.0%  in  1995, of  defined compensation  pursuant  to the  terms of  the flight
attendants' plan. Effective January  1, 1994, the Company  is required to  match
employee  contributions up to an additional 2.0% in the flight attendants' plan.
Contributions to the flight  attendants' plan are  funded currently and  totaled
approximately   $868,000,  $889,000  and  $555,000   in  1993,  1994  and  1995,
respectively.
 
    Effective September 1, 1993, the Company was required to contribute 2.0%  of
eligible  earnings  to  the  401(k)  plan  for  ground  and  salaried personnel.
Effective September  1, 1994,  the Company  is required  to contribute  4.0%  of
eligible  earnings to the ground and salaried personnel plan. Contributions from
the Company are required only for  those employees who were participants in  the
plan  as of September 1,  1993. Contributions to the  ground and salaried 401(k)
plan totaled $288,000,  $1.1 million and  $1.6 million in  1993, 1994 and  1995,
respectively.
 
11. COMMON STOCK WARRANTS, RIGHTS AND OPTIONS
 
    EXISTING WARRANTS
 
    In  conjunction with the Credit Facility,  $2.0 million of letters of credit
were provided by certain third parties as additional security for performance of
the Company's obligations under the Credit  Facility. One such letter of  credit
in  the amount of $1.0 million is guaranteed by Mr. Martin Anderson, a member of
the Board of Directors for fiscal  year 1995. The persons providing the  letters
of  credit received a subordinated security  interest in the assets securing the
Financing and received warrants  to purchase 989,011  shares of the  Reorganized
Company's  Class A  Common Stock. The  warrants have a  five-year term, expiring
September 12, 1999, and  are exercisable at  a price equal  to $2.73 per  common
share,  subject to adjustment pursuant  to anti-dilution provisions. No warrants
had been exercised as of December 31, 1995.
 
    SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN
 
    On December  1, 1994,  the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  authorized
adoption  of a  shareholder rights  plan (the  "Rights Plan")  pursuant to which
there would be attached to each share of common stock of the Reorganized Company
one preferred stock purchase right (a "PSP Right"). The
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. COMMON STOCK WARRANTS, RIGHTS AND OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Rights Plan provides that in the  event any person becomes the beneficial  owner
of  10.0% or more of the outstanding common shares, each PSP Right (other than a
PSP Right held by the 10.0% shareholder)  will be exercisable, on and after  the
close  of business on the  tenth business day following  such event, to purchase
Hawaiian Airlines Series A  Preferred Stock having a  market value equal to  two
times the then current exercise price (initially $8.00). The Rights Plan further
provides  that if,  on or  after the  occurrence of  such event,  the Company is
merged into any other corporation  or 50.0% or more  of the Company's assets  or
earning power are sold, each PSP Right (other than a PSP Right held by the 10.0%
shareholder)  will be  exercisable to  purchase common  shares of  the acquiring
corporation having a  market value  equal to $16.00.  The PSP  Rights expire  on
December  1, 2004 (unless previously triggered) and are subject to redemption by
the Company at  $0.01 per PSP  Right at any  time prior to  the first date  upon
which they become exercisable.
 
    1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    Pursuant  to the terms of the Plan  of Reorganization, 600,000 shares of the
Company's Class A  Common Stock  have been reserved  for issuance  under a  1994
Stock  Option Plan. The 1994 Stock Option  Plan provides for issuance of options
to officers and key employees of the Company, with the terms of such options and
the recipients of  such options  to be determined  by a  committee. In  February
1995,  the Compensation Committee of  the Board of Directors  approved a form of
nonqualified stock  option  agreement and  granted  options to  acquire  592,500
shares  of  the  Company's  Class A  Common  Stock.  The  Compensation Committee
established the exercise price of the options granted as 25.0% of the average of
the closing prices of the Class A Common  Stock reported on the AMEX for the  10
consecutive  days of trading beginning on June  26, 1995. The application of the
aforementioned formula resulted in an option exercise price of $1.62 per  share.
The  options vest and  are exercisable upon  the earlier of  February 2, 1996 or
upon a change of  control, as described  in the 1994 Stock  Option Plan. If  the
options  vest through lapse of time, they may  be exercised at any time prior to
February 2, 2005; however, if the options vest due to a change of control,  they
may  be exercised immediately prior  to such change of  control, after which any
unexercised options lapse.  Noncash compensation expense  of approximately  $2.0
million  for  the granted  options  has been  recognized  during the  year ended
December 31,  1995.  The  remaining  $182,000  of  compensation  cost  has  been
reflected  as Unearned compensation  in the Shareholders'  Equity section in the
accompanying balance sheets and will be  recognized in January 1996. No  options
had  been exercised as of  December 31, 1995 (options  to acquire 592,500 shares
are outstanding).
 
    In January 1996,  the AIP Investment  and a series  of related  transactions
were  consummated. The AIP  Investment and its  related transactions resulted in
the immediate vesting of the  aforementioned stock options, the Company  issuing
warrants  to AMR and additional warrants to the holders of the Existing Warrants
and changes to the provisions of the Rights Plan and 1994 Stock Option Plan. See
Note 16.
 
12. TRANSACTIONS WITH AMERICAN AND CERTAIN OF ITS AFFILIATES
 
    A variety  of agreements  exist between  the Company  and American  and  AMR
Training  &  Consulting Group,  Inc. and  its  affiliates for  certain services,
including data processing, licensing of reservations system, leasing of DC-10-10
aircraft, maintenance services  on such DC-10-10  aircraft and participation  in
the  AAdvantage-Registered Trademark-  frequent flyer  program. At  December 31,
1995, the obligations of  the Company under these  agreements were secured by  a
$2.0 million letter of credit issued under the Company's working capital line of
credit. See Note 7.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
12. TRANSACTIONS WITH AMERICAN AND CERTAIN OF ITS AFFILIATES (CONTINUED)
    On  October 31,  1994, the  Company failed to  make certain  payments due to
American pursuant to  the Aircraft  Lease Agreement pursuant  to which  American
leases  six  DC-10s to  the Company.  American  sent the  Company notice  of the
failure to  make rent  and  prepaid maintenance  payments  and noted  that  such
failure  constituted an event of default under the Aircraft Lease Agreement, but
did not declare the Aircraft Lease Agreement  in default or exercise any of  the
remedies  available to it, which include, but are not limited to, termination of
the Aircraft  Lease Agreement,  repossession of  certain aircraft  and  engines,
recovery  of damages and drawings  under letters of credit  then in place in the
amount of $2.0 million posted by the  Company as required by the Aircraft  Lease
Agreement.  The  Company  subsequently  made the  rent  and  prepaid maintenance
payments due American in November 1994.
 
    In December 1994  and during the  first quarter of  1995, the Company  again
failed  to timely make certain rent and prepaid maintenance payments in full due
pursuant to the Aircraft Lease Agreement. Again, while American sent the Company
notice of the failure to  make such payments in  full, American did not  declare
the  Aircraft  Lease  Agreement  in  default or  exercise  any  of  the remedies
available to it.  On several occasions  during the year,  American deferred  the
payment  of the  delinquent amounts.  As of December  9, 1995,  the Company owed
American $7.1 million in deferred payments and accrued interest. American agreed
to permit  the deferral  of the  payment  of this  $7.1 million  (plus  interest
thereon)  and the periodic payments of lease rents and maintenance payments that
would become due on or after December 8, 1995, up to a maximum of an  additional
$2.9  million (including interest), until the earlier of the consummation of the
AIP Investment or  February 7,  1996. As  of January  4, 1996,  the Company  had
deferred  the maximum deferrable amount of  lease rents and maintenance payments
under the Aircraft Lease Agreement.
 
    On January  31, 1996,  establishment of  terms for  the repayment  of  these
delinquencies  and certain other  agreements and arrangements  with American and
AMR were effected upon consummation of the AIP Investment. See Note 16.
 
13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
    LITIGATION
 
    The Company  is party  to a  small number  of lawsuits.  Four claims  remain
asserted   against  the  Reorganized  Company  for  alleged  prepetition  and/or
administrative claims on or  before the Effective Date  of the Plan.  Management
believes  that  the Reorganized  Company has  established adequate  reserves for
these bankruptcy related claims.
 
    In addition,  the Company  is a  party  to several  other claims  and  legal
actions.  In  the  opinion  of management,  and  after  consultation  with legal
counsel, the Company  believes that  the ultimate disposition  of these  matters
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations or financial
condition.
 
    AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
 
    Maintenance  on the Company's DC-10-10 aircraft  fleet is being performed by
American in  accordance with  FAA regulations  and Hawaiian  Airlines'  approved
maintenance program. In October 1994, December 1994 and during the first quarter
of  1995, the  Company was  delinquent in  making certain  payments due American
under its lease arrangement. The October  1994 delinquency was paid in  November
1994.  The December 1994  and first quarter 1995  delinquencies were deferred by
American throughout  1995. Establishment  of terms  for the  repayment of  these
deferrals  and certain other arrangements with American were effected subsequent
to December 31,  1995 upon consummation  of the AIP  Investment and its  related
transactions. See Notes 6, 12 and 16.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)
    Due  to the U.S. Government's decision  to phase out the VLF/Omega stations,
the Omega navigation  system aboard  the DC-10-10  aircraft must  be updated  to
continue  overseas operations. The  current plan is  to change to  a dual Global
Positioning System  during  the  heavy  phase checks  scheduled  for  1996.  The
estimated cost is $125,000 per aircraft.
 
    Hawaiian  Airlines anticipates that in the period 1996 through 1999, five of
its 13 DC-9-50  aircraft will require  a heavy airframe  overhaul check (the  "D
Check").  The  D Check  for a  DC-9-50  requires more  than 10,000  man-hours of
maintenance work and  includes stripping the  airframe, extensively testing  the
airframe  structure and a large number of parts and components, and reassembling
the overhauled airframe with new or rebuilt components. The Company  anticipates
each D Check to cost approximately $1,200,000.
 
    As  a  result of  certain incidents  in 1989  and 1988  involving structural
damage to aircraft in  flight operated by carriers  other than the Company,  the
Federal  Aviation  Administration (the  "FAA") is  requiring  or is  expected to
require structural modifications and the  replacement of certain parts, as  well
as  the implementation of additional maintenance  programs or changes to current
programs, with respect to  various types of aircraft  over a certain age.  These
requirements  vary,  depending  on  the  type  of  aircraft  covered.  Based  on
information currently available, the  Company estimates that  the total cost  of
complying with the aging aircraft requirements over the 1996 through 2000 period
will approximate $600,000 per DC-9-50 aircraft.
 
    In addition, the Company expects to incur approximately $100,000 per DC-9-50
aircraft  per year,  for maintenance required  under a  corrosion prevention and
control program. This  program is  anticipated to continue  indefinitely in  the
future.
 
    During   the  period  from  1996   through  2000,  the  Company  anticipates
implementing its supplemental  inspection document  program for  certain of  its
DC-9-50 aircraft which is estimated to range up to $50,000 per aircraft.
 
    The  estimated future cost of complying with FAA regulations as discussed in
the preceding  paragraphs will  be in  addition to  the costs  of the  Company's
current DC-10-10 and DC-9-50 fleet maintenance programs.
 
    LOS ANGELES AIRPORT OPERATING TERMINAL
 
    On  December 1, 1985,  the Company entered into  an Interline Agreement with
other airlines  for, among  other things,  the sharing  of costs,  expenses  and
certain  liabilities related to the  acquisition, construction and renovation of
certain passenger terminal facilities at  the Los Angeles International  Airport
("Facilities"). Current tenants and participating members of LAX Two Corporation
(the  "Corporation"), a  mutual benefit  corporation, are  jointly and severally
obligated to pay  their share  of debt  service payments  related to  Facilities
Sublease  Revenue  Bonds issued  to  finance the  acquisition,  construction and
renovation of the  Facilities which  totaled $111.9 million  at completion.  The
Corporation  leases  the  Facilities  from  the  Regional  Airports  Improvement
Corporation under  a  lease agreement.  In  addition, the  Corporation  is  also
obligated to make annual payments to the city of Los Angeles for charges related
to  its terminal ground rental. All leases  of the Corporation are accounted for
as operating leases  with related  future commitments  as of  December 31,  1995
amounting  to  approximately  $201.7  million. Rent  expense  relating  to these
operating leases totaled $3.6  million, $4.4 million and  $5.9 million in  1993,
1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)
    Member airlines pay the expenses associated with the Facilities on a prorata
share  basis calculated  primarily upon  their respective  numbers of passengers
utilizing the Facilities.  The Company  accounts for its  obligation under  this
agreement  as an operating lease and incurred $672,000, $737,000 and $842,000 of
rent expense in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
    FREQUENT FLYER PROGRAM
 
    The Company's Gold Plus  frequent flyer program offers  a variety of  awards
based  on accumulated mileage. The Company  recognizes a liability in the period
in which members have accumulated sufficient  mileage points to allow for  award
redemption. The incremental cost method is used, computed primarily on the basis
of  fuel  and  catering  costs,  exclusive of  any  overhead  or  profit margin.
Non-travel awards are valued  at the incremental cost  of tickets exchanged  for
such awards.
 
    As  of  December  31,  1994  and 1995,  Gold  Plus  members  had accumulated
approximately 3.0  billion and  3.3  billion miles,  respectively,  representing
liabilities  totaling  approximately  $489,000  at the  end  of  each  year. The
Company's accruals assume full  redemption of mileage  points. During the  years
ended  December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995,  493.0 million, 636.0 million and 581.0
million award miles were redeemed, respectively.
 
    The Company believes that the usage of free travel awards will not result in
the displacement  of  revenue customers  and,  therefore, such  usage  will  not
materially  affect the Company's liquidity or operating results. The use of free
travel awards is subject to effective capacity control/yield management programs
maintained by  the  Company  to  limit the  possibility  of  displacing  revenue
passengers.  Usage of  Gold Plus  travel redemption  accounted for approximately
2.1%, 2.7% and 2.2%  of Interisland traffic and  an insignificant percentage  of
Transpac and Southpac traffic in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
14. CONCENTRATION OF BUSINESS RISK
    The   Company's  scheduled  service  operations  are  primarily  focused  on
providing air  transportation  service  to, from,  or  throughout  the  Hawaiian
Islands.  Therefore, the Company's operations,  including its ability to collect
its outstanding receivables, are  significantly affected by economic  conditions
in  the State of Hawaii  and by other factors affecting  the level of tourism in
Hawaii.
 
    The Company's  Interisland,  Transpac  and  Southpac  scheduled  service  is
marketed  through a number of wholesalers. In 1993, one wholesaler accounted for
approximately 11.0%  of  total  passenger  revenues.  The  wholesaler  purchased
approximately $31.0 million of tickets in 1993, primarily in the Interisland and
Transpac markets. No wholesaler accounted for more than 10.0% of total passenger
revenues in 1994 or 1995.
 
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    During  1995, the law  firm Goodsill Anderson  Quinn & Stifel,  of which Mr.
Martin Anderson,  a  member  of the  Board  of  Directors and  chairman  of  the
Compensation  Committee during fiscal year 1995, is a partner, billed legal fees
to the Company in  the amount of  $117,479. As of December  31, 1995, $9,836  of
fees  were outstanding. In  addition, Goodsill Anderson  Quinn & Stifel received
28,606  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock  upon  the  June  19,  1995  initial
distribution by the Company of shares of Class A Common Stock. Goodsill Anderson
Quinn  & Stifel sold all 28,606 shares of Class A Common Stock after the initial
distribution.
 
    In conjunction with  obtaining financing under  the Plan of  Reorganization,
$2.0  million of  letters of  credit were provided  by certain  third parties as
additional security  for  performance of  the  Company's obligations  under  the
Credit  Facility. One  such letter of  credit in  the amount of  $1.0 million is
guaranteed by Mr.  Anderson. In  consideration for the  guarantee, Mr.  Anderson
received a subordinate
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
security  interest  in  the assets  securing  the Credit  Facility  and received
warrants to purchase 494,505 shares of  the Company's Class A Common Stock.  The
warrants have a five-year term, expiring September 12, 1999, and are exercisable
at  a  price  equal  to  $2.73 per  share,  subject  to  adjustment  pursuant to
anti-dilution provisions. See Note 11.
 
    Mr. Clifton Kagawa, a member of the Board of Directors and the  Compensation
Committee  during fiscal year 1995, is the President and Chief Executive Officer
of Hill and Knowlton Asia Pacific,  and senior representative in Hawaii for  WPP
Group plc, the parent company of Hill and Knowlton, Inc., and advertising agency
Ogilvy  and  Mather Worldwide.  Hill and  Knowlton, Inc.  is a  public relations
company which  provides  services  to  the Company.  During  1995,  this  public
relations  company billed the  Company for services  totaling $170,601. Hill and
Knowlton, Inc. received 1,431 shares of Class  A Common Stock upon the June  19,
1995 initial distribution by the Company of shares of Class A Common Stock. Hill
and  Knowlton, Inc.  sold all  1,431 shares  of Class  A Common  Stock after the
initial distribution. The Company also employs  the services of Ogilvy &  Mather
Hawaii,  which received 20,410 shares of Class  A Common Stock upon the June 19,
1995 initial distribution  by the  Company of shares  of Class  A Common  Stock.
Ogilvy & Mather sold all 20,410 shares of Class A Common Stock after the initial
distribution.  During  1995,  this  advertising agency  billed  the  Company for
services totaling $2,942,574.
 
    Upon consummation  of the  AIP Investment  and its  related transactions  in
January  1996,  both  Mr.  Anderson  and Mr.  Kagawa  agreed  not  to  stand for
reelection to the Board of Directors and effectively resigned upon the  election
of  the new Board of Directors at the special meeting of shareholders. Also, the
shares and the  exercise price  on such  shares associated  with Mr.  Anderson's
warrants were adjusted pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of the warrants.
See Note 16.
 
16. FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY AND SUBSEQUENT INVESTMENT AND FINANCIAL
TRANSACTIONS
    As  discussed in  Note 1, the  Company's Plan became  effective in September
1994, representing  the  completion of  its  Chapter 11  reorganization  process
within  one year and the avoidance of  additional costs primarily related to the
transition  of  its  aircraft  fleet.  Thereafter,  the  Company  financed   its
operations  through operating cash flow, borrowings under the Credit Facility, a
series of promotional  fare ticket  sale activities and  payment deferrals  from
existing  creditors, one of which was  American. During this period, the Company
also operated with a cash  balance equivalent to less  than one week's worth  of
operating  expenses. Operating at  that level of  liquidity placed the Company's
existence at risk;  there was no  cushion to respond  to unexpected  operational
upheavals  that have periodically affected the  airline industry or to cover the
seasonal downturns typically experienced by the Company.
 
    Due  to  its  working  capital   shortage,  the  Company  deferred   certain
discretionary   capital  expenditures  that   management  believes  may  improve
profitability. One example is a series of investments in improved software  that
are  expected to improve operating efficiency. Another is the outlay required to
consolidate operations into one terminal at Honolulu International Airport.  The
working  capital  shortage  also  had an  unfavorable  effect  on  yield, which,
although difficult to quantify, is believed to be significant. The Company found
it necessary to offer its products to  wholesalers and to the public at  reduced
rates  in order  to enhance  cash flow.  The uncertain  financial situation also
limited the availability of  trade credit and at  times necessitated the use  of
cash  or equivalent security to obtain  services. Finally, potential partners in
the airline industry  have been  reluctant to enter  into business  arrangements
with the Company until its financial difficulties have been overcome.
 
    This  situation  led  the Company  during  1995  to seek  a  possible equity
investor. As a result of its efforts, on November 6, 1995, the Company  executed
a  letter of intent with AIP, which was followed by the execution on December 8,
1995  of  the   definitive  agreement  (the   "Investment  Agreement")   setting
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
16. FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY AND SUBSEQUENT INVESTMENT AND FINANCIAL
TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
forth  the terms of the AIP Investment. As of December 31, 1995, the Company had
aggregated a net working capital deficit  of $51.7 million, representing a  $5.9
million  increase  from the  net  working capital  deficit  of $45.8  million at
December 31,  1994. Principally,  the increase  in the  working capital  deficit
resulted  from the net of  (1) an increase in  accounts payable of $17.7 million
primarily due  to deferred  aircraft lease  rents and  maintenance payments  due
American;  (2) a decrease  in air traffic  liability of $9.9  million due to the
burnoff throughout 1995 of promotional fare ticket sales held in the second  and
last  quarters of 1994;  and (3) miscellaneous changes  in other working capital
accounts resulting in  a $1.9 million  decrease in the  working capital  deficit
from that of 1994.
 
    The  Board of Directors unanimously approved the AIP Investment and believes
that the  AIP  Investment is  in  the best  interests  of the  Company  and  its
shareholders.  A special  shareholders meeting was  held on January  30, 1996 at
which the shareholders approved the  series of transactions described below.  On
January  31, 1996, the  AIP Investment and  certain other transactions described
below were consummated, which when considered in combination, are anticipated to
(1) improve the Company's liquidity; (2) reduce operating costs; (3) enable  the
Company  to make necessary  capital expenditures; (4) allow  the Company to take
advantage of  prompt payment  discounts; (5)  avoid the  need to  provide  early
payment  incentives to wholesalers and become less dependent on promotional fare
ticket sales to  the traveling  public; and  (6) provide  coverage for  seasonal
working capital needs.
 
    AIP
 
    The  AIP Investment consisted of the issuance  and sale to AIP of 18,181,818
shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock (the "Shares"), par value $.01  per
share,  and four shares  of the Company's  Class B Special  Preferred Stock, par
value $.01 per  share, for  an aggregate cash  purchase price  of $20.0  million
under  the Investment  Agreement. Upon consummation  of the  AIP Investment, AIP
owns approximately  67.0% of  the  Company's common  equity.  As a  result,  AIP
currently  controls substantially all actions to be taken by the shareholders of
the Company. After giving  effect to the  issuance of shares  of Class A  Common
Stock  upon the exercise of rights proposed to be offered after the consummation
of the AIP Investment as described below (the agreement with AIP requires AIP to
use its best efforts to cause the  Company to make such offering), the  issuance
of  shares of  Class A Common  Stock upon the  exercise of the  AMR warrants and
certain other issuances  of Class A  Common Stock, AIP  would own  approximately
44.0%  of the outstanding common equity of the Company (assuming that the rights
referred to above are exercised by persons  other than AIP). Until such time  as
AIP  ceases to own at least 35.0% of  the common equity, it would have the right
to nominate six of the  11 nominees to stand from  time to time for election  as
directors of the Company. Thereafter, AIP would have the right to nominate five,
four  or three  directors so  long as it  owned at  least 25.0%,  10.0% or 5.0%,
respectively, of the common equity. On  January 30, 1996, six of AIP's  director
nominees were elected to the Board of Directors.
 
    AIP  and  the  Company have  entered  into a  registration  rights agreement
pursuant to  which AIP  would have  the right  to require  the Company,  on  two
occasions,  to use its best efforts to  register, at the Company's expense, some
or all  of  the  Shares under  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended  (the
"Securities  Act"). In  addition, AIP  would have the  right to  have the Shares
included in any other registered offering of shares of Class A Common Stock made
within ten years after consummation of the AIP Investment.
 
    RIGHTS OFFERING
 
    Pursuant to the Investment Agreement, AIP agreed to use its best efforts  to
cause  the Company,  as soon  as practicable after  the consummation  of the AIP
Investment, to make a rights offering (the "Rights Offering"). The following  is
a   description  of   the  Rights   Offering  as   contemplated  on   March  15,
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
16. FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY AND SUBSEQUENT INVESTMENT AND FINANCIAL
TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
1996. Pursuant to the Rights Offering,  the Company would offer to such  persons
as  the Board of  Directors shall determine  at the time  of the Rights Offering
(which would not initially include AIP  (except possibly with respect to  Rights
not  exercised  during  the  allotted time)  but  would  include,  among others,
shareholders who hold  shares at  the record date  for the  Rights Offering  and
holders  of options granted under the 1994 Stock Option Plan) rights to purchase
shares of Class A Common Stock (the "Rights"), during a 20-day period after  the
issuance  of the Rights,  at a discount equal  to at least  30.0% of the trading
price of  the  Class A  Common  Stock  measured over  a  period of  time  to  be
designated  by  the  Board  of  Directors  after  the  consummation  of  the AIP
Investment and prior to the Rights Offering, subject to a minimum exercise price
of $1.10 per Right. Unexercised Rights would be offered to certain employees, as
provided in the modifications to the collective bargaining agreements  described
below,  and  possibly to  AIP.  The other  terms  and conditions  of  the Rights
Offering, including the number of Rights to be offered, the record date for  the
Rights  Offering  and  whether  the  Rights  would  be  transferable,  would  be
established by the Board of Directors at the time of the Rights Offering. It  is
currently  expected that Rights with  respect to approximately 10,000,000 shares
of Class A Common Stock would  be offered, subject to the Board's  determination
at  the time of the  Rights Offering. The Rights Offering  would be made only by
means of a separate prospectus constituting  a part of a registration  statement
to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
    The  Company has agreed with  GPA Group plc and  its affiliate AEROUSA, Inc.
(the "GPA Companies")  that, if the  closing of the  Rights Offering shall  have
occurred  by September 30, 1996, the Company  shall repurchase all of the shares
of Class A Common Stock owned by the GPA Companies and repay certain secured and
unsecured promissory notes held by the GPA Companies. The stock repurchase price
would  be  $1.10  per  share  and  the  promissory  notes  would  be  repaid  at
approximately  85.0%  of the  then carrying  value of  the notes,  including any
deferred costs and other expenses owed. Based  on the number of shares owned  by
the  GPA Companies as of January 31, 1996 and the carrying value of the notes as
of such  date, the  Company would  pay approximately  $4.91 million  to the  GPA
Companies.  The Company has the option at  any time prior to the Rights Offering
to repurchase  the GPA  Companies' shares  and repay  their notes  on the  above
terms. As of March 15, 1996 the Company had not exercised this option.
 
    AMR AND AMERICAN
 
    Upon  consummation of the  AIP Investment and  satisfaction of certain other
conditions, the Company entered into certain arrangements with AMR and  American
pursuant to which, AMR and American accepted the following:
 
    - The payment of up to $10.0 million of deferred lease rents and maintenance
      payments (and accrued interest thereon) under the Aircraft Lease Agreement
      and  the reimbursement of American's fees  and expenses in connection with
      the transaction  through the  issuance by  the Company  to American  of  a
      $10.25  million promissory note  secured by certain  assets of the Company
      (the "American  Note"). The  American  Note bears  interest at  10.0%  per
      annum,  payable quarterly  in arrears,  and has  a final  maturity date of
      September 11,  2001. The  American Note  requires repayment  of  principal
      equal to one-sixth of the original principal amount on each anniversary of
      its  date of issuance (January  31). The Company has  the option to prepay
      the American Note for $9.15 million  at any time before January 31,  1997,
      or at any time thereafter, in whole or in part, at its remaining principal
      balance, without premium. The
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
16. FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY AND SUBSEQUENT INVESTMENT AND FINANCIAL
TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
     American  Note is prepayable in  full, at the option  of the holder, in the
      event and at the time that any  person or group (other than AIP)  acquires
      more than 30.0% of the voting interest in the Company;
 
      The  American  Note is  secured  by a  lien  on substantially  all  of the
      personal property of the Company through December 31, 1997. This lien is a
      first priority lien  except that  it is junior  to (1)  liens of  security
      deposits held by credit card processors and (2) liens securing up to $15.0
      million   in  obligations  of  the   Company  consisting  of  (x)  secured
      obligations of  the Company  (other than  credit card  processor  security
      deposit  liens) existing on the date of issuance of the American Note, and
      (y) additional  secured obligations  of the  Company incurred  after  such
      issuance. As of January 31, 1996, in addition to its credit card deposits,
      the Company had $7.6 million in secured obligations (including all amounts
      under  the Credit Facility), the  liens of which are  prior to the lien of
      the American Note. On and after January 1, 1998, the Company is  obligated
      to  secure the American Note  and the other obligations  of the Company to
      American with  a first  priority lien  on identified  assets with  a  fair
      market  value  (supported  by an  appraisal)  of  at least  125.0%  of the
      remaining outstanding principal balance of the American Note from time  to
      time;
 
    - Basic  rents  under  the Aircraft  Lease  Agreement have  been  reduced by
      approximately 28.0% for a period of three years, at which time basic rents
      would revert back to 1995 levels. The Company has agreed to pay a  minimum
      monthly  charge for maintenance  services and basic  rents and maintenance
      charges are  payable monthly  in arrears  rather than  weekly in  advance.
      American  has the  right to terminate  its obligation  to provide aircraft
      maintenance services on  and after  January 1,  1999 upon  180 days  prior
      notice;
 
    - American's  relinquishment  of $2.0  million  of letters  of  credit which
      secured the Company's  obligations to  American under  the Aircraft  Lease
      Agreement.  The  termination  of  these letters  of  credit  increased the
      Company's borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility;
 
    - Issuance of the AMR Warrants to  AMR, which entitle the holder to  acquire
      up  to 1,897,946  shares of  the Class  A Common  Stock (the  "AMR Warrant
      Shares") exercisable at $1.10 per share. One half of the AMR Warrants  are
      immediately  exercisable  but the  balance of  the  AMR Warrants  are only
      exercisable if  American  and  the  Company  enter  into  a  code  sharing
      arrangement  by January 1, 1997 regarding  the placement of the two letter
      flight designator code for American's flights on the Company's Interisland
      flights. If not exercised, the AMR Warrants expire on September 11,  2001;
      and
 
    - American's right to require the Company, on two occasions, to use its best
      efforts  to register,  at the  Company's expense, some  or all  of the AMR
      Warrant Shares under the Securities Act. In addition, AMR has the right to
      have the AMR Warrant Shares included  in any other registered offering  of
      shares  of Class  A Common  Stock made before  September 11,  2001. If any
      person or  entity acquires  a  majority of  the outstanding  Common  Stock
      before September 11, 2001, the Company is required to use its best efforts
      to  cause the  seller or  sellers of  such Common  Stock to  permit AMR to
      include AMR  Warrant  Shares in  such  sale on  the  same terms  as  those
      available  to such  seller. AIP  has agreed  that, if  it were  one of the
      sellers in such a sale, it would permit AMR to participate in such sale.
 
    The arrangements with  American have provided  the Company with  substantial
benefits.  The payment  through the American  Note of $10.0  million of deferred
rents  and  maintenance  payments  otherwise  due  on  February  7,  1996   will
effectively permit the Company to make such payments in
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
16. FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY AND SUBSEQUENT INVESTMENT AND FINANCIAL
TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
installments  over  the  period from  January  1997 to  September  2001, thereby
freeing up working capital  for other purposes. In  addition, basic rents  under
the  Aircraft Lease Agreement have been reduced by approximately 28.0% for three
years, resulting in lower operating costs. Furthermore, the release by  American
of  the security deposit letters of credit resulted in $2.0 million of borrowing
capacity becoming available to the Company under the Credit Facility.
 
    UNIONS AND LABOR AGREEMENTS
 
    Upon consummation of the  AIP Investment and  satisfaction of certain  other
conditions,  amendments to the labor agreements  for each of the Company's labor
unions became effective.
 
    The amendments  to the  agreements extend  the amendable  date of  all  five
contracts  from February 28, 1997 to February  28, 2000. Each of the five unions
agreed to certain  economic concessions, which  include cancellation of  certain
scheduled pay increases, with new pay increases to be effective December 1, 1998
and  January 1, 2000. Management expects that these concessions will reduce cash
operating expenses which  would have  been incurred during  the two-year  period
ending  December 1997.  In exchange  for the  wage concessions,  the Company has
agreed to negotiate a gain-sharing program to provide employees the  opportunity
to  receive  wage  rate  increases resulting  from  work  rule  and productivity
modifications, which would produce cost savings to the Company. In addition, the
Company has agreed  to establish a  profit bonus plan,  which would provide  all
employees  (other  than  senior management)  with  cash bonuses  if  the Company
achieves certain  pre-tax  profit targets.  The  contracts as  modified  provide
additional   furlough   protection   to   employees   under   certain  specified
circumstances. The  Company  and unions  also  have agreed  to  include  certain
additional  low-cost  or no-cost  provisions that  are specific  to each  of the
respective union contracts.
 
    Pursuant to their collective bargaining  agreements, AFA, IAM and ALPA  each
have  the right to nominate one  of the nominees to stand  from time to time for
election as directors of the Company. On January 30, 1996, each of the IAM, ALPA
and AFA director nominees were elected to the Board of Directors.
 
    SPECIAL PREFERRED STOCK
 
    As part of the AIP Investment, AIP received four shares of Series B  Special
Preferred  Stock, which  entitle AIP to  nominate directors  as described above.
AFA, IAM and ALPA each received one  share of Series C Special Preferred  Stock,
Series  D  Special  Preferred  Stock  and  Series  E  Special  Preferred  Stock,
respectively, (collectively the  "Special Preferred Stock")  which entitle  each
union  to  nominate one  director. The  holders  of each  series of  the Special
Preferred Stock are entitled to fill a vacancy on the Board of Directors  caused
by  the removal, resignation or death of  a director nominated by that series if
the Board fails to fill such vacancy within 30 days. AIP has agreed with each of
IAM, ALPA and  AFA that so  long as the  right to have  a representative on  the
Board  is in its  respective collective bargaining agreement,  AIP will vote its
shares in favor of such union's nominee for the Board of Directors. In  addition
to  the  rights of  the  Special Preferred  Stock  described above,  the Special
Preferred Stock is (1) senior to Common Stock and each series is PARI PASSU with
each other with respect to rights on liquidation, dissolution and winding up and
will be entitled to receive $.01 per share, and no more, before any payments are
made to holders of any stock ranking junior to the Special Preferred Stock;  (2)
has  no dividend rights other  than at any time that  a dividend is declared and
paid on the Common  Stock dividends in  an amount per share  equal to twice  the
dividend  per  share  paid on  the  Common Stock  will  be paid  on  the Special
Preferred Stock; (3) is entitled to one vote per share and votes with the  Class
A Common Stock as a single class on all matters submitted to the shareholders of
the  Company; (4) automatically converts into one  share of Class A Common Stock
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
16. FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY AND SUBSEQUENT INVESTMENT AND FINANCIAL
TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
upon the transfer of such share from the person to whom originally issued to any
person that is not an affiliate of such person; and (5) does not have preemptive
rights in connection with future issuances of the Company's capital stock.
 
    AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The Amended  Articles of  Incorporation  of the  Company, as  amended,  were
further  amended to increase the  authorized number of shares  of Class A Common
Stock from 40,000,000 shares to 60,000,000 shares. The increase in the number of
authorized shares allows the Company to  have a sufficient number of  authorized
and  unissued shares of  Class A Common  Stock to permit  the exercise of Rights
under the Rights Offering and ensures that  the Company will have, from time  to
time,  an  adequate  number  of authorized  and  unissued  shares  available for
corporate purposes, such as future public and private equity offerings, to raise
working capital. As a result of  the amendment, the authorized capital stock  of
the  Company consists of  60,000,000 shares of  Class A Common  Stock, par value
$.01 per share, 3,050,000  shares of Class  B Common Stock,  par value $.01  per
share, and 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share.
 
    Except  for  shares of  Class  A Common  Stock  that have  been  reserved in
connection with the Existing Warrants, the 1994 Stock Option Plan, the Plan, the
AMR Warrants and the Rights Offering,  the Company has no present agreements  or
commitments to issue any additional shares of Class A Common Stock.
 
    EXISTING WARRANTS
 
    Pursuant  to the anti-dilution provisions of the Existing Warrants, upon the
consummation of the AIP Investment, the exercise price of the Existing  Warrants
was  adjusted  to $1.71  per  share and  the  holders of  the  Existing Warrants
received warrants to  purchase an additional  587,356 shares of  Class A  Common
Stock  exercisable  at $1.71  per share  as  well. The  holders of  the Existing
Warrants have  agreed  that  the  anti-dilution provisions  will  not  apply  in
connection with the AMR Warrants and the Rights.
 
    1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    As discussed in Note 11, options to acquire 592,500 shares of Class A Common
Stock  were granted in 1995 pursuant to the terms of the 1994 Stock Option Plan.
The AIP Investment  constituted a  change of control  for purposes  of the  1994
Stock  Option Plan, thereby accelerating both  the vesting and expiration of the
options. In connection with the AIP  Investment, the 1994 Stock Option Plan  was
amended to extend the option exercise period to February 2, 2005. This amendment
resulted  in a  new measurement date  for the awarded  options and approximately
$782,000 of related noncash compensation expense was recorded in January 1996.
 
    RIGHTS PLAN
 
    AIP's acquisition of the Shares would have rendered AIP a "10% Shareholder,"
as that term is defined in the Rights Plan (see Note 11), thereby triggering the
distribution of preferred stock purchase  rights to the Company's  shareholders.
Pursuant  to the Rights Plan,  the Board has the  power to determine whether any
person, including AIP, is or is not  a "10% Shareholder," whether or not such  a
determination  is adverse to any holder of PSP rights. The Board determined that
AIP's acquisition of the Shares shall not render AIP a "10% Shareholder" and  in
anticipation  of the  AIP Investment, amended  the Rights Plan  to exclude AIP's
acquisition of the Shares from triggering the distribution of the PSP rights.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
16. FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY AND SUBSEQUENT INVESTMENT AND FINANCIAL
TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    TAX AND NET OPERATING LOSS CONSIDERATIONS
 
    The Company  believes  that the  transactions  with respect  to  its  equity
following  its bankruptcy reorganization, including  those pertaining to the AIP
Investment, issuance of the AMR  Warrants, consummation of the Rights  Offering,
and  possible purchases  or sales  of its  stock by  significant shareholders or
exercises of options to acquire  equity in the Company,  has resulted in or  has
significantly  increased the likelihood of an  "ownership change" of the Company
for purposes of Section  382 of the Internal  Revenue Code. An ownership  change
under Section 382 results in an annual limitation on the amount of pre-ownership
change  NOLs of  the Company that  can be  used to offset  the Company's taxable
income for periods following the ownership change.
 
    Based on values used by the Company in preparing its 1994 federal income tax
return, the Company's Section 382 Limitation that generally applied to all  NOLs
attributable  to the period prior to the ownership change that resulted from the
Company's bankruptcy reorganization was approximately $2.4 million, plus certain
"built-in" income  items that  increase the  Section 382  Limitation. While  the
Company  anticipates that any ownership change resulting from the AIP Investment
and its related transactions would result in a new Section 382 Limitation  which
is  lower than the  Section 382 Limitation  in effect previously,  the amount of
such reduction and  its effect  on the  Company (as well  as the  effect on  the
Company   of  subjecting  NOLs  incurred   following  the  Company's  bankruptcy
reorganization to  the  Section  382  Limitation)  depend  on  numerous  issues,
including but not limited to the value of the Company's equity at certain dates,
the  amount and  timing of  future taxable  income and  loss, and  the amount of
"built-in" income  items of  the  Company. Therefore,  while  the effect  of  an
ownership  change resulting from the AIP Investment and its related transactions
could be to  increase the  future tax liabilities  of the  Company, the  precise
effect  of such an ownership change of the Company resulting from the Investment
and its related transactions is unclear.
 
    CURRENT STATUS
 
    The Company's capital resources have been increased substantially due to the
AIP Investment and the  arrangements with American. It  is anticipated that  the
combination of the Company's improved liquidity and reduced operating costs will
enable  the Company  to make necessary  capital expenditures,  take advantage of
prompt payment discounts, avoid the need to provide early payment incentives  to
wholesalers  and become less  dependent on promotional fare  ticket sales to the
traveling public, thereby further improving liquidity.
 
    In addition,  the Company  is anticipating  the consummation  of the  Rights
Offering  and as of March  15, 1996 was negotiating  to increase the capacity of
the Credit Facility to $15.0 million. No assurance can be given that the Company
will be successful in either of  these efforts. If the Company is  unsuccessful,
it  will seek other  sources of financing.  However, because the  Company has no
remaining unencumbered assets,  its access  to additional  sources of  liquidity
remains  limited. If the Company is unsuccessful in obtaining additional sources
of liquidity, an adverse change in events and circumstances could result in  the
Company  being unable  to meet its  financial obligations after  it exhausts its
current and foreseeable capital resources.
 
    The financial statements at December 31, 1995, have been prepared on a going
concern basis which assumes continuity  of operations and realization of  assets
and liquidation of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. The financial
statements  do not  include any adjustments  relating to  the recoverability and
classification of recorded asset amounts,  or the amounts and classification  of
liabilities  that  might be  necessary  as a  result  of the  outcome  of future
uncertainties. Management recognizes that the  continuation of the Company as  a
going  concern  is dependent  upon a  return to  profitable, positive  cash flow
operations and the generation of adequate funds to meet its ongoing obligations.
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                       SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
                   UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            PREDECESSOR                      REORGANIZED COMPANY
                                            --------------------------------------------  --------------------------
                                                FIRST         SECOND                                       FOURTH
                                               QUARTER        QUARTER          (A)            (B)         QUARTER
                                            -------------  -------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                         <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
1994:
  Operating revenues......................  $   70,977     $   72,515     $    73,331     $   13,171    $   75,986
  Operating income (loss).................      (6,456)        (6,683)          6,718         (3,114)       (3,154)
  Loss before income taxes................      (7,351)        (8,765)         (4,558)        (3,179)       (2,972)
  Net income (loss).......................      (7,351)        (8,765)        185,505         (3,179)       (2,972)
  Proforma loss per share.................         N/M**          N/M**           N/M**        (0.34)*       (0.31)*
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              REORGANIZED COMPANY
                                                             -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                FIRST         SECOND        THIRD        FOURTH
                                                               QUARTER       QUARTER       QUARTER      QUARTER
                                                             ------------  ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
1995:
  Operating revenues.......................................  $   75,508    $   85,464    $   93,355   $   92,577
  Operating income (loss)..................................      (7,427)          431         4,436          659
  Net income (loss)........................................      (8,294)         (451)        3,363         (124)
  Proforma income (loss) per share.........................       (0.88)*       (0.05)*        0.33*       (0.01)*
</TABLE>
 
    The results of operations for the first three quarters of 1994 were adjusted
for the impact of certain  significant fourth quarter adjustments which  related
to  the  prior  quarters. These  adjustments  were corrections  of  errors which
resulted from mathematical mistakes, mistakes  in the application of  accounting
principles  or  oversight  or misuse  of  facts  that existed  at  the  time the
financial statements were prepared.
 
(a) Period from July 1, 1994 to September 11, 1994.
 
(b) Period from September 12, 1994 to December 31, 1994.
 
 *  Proforma per  share data has been  calculated assuming that the  Reorganized
    Company will issue approximately 9.4 million shares of Common Stock pursuant
    to the Reorganization Plan.
 
**   Not Meaningful --  per share data is not  meaningful as the Predecessor was
    recapitalized and adopted fresh start reporting as of September 12, 1994.
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                            CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,
                                                                                            1995         1996
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
                                                     ASSETS
 
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................................................   $    5,389   $    13,452
  Accounts receivable, net............................................................       18,178        23,715
  Inventories, net....................................................................        7,648         7,554
  Assets held for sale................................................................        1,344         1,344
  Prepaid expenses....................................................................        5,804         5,243
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
    Total current assets..............................................................       38,363        51,308
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
Property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation and
 amortization of $6,166 and $5,043 in 1996 and 1995, respectively.....................       41,391        41,756
Assets held for sale..................................................................        8,336         7,274
Other assets..........................................................................        6,217         4,805
Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable
 to identifiable assets, net..........................................................       67,333        66,433
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
    Total Assets......................................................................   $  161,640   $   171,576
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
                                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt...................................................   $    6,027   $     6,210
  Current portion of capital lease obligations........................................        2,662         2,724
  Accounts payable....................................................................       35,182        24,254
  Air traffic liability...............................................................       30,461        28,771
  Accrued liabilities.................................................................       15,730        11,072
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
    Total current liabilities.........................................................       90,062        73,031
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
Long-Term Debt........................................................................        5,523        11,618
Capital Lease Obligations.............................................................       10,102         9,396
Other Liabilities and Deferred Credits................................................       26,775        28,406
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
Shareholders' Equity:
  Common and Special Preferred Stock..................................................           94           276
  Capital in excess of par value......................................................       41,193        59,613
  Warrants............................................................................          900         2,646
  Unearned compensation...............................................................         (182)      --
  Minimum pension liability...........................................................       (1,170)       (1,171)
  Accumulated deficit.................................................................      (11,657)      (12,239)
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
    Shareholders' equity..............................................................       29,178        49,125
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity........................................   $  161,640   $   171,576
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                       CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                  MARCH 31,
                                                                                             --------------------
                                                                                               1995       1996
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
Operating Revenues:
  Passenger................................................................................  $  65,601  $  79,811
  Charter..................................................................................      3,557      6,971
  Cargo....................................................................................      3,961      4,813
  Other....................................................................................      2,389      2,467
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Total..................................................................................     75,508     94,062
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Operating Expenses:
  Flying operations........................................................................     24,289     29,315
  Maintenance..............................................................................     17,781     20,055
  Passenger service........................................................................      9,268     10,538
  Aircraft and traffic servicing...........................................................     13,542     14,515
  Promotion and sales......................................................................     10,198     11,620
  General and administrative...............................................................      4,031      5,763
  Depreciation and amortization............................................................      1,826      1,860
  Early retirement provision...............................................................      2,000     --
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Total..................................................................................     82,935     93,666
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Operating Income (Loss)................................................................     (7,427)       396
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Nonoperating Income (Expense):
  Interest expense, net....................................................................     (1,027)      (956)
  Gain on disposition of equipment.........................................................         48          8
  Other, net...............................................................................        112        (30)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Total..................................................................................       (867)      (978)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Net Loss...................................................................................  $  (8,294) $    (582)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Pro Forma Loss Per Common Share............................................................  $   (0.88)* $   (0.03)*
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding.......................................      9,400*    21,521*
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
* Proforma  per share data has been  calculated utilizing issued and outstanding
  and issuable common shares as of March 31, 1995 and 1996.
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
                       CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                  MARCH 31,
                                                                                             --------------------
                                                                                               1995       1996
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
  Net loss.................................................................................  $  (8,294) $    (582)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization..........................................................      1,826      1,860
    Net periodic postretirement benefit cost...............................................        876        567
    Stock option compensation..............................................................     --            964
    Early retirement provision.............................................................      2,000     --
    Gain from disposition of equipment.....................................................        (48)        (8)
    Increase in accounts receivable........................................................     (1,562)    (3,847)
    Decrease (increase) in inventories.....................................................       (470)        94
    Decrease in prepaid expenses...........................................................        823        561
    Increase (decrease) in accounts payable................................................      7,347     (1,407)
    Decrease air traffic liability.........................................................       (529)    (1,690)
    Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities.............................................        901     (5,758)
    Other, net.............................................................................      4,704      1,301
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
      Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities..................................      7,574     (7,945)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
  Purchase of property and equipment.......................................................     (2,483)    (1,680)
  Net proceeds from disposition of equipment...............................................        393        519
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Net cash used in investing activities..................................................     (2,090)    (1,161)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock...................................................     --         20,000
  Issuance of long-term debt...............................................................        179        124
  Repayment of long-term debt..............................................................     (3,049)    (2,311)
  Repayment of capital lease obligations...................................................       (728)      (644)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities..................................     (3,598)    17,169
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
      Net increase in cash and cash equivalents............................................      1,886      8,063
Cash and cash equivalents -- Beginning of Period...........................................      3,501      5,389
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents -- End of Period.................................................  $   5,387  $  13,452
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
               NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    In the opinion of management,  the condensed unaudited financial  statements
included   in  this  report  contain  all   adjustments  necessary  for  a  fair
presentation of the results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods
covered and  the  financial  condition of  Hawaiian  Airlines,  Inc.  ("Hawaiian
Airlines"  or the  "Company") as of  March 31,  1996 and December  31, 1995. The
operating results for the interim period  are not necessarily indicative of  the
results to be expected for the full fiscal year.
 
    Certain  reclassifications have  been made to  conform prior  year's data to
current year's presentation.
 
    The financial statements at  March 31, 1996, have  been prepared on a  going
concern  basis which assumes continuity of  operations and realization of assets
and liquidation of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. The financial
statements do not  include any  adjustments relating to  the recoverability  and
classification  of recorded asset amounts, or  the amounts and classification of
liabilities that  might  be necessary  as  a result  of  the outcome  of  future
uncertainties.  Management recognizes that the continuation  of the Company as a
going concern  is dependent  upon a  return to  profitable, positive  cash  flow
operations and the generation of adequate funds to meet its ongoing obligations.
 
    The accompanying financial statements should be read in conjunction with the
financial statements and the notes thereto contained in this Prospectus.
 
2.  INVESTMENT AND FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS
 
    On   January  31,  1996,  the  Company   consummated  a  series  of  related
transactions which, among other things, included:
 
    - A $20.0  million  cash investment  in  the Company  by  Airline  Investors
      Partnership,  L.P. ("AIP")  through the  purchase of  18,181,818 shares of
      Class A  Common Stock,  par value  $.01  per share  (the "Class  A  Common
      Stock"),  and  four shares  of the  Company's  Series B  Special Preferred
      Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "AIP Investment").
 
    - Certain  agreements  and   arrangements  with   American  Airlines,   Inc.
      ("American"),   including  amendment  to   the  long-term  aircraft  lease
      agreement pursuant to which American leases DC-10-10s to the Company  (the
      "Aircraft  Lease Agreement"), which  provide for, among  other things: (1)
      the making  of  $10.0  million  or previously  deferred  lease  rents  and
      maintenance  payments  and  interest  thereon  and  the  reimbursement  of
      $250,000  of  American's  fees  and   expenses  in  connection  with   the
      transaction  through the issuance  by the Company to  American of a $10.25
      million promissory  note secured  by certain  assets of  the Company  (the
      "American  Note"); (2) reduction  of rents for the  DC-10-10s; and (3) the
      release of a  $2.0 million security  deposit in  the form of  a letter  of
      credit.  In addition,  the Company  issued to  AMR Corporation, American's
      parent company ("AMR"),  warrants (the  "AMR warrants") to  acquire up  to
      1,897,946 shares of Class A Common Stock at $1.10 per share.
 
    - Agreements  with  each of  the  Company's labor  unions  regarding certain
      modifications to their respective  collective bargaining unit  agreements.
      These  modifications include certain wage  concessions which will generate
      significant annual cost savings to the Company.
 
3.  INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company  believes  that  the AIP  Investment  and  related  transactions
resulted  in an "ownership change" of the Company for purposes of Section 382 of
the Internal Revenue Code. An ownership  change under Section 382 results in  an
annual  limitation (the "Section 382 Limitation") on the amount of pre-ownership
change NOLs of  the Company that  can be  used to offset  the Company's  taxable
income for periods following the ownership change.
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>
                            HAWAIIAN AIRLINES, INC.
 
         NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
    Based on values used by the Company in preparing its 1994 federal income tax
return,  the Company's Section 382 Limitation that generally applied to all NOLs
attributable to the period prior to the ownership change that resulted from  the
Company's  bankruptcy  reorganization (the  "Old Limitation")  was approximately
$2.4 million, plus certain "built-in" income items that increase the Section 382
Limitation. The Company currently believes  that the ownership change  resulting
from  the AIP Investment and its related  transactions resulted in a new Section
382 Limitation  (the  "New Limitation")  of  approximately $1.7  million  as  of
January 31, 1996, plus certain "built-in" income items that increase the Section
382  Limitation. The Company believes that,  for federal income tax purposes, it
has approximately  $130 million  of NOLs  subject to  the New  Limitation as  of
December 31, 1995.
 
    Subsequent   changes  in  the  Company's   share  ownership  by  "5  percent
shareholders" (as defined  in Section  382, and which  includes certain  "public
groups"), whether by reason of the exercise of Rights or otherwise, could result
in  another Section  382 Limitation  to which  any NOLs  incurred prior  to such
ownership change would be subject.
 
4.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
    On  April  29,  1996,  the   Company's  credit  facility  provided  by   CIT
Group/Credit  Finance, Inc. (the "Credit Facility")  was amended to increase the
borrowing capacity thereunder  from $8.15  million to $15.0  million. The  $15.0
million  Credit  Facility  consists of  two  secured  term loans  and  a secured
revolving line of credit including up to $6.0 million of letters of credit.  The
term loans are in the amounts of $5.4 million and $1.3 million and will amortize
in  equal  installments over  periods  of 48  and  60 months,  respectively. The
outstanding principal amounts of the term loans will become due and payable upon
termination of  the  Credit Facility.  Available  credit is  subject  to  change
determined by recalculation of the borrowing base, repayments due under the term
loans,  and repayments arising from the disposition of and other changes in, the
related collateral securing the Credit Facility. As of April 30, 1996, the total
availability under the Credit Facility was $7.3 million, including $5.9  million
in  letters of credit.  The Credit Facility  has an initial  term of three years
from April 29, 1996 and renews  automatically for successive terms of two  years
each,  unless terminated by either party on at least 60 days notice prior to the
end of the then-current term. The  Company may terminate the Credit Facility  at
any time, on 30 days notice and payment of certain early termination fees during
the initial term and without termination fees during any renewal term.
 
    The  Credit Facility is secured by a  first lien on substantially all of the
Company's property,  excluding  the Company's  owned  and leased  aircraft,  the
Company's  aircraft engines while installed on  an aircraft and certain security
deposits.
 
    In connection with the AIP Investment, the Company agreed with GPA Group plc
and its affiliate AeroUSA, Inc. (collectively the "GPA Companies") that, if  the
closing  of the Company's  pending rights offering referred  to below shall have
occurred by September 30, 1996, the  Company would repurchase all of the  shares
of Class A Common Stock owned by the GPA Companies and repay certain secured and
unsecured promissory notes held by the GPA Companies. The stock repurchase price
would  be  $1.10  per  share  and  the  promissory  notes  would  be  repaid  at
approximately 85.0%  of the  then carrying  value of  the notes,  including  any
deferred  costs and other expenses  owed. At its option,  the Company could make
such repurchase and repayment  at any time  prior to the  closing of the  rights
offering.  As required by the provider of the Credit Facility in connection with
the amendment thereof,  the Company  exercised this  option on  April 29,  1996,
Based  on 827,221 Class A Common Stock shares owned by the GPA Companies and the
carrying value of the notes as of such date, the Company paid approximately $4.7
million to the GPA Companies to repurchase the shares and repay the notes. These
transactions resulted in an extraordinary  gain, of approximately $340,000,  net
of  estimated  income taxes.  The payment  to  the GPA  Companies was  funded by
borrowings under the Credit Facility on April 29, 1996.
 
                                      F-42


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission